0% found this document useful (0 votes)

542 views322 pages

Command Ref AOS v5 10

Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI)

Uploaded by

Saeed

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

542 views322 pages

Command Ref AOS v5 10

Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI)

Uploaded by

Saeed

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 322

AOS 5.

Command Reference
July 7, 2020
Contents

1. Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI).................................................... 4

CLI Reference Conventions................................................................................................................................... 4
ads................................................................................................................................................................................... 4
core................................................................................................................................................................................. 5
ha...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6
host................................................................................................................................................................................. 7
image...............................................................................................................................................................................9
iscsi_client............................................................................................................................................................ 12
microseg...................................................................................................................................................................... 13
net.................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
nf....................................................................................................................................................................................22
parcel.......................................................................................................................................................................... 22
snapshot..................................................................................................................................................................... 23
vg....................................................................................................................................................................................23
vm....................................................................................................................................................................................32
vm_group..................................................................................................................................................................... 53

2. Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI).................................................... 56

Installing the nCLI on Your Local System..................................................................................................... 56
Initiating an nCLI Session From Your Local System................................................................................. 58
Command Format................................................................................................................................................... 59
Embedded Help....................................................................................................................................................... 59
nCLI Entities.............................................................................................................................................................. 59
Nutanix Command-Line Interface Reference.............................................................................................. 60
CLI Reference Conventions.................................................................................................................... 60
alerts: Alert..................................................................................................................................................61
authconfig: Authentication Configuration......................................................................................62
cloud: Cloud................................................................................................................................................. 69
cluster: Cluster.......................................................................................................................................... 73
container: Storage Container.............................................................................................................. 86
data-at-rest-encryption: Data At Rest Encryption.................................................................91
data-at-rest-encryption-certificate: Data At Rest Encryption Certificate.............93
datastore: Datastore................................................................................................................................95
disk: Physical Disk.....................................................................................................................................96
events: Event............................................................................................................................................... 98
failover-cluster: Failover Cluster.................................................................................................. 99
file-server: File Server...................................................................................................................... 100
health-check: Health Check............................................................................................................... 134
host: Physical Host...................................................................................................................................135
http-proxy: HTTP Proxy.......................................................................................................................140
key-management-server: Key Management Server...................................................................142
license: License....................................................................................................................................... 144
managementserver: Management Server........................................................................................145
multicluster: Multicluster................................................................................................................... 147
network: Network..................................................................................................................................... 147
nutanix-guest-tools: Nutanix Guest Tools.................................................................................153
progress-monitor: Progress Monitor.............................................................................................. 155
protection-domain: Protection domain.........................................................................................156

ii
pulse-config: Pulse Configuration.................................................................................................. 170
rackable-unit: Rackable unit..............................................................................................................171
remote-site: Remote Site.................................................................................................................... 172
rsyslog-config: RSyslog Configuration.........................................................................................177
smb-server: Nutanix SMB server.......................................................................................................180
snapshot: Snapshot.................................................................................................................................. 181
snmp: SNMP.................................................................................................................................................. 183
software: Software.................................................................................................................................. 187
ssl-certificate: SSL Certificate..................................................................................................... 188
storagepool: Storage Pool.................................................................................................................. 189
storagetier: Storage Tier..................................................................................................................... 191
task: Tasks................................................................................................................................................... 192
user: User.....................................................................................................................................................193
vdisk: Virtual Disk.................................................................................................................................... 197
virtual-disk: Virtual Disk................................................................................................................. 200
virtualmachine: Virtual Machine.................................................................................................... 200
volume-group: Volume Groups..........................................................................................................203
vstore: VStore.......................................................................................................................................... 208
vzone: vZone..............................................................................................................................................209

3. Controller VM Commands................................................................................212
Specifying Credentials......................................................................................................................................... 212
cluster..........................................................................................................................................................................212
diagnostics.py......................................................................................................................................................... 267
genesis.......................................................................................................................................................................274
ncc.............................................................................................................................................................................. 280
setup_hyperv.py......................................................................................................................................................318

Copyright................................................................................................................. 321
License........................................................................................................................................................................321
Conventions.............................................................................................................................................................. 321
Default Cluster Credentials................................................................................................................................ 321
Version....................................................................................................................................................................... 322

iii
1
ACROPOLIS COMMAND-LINE
INTERFACE (ACLI)
Acropolis provides a command-line interface for managing hosts, networks, snapshots, and
VMs.

Accessing the Acropolis CLI

To access the Acropolis CLI, log on to a Controller VM in the cluster with SSH and type acli at
the shell prompt.
To exit the Acropolis CLI and return to the shell, type exit at the <acropolis> prompt.

CLI Reference Conventions

This command-line interface reference uses the following conventions.

• Parameters in italic are unique to your environment.

value

• Parameters in square brackets are optional.

[ value ]

• Parameters in curly brackets must be one of a limited set of values.

{ value1 | value2 }

One example is boolean parameters: { true | false }

• The keyword is a literal string required by the command, and the value is the unique value for
your environment.
keyword=value

ads

Operations

• Get current Acropolis Dynamic Scheduling (ADS) configuration : ads.get

• Enable or disable Acropolis Dynamic Scheduling (ADS) : ads.update

Get current Acropolis Dynamic Scheduling (ADS) configuration

<acropolis> ads.get
Required arguments
None

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 4

Enable or disable Acropolis Dynamic Scheduling (ADS)
If this behavior is not desirable, then the only option is to disable this feature completely.
<acropolis> ads.update [ enable="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
enable
Enable ADS.
Type: boolean
Default: true

core

Operations

• Exits the CLI : core.exit

• Gets the current value of the given configuration options : core.get
• Provides help text for the named object : core.help
• Sets the value of the given configuration options : core.set

Exits the CLI

<acropolis> core.exit
Required arguments
None

Gets the current value of the given configuration options

<acropolis> core.get [ options ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
options
Comma-delimited list
Type: list of configuration options

Provides help text for the named object

<acropolis> core.help [ name ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Command or namespace to describe
Type: command or namespace name

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 5

Sets the value of the given configuration options
<acropolis> core.set [ assume_default="{ true | false }" ][ inline_help="{ true |
false }" ][ json="{ true | false }" ][ page_size="page_size" ][ pretty="{ true | false }" ][
use_dns="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
assume_default
Reply to all prompts with default values.
Type: boolean
inline_help
Show inline help for tab completion.
Type: boolean
json
Output JSON.
Type: boolean
page_size
Number of lines before pagination.
Type: int
pretty
Show pretty output.
Type: boolean
use_dns
Perform DNS lookups.
Type: boolean

Operations

• Get current HA configuration : ha.get

• Enable, disable or modify VM availability configuration : ha.update

Get current HA configuration

<acropolis> ha.get
Required arguments
None

Enable, disable or modify VM availability configuration

All VMs are evacuated from the host that is picked as reserved.
<acropolis> ha.update [ num_host_failures_to_tolerate="num_host_failures_to_tolerate"
][ reservation_type="reservation_type" ][ wait="{ true | false }" ]

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 6

Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
num_host_failures_to_tolerate
Number of host failures to tolerate.
Type: int
reservation_type
Reservation type
Type: HA reservation type
wait
If True, wait for the host evacuation attempt to finish
Type: boolean
Default: true

host

Operations

• Puts a host into maintenance mode : host.enter_maintenance_mode

• Check if AHV host can enter maintenance mode : host.enter_maintenance_mode_check
• Takes a host out of maintenance mode : host.exit_maintenance_mode
• Retrieves scheduler information about a Host : host.get
• Lists hosts in the cluster : host.list
• Lists VMs currently running on the host : host.list_vms

Puts a host into maintenance mode

The user should use the host.get command to determine the host's current maintenance mode
state.
<acropolis> host.enter_maintenance_mode host [ mode="mode" ][
non_migratable_vm_action="non_migratable_vm_action" ][ wait="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
host
Host identifier
Type: host
Optional arguments
mode
Evacuation mode ('live', 'cold', 'power_off')
Type: string
Default: live
non_migratable_vm_action
Action for non migratable VMs ('block', 'acpi_shutdown')

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 7

Type: string
Default: block
wait
If True, wait for the host evacuation attempt to finish
Type: boolean
Default: true

Check if AHV host can enter maintenance mode

User can proceed to 'host.enter_maintenance_mode' if check succeeds.
<acropolis> host.enter_maintenance_mode_check host [
non_migratable_vm_action="non_migratable_vm_action" ]
Required arguments
host
Host identifier
Type: host
Optional arguments
non_migratable_vm_action
Action for non migratable VMs ('block', 'acpi_shutdown')
Type: string
Default: block

Takes a host out of maintenance mode

Use the host.get command to check the host's current maintenance mode state.
<acropolis> host.exit_maintenance_mode host
Required arguments
host
Host identifier
Type: host

Retrieves scheduler information about a Host

<acropolis> host.get host_list
Required arguments
host_list
Host identifier
Type: list of hosts

Lists hosts in the cluster

<acropolis> host.list
Required arguments
None

Lists VMs currently running on the host

<acropolis> host.list_vms host

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 8

Required arguments
host
Host UUID
Type: host

image

Operations

• Create an image : image.create

• Delete an image(s) : image.delete
• Retrieves information about an image : image.get
• List all Images : image.list
• Update an image : image.update

Create an image
Optionally, a checksum may also be specified if we are creating an image from a source_url in
order to verify the correctness of the image.
<acropolis> image.create name [ annotation="annotation" ][
architecture="architecture" ][ clone_from_vmdisk="clone_from_vmdisk" ][
compute_checksum="{ true | false }" ][ container="container" ][ image_type="{raw|vhd|vmdk|
vdi|iso|qcow2|vhdx}" ][ product_name="product_name" ][ product_version="product_version"
][ sha1_checksum="sha1_checksum" ][ sha256_checksum="sha256_checksum" ][
source_url="source_url" ][ wait="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
name
Comma-delimited list of image names
Type: list of strings with expansion wildcards
Optional arguments
annotation
Image description
Type: string
architecture
Disk image CPU architecture
Type: image architecture
clone_from_vmdisk
UUID of the source vmdisk
Type: VM disk
compute_checksum
If True, we will compute the checksum of the image
Type: boolean
Default: false

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 9

container
Destination Storage Container
Type: container
image_type
Image type
Type: image type
product_name
Name of the producer/distributor of the image
Type: string
product_version
Version string for the image
Type: string
sha1_checksum
SHA-1 checksum
Type: hex checksum
sha256_checksum
SHA-256 checksum
Type: hex checksum
source_url
URL location of the source image
Type: image URL
wait
If True, we will wait for the image creation to complete
Type: boolean
Default: true
Examples
1. Create an image named 'foo' from an image located at http://test.com/disk_image.
<acropolis> image.create foo source_url=http://test.com/image_iso container=default
image_type=kIsoImage architecture=kX86_64

2. Create an image named 'bar' from a vmdisk 0b4fc60b-cc56-41c6-911e-67cc8406d096.

<acropolis> image.create bar clone_from_vmdisk=0b4fc60b-cc56-41c6-911e-67cc8406d096
image_type=kDiskImage

Delete an image(s)
<acropolis> image.delete image_list
Required arguments
image_list
Image identifiers
Type: list of images

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 10

Retrieves information about an image
<acropolis> image.get image_list [ include_vmdisk_paths="{ true | false }" ][
include_vmdisk_sizes="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
image_list
Image identifiers
Type: list of images
Optional arguments
include_vmdisk_paths
Fetch vmdisk paths
Type: boolean
Default: false
include_vmdisk_sizes
Fetch vmdisk sizes (in bytes)
Type: boolean
Default: true

List all Images

<acropolis> image.list
Required arguments
None

Update an image
<acropolis> image.update [ annotation="annotation" ][ architecture="architecture"
][ image="image" ][ image_type="{raw|vhd|vmdk|vdi|iso|qcow2|vhdx}" ][ name="name" ][
product_name="product_name" ][ product_version="product_version" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
annotation
Image description
Type: string
architecture
Disk image CPU architecture
Type: image architecture
image
Image identifier
Type: image
image_type
Image type
Type: image type

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 11

name
Image name
Type: string
product_name
Name of the producer/distributor of the image
Type: string
product_version
Version string for the image
Type: string
Examples
1. Update the name of an image named 'foo'.
<acropolis> image.update foo name=bar

iscsi_client

Operations

• Retrieves information about an ISCSI client : iscsi_client.get

• Lists all ISCSI clients : iscsi_client.list
• Update an ISCSI client's parameters : iscsi_client.update

Retrieves information about an ISCSI client

<acropolis> iscsi_client.get [ client_uuid_list="client_uuid_list" ][
name_list="name_list" ][ network_id_list="network_id_list" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
client_uuid_list
Comma-delimited list of iscsi initiator client uuids
Type: List of iSCSI clients
name_list
Comma-delimited list of iscsi initiator names (IQNs)
Type: List of iSCSI clients
network_id_list
Comma-delimited list of iscsi initiator network identifiers
Type: List of iSCSI clients

Lists all ISCSI clients

<acropolis> iscsi_client.list
Required arguments
None

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 12

Update an ISCSI client's parameters
<acropolis> iscsi_client.update [ client_secret="client_secret" ][
client_uuid="client_uuid" ][ name="name" ][ network_id="network_id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
client_secret
Client secret to be used in CHAP authentication
Type: string
client_uuid
iscsi client UUID
Type: iSCSI client name or network id
name
iscsi initiator name (IQNs)
Type: iSCSI client name or network id
network_id
iscsi initiator network identifier
Type: iSCSI client name or network id

microseg

Operations

• Disables microsegmentation feature : microseg.disable

• Enables microsegmentation feature : microseg.enable
• Retrieves microsegmentation feature configuration information : microseg.get

Disables microsegmentation feature

<acropolis> microseg.disable
Required arguments
None

Enables microsegmentation feature

<acropolis> microseg.enable
Required arguments
None

Retrieves microsegmentation feature configuration information

<acropolis> microseg.get
Required arguments
None

net

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 13

Operations

• Add a DHCP pool to a managed network : net.add_dhcp_pool

• Blacklists IP addresses for a managed network : net.add_to_ip_blacklist
• Clear the DHCP DNS configuration for a managed network : net.clear_dhcp_dns
• Clear the DHCP TFTP configuration for a managed network : net.clear_dhcp_tftp
• Clears the network function chain for this network : net.clear_network_function_chain
• Creates a new virtual network for VMs : net.create
• Creates a cluster wide vswitch configuration : net.create_cluster_vswitch
• Deletes a network : net.delete
• Delete a DHCP pool from a managed network : net.delete_dhcp_pool
• Removes IP addresses from a managed network's blacklist : net.delete_from_ip_blacklist
• Retrieves information about a network : net.get
• Retrieves information about a specific cluster_vswitch configuration : net.get_cluster_vswitch
• Lists all networks : net.list
• Lists all cluster_vswitch configurations : net.list_cluster_vswitch
• List blacklisted IPs for a managed network : net.list_ip_blacklist
• Lists VMs configured on the network : net.list_vms
• Updates network metadata : net.update
• Updates a cluster wide vswitch configuration : net.update_cluster_vswitch
• Configure the DHCP DNS configuration for a managed network : net.update_dhcp_dns
• Configure the DHCP TFTP configuration for a managed network : net.update_dhcp_tftp
• Sets the network function chain for this network : net.update_network_function_chain

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 14

Type: IPv4 address
Examples
1. Auto-assign addresses from the inclusive range 192.168.1.16 - 192.168.1.32.
<acropolis> net.add_dhcp_pool vlan.16 start=192.168.1.16 end=192.168.1.32

Clears the network function chain for this network

<acropolis> net.clear_network_function_chain network

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 15

Required arguments
network
Network identifier
Type: network

Creates a new virtual network for VMs

For more about managed networks, see the following commands: net.add_dhcp_pool
net.add_to_ip_blacklist net.clear_dhcp_dns net.clear_dhcp_tftp net.delete_dhcp_pool
net.delete_from_ip_blacklist net.list_ip_blacklist net.update_dhcp_dns net.update_dhcp_tftp
<acropolis> net.create name [ annotation="annotation" ][
dhcp_address="dhcp_address" ][ ip_config="ip_config" ][ mtu="mtu" ][ vlan="vlan" ][
vswitch_name="vswitch_name" ]
Required arguments
name
Network name
Type: string
Optional arguments
annotation
Annotation string
Type: string
dhcp_address
DHCP server address (for managed networks)
Type: IPv4 address
ip_config
IP configuration in CIDR notation ("default_gateway/prefix")
Type: string
mtu
MTU setting
Type: int
vlan
VLAN ID
Type: int
vswitch_name
Vswitch name
Type: string
Examples
1. Create an unmanaged network on VLAN 66.
<acropolis> net.create mynet vlan=66

2. Create an unmanaged network on VLAN 66 with MTU 9000.

<acropolis> net.create mynet vlan=66 mtu=9000

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 16

3. Create a managed network on VLAN 99, bound to vswitch br1. The managed IPv4 range is
10.1.1.0 - 10.1.1.255, the default gateway is 10.1.1.1, and the DHCP server is 10.1.1.254
<acropolis> net.create mynet vlan=99 vswitch_name=br1 ip_config=10.1.1.1/24

4. Create an untagged managed network. The managed IPv4 range is 192.168.0.0 -

192.168.3.255, and the default gateway is 192.168.5.254. In this example, the DHCP server will
be automatically configured as 192.168.5.253 to avoid collision with the default gateway.
<acropolis> net.create mynet vlan=0 ip_config=192.168.5.254/22

Creates a cluster wide vswitch configuration

<acropolis> net.create_cluster_vswitch bridge_name [ bond="bond" ][
host_override="host_override" ][ lacp="{ true | false }" ][ lacp_fallback="{ true |
false }" ][ lacp_timeout="lacp_timeout" ][ nic_team_policy="nic_team_policy" ][
uplink_grouping="uplink_grouping" ]
Required arguments
bridge_name
Bridge name
Type: string
Optional arguments
bond
Bond name
Type: string
host_override
Per-host override grouping of uplink interfaces for the bond
Type: list of strings
lacp
Whether to enable LACP on the bond
Type: boolean
lacp_fallback
Whether to enable LACP fallback to active-backup on LACP negotiation failure
Type: boolean
lacp_timeout
LACP timeout value
Type: LACP timeout value
nic_team_policy
NIC teaming policy to be set on the bond
Type: NIC Team policy
uplink_grouping
Default uplink grouping based on NIC speed
Type: Uplink Grouping type
Examples

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 17

1. Create cluster_vswitch configuration for bridge br0 and bond 10G interfaces
<acropolis> net.create_cluster_vswitch br0 uplink_grouping=kAll10G
nic_team_policy=kActiveBackup

2. Create cluster_vswitch configuration for bridge br0 and bond 100G withlacp
<acropolis> net.create_cluster_vswitch br0 uplink_grouping=kAll100G
nic_team_policy=kBalanceTcp lacp=true

3. Create cluster_vswitch configuration for bridge br0 and bond 100G with lacp and
hostoverride for host1:<uuid1> with uplinks=eth0,eth1 and for host2:<uuid2> with
uplinks=eth3,eth4
<acropolis> net.create_cluster_vswitch br0 uplink_grouping=All100G
nic_team_policy=kBalanceSlb lacp=true host_override=[uuid1:eth0:eth1],[uuid2:eth2:eth3]

Deletes a network
To determine which VMs are on a network, use net.list_vms.
<acropolis> net.delete network
Required arguments
network
Network identifier
Type: network

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 18

Retrieves information about a network
<acropolis> net.get network_list
Required arguments
network_list
Network identifier
Type: list of networks

Retrieves information about a specific cluster_vswitch configuration

<acropolis> net.get_cluster_vswitch bridge_name_list
Required arguments
bridge_name_list
List of bridge names.
Type: list of Bridge Names

Lists all networks

<acropolis> net.list
Required arguments
None

Lists all cluster_vswitch configurations

<acropolis> net.list_cluster_vswitch
Required arguments
None

List blacklisted IPs for a managed network

<acropolis> net.list_ip_blacklist network
Required arguments
network
Network identifier
Type: network

Lists VMs configured on the network

<acropolis> net.list_vms network
Required arguments
network
Network identifier
Type: network

Updates network metadata

<acropolis> net.update network [ annotation="annotation" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
network
Network identifier
Type: network

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 19

Optional arguments
annotation
Annotation string
Type: string
name
Network name
Type: string

Updates a cluster wide vswitch configuration

<acropolis> net.update_cluster_vswitch bridge_name [ bond="bond" ][
host_override="host_override" ][ lacp="{ true | false }" ][ lacp_fallback="{ true |
false }" ][ lacp_timeout="lacp_timeout" ][ nic_team_policy="nic_team_policy" ][
uplink_grouping="uplink_grouping" ]
Required arguments
bridge_name
Bridge Name
Type: Bridge Name
Optional arguments
bond
Bond name
Type: string
host_override
Per-host override grouping of uplink interfaces for the bond
Type: list of strings
lacp
Whether to enable LACP on the bond
Type: boolean
lacp_fallback
Whether to enable LACP fallback to active-backup on LACP negotiation failure
Type: boolean
lacp_timeout
LACP timeout value
Type: LACP timeout value
nic_team_policy
NIC teaming policy to be set on the bond
Type: NIC Team policy
uplink_grouping
Default uplink grouping based on NIC speed
Type: Uplink Grouping type
Examples

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 20

1. Update cluster_vswitch configuration for cluster_vswitch_uuid uuid1 with uplink_grouping to
include all 10G interfaces
<acropolis> net.update_cluster_vswitch uuid1 uplink_grouping=All10G

2. Update cluster_vswitch configuration for cluster_vswitch_uuid uuid1with lacp enabled

<acropolis> net.update_cluster_vswitch br0 uplink_grouping=All100G lacp=true

3. Update cluster_vswitch configuration for cluster_vswitch_uuid uuid with lacp and

hostoverride for host1:<uuid1> with uplinks=eth0,eth1 and for host2:<uuid2> with
uplinks=eth3,eth4
<acropolis> net.update_cluster_vswitch uuid1 uplink_grouping=All100G lacp=true
host_override=[uuid1:eth0:eth1],[uuid2:eth2:eth3]

4. Update to clear host_overrides for cluster_vswitch configuration for cluster_vswitch_uuid

uuid
<acropolis> net.update_cluster_vswitch uuid1 host_override=[]

Configure the DHCP DNS configuration for a managed network

However, the DHCP server hands out infinite leases, so clients will need to manually renew to
pick up the new settings.
<acropolis> net.update_dhcp_dns network [ domains="domains" ][ servers="servers" ]
Required arguments
network
Network identifier
Type: network
Optional arguments
domains
Comma-delimited list of search domains
Type: list of DNS domains
servers
Comma-delimited list of DNS server IP addresses
Type: list of IPv4 addresses
Examples
1. Configure DNS servers and search domains.
<acropolis> net.update_dhcp_dns vlan.123 servers=10.1.1.1,10.1.1.2
domains=eng.nutanix.com,corp.nutanix.com

Configure the DHCP TFTP configuration for a managed network

However, the TFTP server hands out infinite leases, so clients will need to manually renew to
pick up the new settings.
<acropolis> net.update_dhcp_tftp network [ bootfile_name="bootfile_name" ][
server_name="server_name" ]
Required arguments
network
Network identifier
Type: network

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 21

Optional arguments
bootfile_name
Boot file name
Type: string
server_name
TFTP server name
Type: string
Examples
1. Configure TFTP server and bootfile.
<acropolis> net.update_dhcp_tftp vlan.123 server_name=10.1.1.1 bootfile_name=ARDBP32.BIN

Operations

• Gets specific network function chains : nf.chain_get

• Lists all network function chains : nf.chain_list

Gets specific network function chains

<acropolis> nf.chain_get chains
Required arguments
chains
Network function chain
Type: list of network function chains

Lists all network function chains

<acropolis> nf.chain_list
Required arguments
None

parcel

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 22

Operations

• Retrieves information about a parcel : parcel.get

• List all Parcels : parcel.list

Retrieves information about a parcel

<acropolis> parcel.get parcel_list
Required arguments
parcel_list
Parcel identifiers
Type: list of parcels

List all Parcels

<acropolis> parcel.list
Required arguments
None

snapshot

Operations

• Deletes one or more snapshots : snapshot.delete

• Retrieves information about a snapshot : snapshot.get
• Lists all snapshots : snapshot.list

Deletes one or more snapshots

<acropolis> snapshot.delete snapshot_list
Required arguments
snapshot_list
Comma-delimited list of snapshot identifiers
Type: list of snapshots

Retrieves information about a snapshot

<acropolis> snapshot.get snapshot_list
Required arguments
snapshot_list
Snapshot identifier
Type: list of snapshots

Lists all snapshots

<acropolis> snapshot.list
Required arguments
None

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 23

Operations

• Allow volume group to be accessed from an external intiator : vg.attach_external

• Attach a VG to the specified VM : vg.attach_to_vm
• Clones a Volume Group : vg.clone
• Creates one or more VGs : vg.create
• Deletes one or more VGs and its backing disks : vg.delete
• Stop allowing volume group to be accessed from an external intiator : vg.detach_external
• Detach a VG from the specified VM : vg.detach_from_vm
• Add a new disk to a VG : vg.disk_create
• Remove a disk from a VG : vg.disk_delete
• Updates the backing for the specified volume group disk : vg.disk_update
• Retrieves information about a VG : vg.get
• Lists all VGs : vg.list
• Updates the specified VGs : vg.update
• Update preferred_host for a given external attachment for a VG : vg.update_external

Allow volume group to be accessed from an external intiator

<acropolis> vg.attach_external vg [ initiator_name="initiator_name" ][
initiator_network_id="initiator_network_id" ][ num_virtual_targets="num_virtual_targets"
][ use_redirection="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vg
VG identifier
Type: volume group
Optional arguments
initiator_name
Name of external initiator as a valid IQN
Type: iSCSI IQN
initiator_network_id
Network identifier of external initiator as a valid IPv4 address
Type: string
num_virtual_targets
Number of virtual targets
Type: int
use_redirection
Use iSCSI redirection for iSCSI login to this target?
Type: boolean
Examples

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 24

1. Attach an external client identified by name, iqn.1994-05.com.redhat:71eef92fe6c, to the VG,
vg1, :
<acropolis> vg.attach_external vg1.attach_external
initiator_name=iqn.1994-05.com.redhat:71eef92fe6c

2. Attach an external client identified by network id, 10.1.1.1, to the VG, vg2, :
<acropolis> vg.attach_external vg2.attach_external initiator_network_id=10.1.1.1

Attach a VG to the specified VM

<acropolis> vg.attach_to_vm vg vm [ index="index" ]
Required arguments
vg
VG identifier
Type: volume group
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
index
Device index on the scsi bus
Type: int

Clones a Volume Group

If the ISCSI target names for the clones are not specified through the 'iscsi_target_prefix_list'
argument, then default values will be used.
<acropolis> vg.clone name_list [ clone_from_vg="clone_from_vg"
][ iscsi_target_prefix_list="iscsi_target_prefix_list" ][
load_balance_vm_attachments="{ true | false }" ][ target_secret_list="target_secret_list" ]
Required arguments
name_list
Comma-delimited list of VG names
Type: list of strings with expansion wildcards
Optional arguments
clone_from_vg
VG from which to clone
Type: volume group
iscsi_target_prefix_list
Comma-delimited list of iscsi target prefixes for each of the VGs
Type: list of strings
load_balance_vm_attachments
Whether to enable/disable VG load balance VM attachments
Type: boolean

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 25

target_secret_list
Comma delimited CHAP secrets associated with each of the VGs. To delete the
secret, set target_secret="" using vg.update
Type: list of strings
Examples
1. Clone two VGs vg1 and vg2 with iscsi targets vgt1 and vgt2 from source-vg
<acropolis> vg.clone vg1,vg2 clone_from_vg=source-vg iscsi_target_prefix_list=vgt1,vgt2

2. Clone two VGs vg1 and vg2 with target_secrets vg1_target_secret and vg2_target_secret
<acropolis> vg.clone vg1,vg2 clone_from_vg=source-vg
target_secret_list=vg1_target_secret,vg2_target_secret

3. Clone VG vg2 from vg1 with load_balance_vm_attachments set

<acropolis> vg.clone vg.clone vg2 clone_from_vg=vg1 load_balance_vm_attachments=True

Creates one or more VGs

<acropolis> vg.create name_list [ annotation="annotation" ][ flash_mode="{ true
| false }" ][ iscsi_target_prefix_list="iscsi_target_prefix_list" ][
load_balance_vm_attachments="{ true | false }" ][ shared="{ true | false }" ][
target_secret_list="target_secret_list" ]
Required arguments
name_list
Comma-delimited list of VG names
Type: list of strings with expansion wildcards
Optional arguments
annotation
Annotation string
Type: string
flash_mode
Whether to enable/disable flash mode
Type: boolean
iscsi_target_prefix_list
Comma-delimited list of iscsi target prefixes for each of the VGs
Type: list of strings
load_balance_vm_attachments
Whether to enable/disable VG load balance VM attachments
Type: boolean
shared
Allow VG to be attached to multiple VMs simultaneously?
Type: boolean
target_secret_list
Comma delimited CHAP secrets associated with each of the VGs. To delete the
secret, set target_secret="" using vg.update
Type: list of strings

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 26

Deletes one or more VGs and its backing disks
<acropolis> vg.delete vg_list
Required arguments
vg_list
Comma-delimited VG identifiers
Type: list of volume groups

Stop allowing volume group to be accessed from an external intiator

<acropolis> vg.detach_external vg [ initiator_name="initiator_name" ][
initiator_network_id="initiator_network_id" ]
Required arguments
vg
VG identifier
Type: volume group
Optional arguments
initiator_name
Name of external initiator as a valid IQN
Type: VG external initiator name
initiator_network_id
Network identifier of external initiator as a valid IPv4 address
Type: VG external initiator name

Detach a VG from the specified VM

<acropolis> vg.detach_from_vm vg vm
Required arguments
vg
VG identifier
Type: volume group
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM attached to VG

Add a new disk to a VG

This can be used to expand a disk image at clone time.
<acropolis> vg.disk_create vg [ clone_from_adsf_file="clone_from_adsf_file"
][ clone_from_vmdisk="clone_from_vmdisk" ][ clone_min_size="clone_min_size" ][
container="container" ][ create_size="create_size" ][ index="index" ]
Required arguments
vg
VG identifier
Type: volume group

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 27

Optional arguments
clone_from_adsf_file
Path to an ADSF file
Type: ADSF path
clone_from_vmdisk
A vmdisk UUID
Type: VM disk
clone_min_size
Minimum size of the resulting clone (only applies to cloned disks)
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
container
Storage Container (only applies to newly-created disks)
Type: container
create_size
Size of new disk
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
index
Device index on bus
Type: int
Examples
1. Create a blank 5GiB disk on ctr, and add it to my_vg at index 3
<acropolis> vg.disk_create my_vg create_size=5G container=ctr index=3

2. Clone a disk from the ADSF file /ctr/plan9.iso, and add it to first open slot
<acropolis> vg.disk_create my_vg clone_from_adsf_file=/ctr/plan9.iso

3. Clone a disk from the existing vmdisk, and add it to the first open slot
<acropolis> vg.disk_create my_vg clone_from_vmdisk=0b4fc60b-cc56-41c6-911e-67cc8406d096

Remove a disk from a VG

<acropolis> vg.disk_delete vg index
Required arguments
vg
VG identifier
Type: volume group
index
Disk index
Type: VG disk index

Updates the backing for the specified volume group disk

But for the other options, the existing disk image will be deleted and replaced by the new
image (which may be a clone of the existing image).

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 28

<acropolis> vg.disk_update vg index [ clone_from_adsf_file="clone_from_adsf_file"
][ clone_from_image="clone_from_image" ][ clone_from_vmdisk="clone_from_vmdisk" ][
clone_min_size="clone_min_size" ][ container="container" ][ create_size="create_size"
][ flash_mode="{ true | false }" ][ new_size="new_size" ]
Required arguments
vg
VG identifier
Type: volume group
index
Disk index
Type: VG disk index
Optional arguments
clone_from_adsf_file
Path to an ADSF file
Type: ADSF path
clone_from_image
An image name/UUID
Type: image
clone_from_vmdisk
A vmdisk UUID
Type: VM disk
clone_min_size
Minimum size of the resulting clone(only applies to cloned disks)
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
container
Storage Container (only applies to newly-created disks)
Type: container
create_size
Size of new disk
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
flash_mode
Enable/Disable flash mode on this disk
Type: boolean
new_size
New size for the existing disk
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
Examples
1. Replace the disk at index 0 with blank 5GiB disk on ctr.
<acropolis> vg.disk_update my_vg 0 create_size=5G container=ctr

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 29

2. Replace the disk at index 0 with a clone of /ctr/plan9.iso.
<acropolis> vg.disk_update my_vg 0 clone_from_adsf_file=/ctr/plan9.iso

3. Replace the disk at index 0 with a clone of the existing vmdisk.

<acropolis> vg.disk_update my_vg 0 clone_from_vmdisk=0b4fc60b-cc56-41c6-911e-67cc8406d096

4. Update the size of disk at index 0 to 5GiB.

<acropolis> vg.disk_update my_vg 0 new_size=5G

5. Disable flash mode for disk at index 0.

<acropolis> vg.disk_update my_vg 0 flash_mode=false

Retrieves information about a VG

<acropolis> vg.get vg_list [ include_vmdisk_paths="{ true | false }" ][
include_vmdisk_sizes="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vg_list
VG identifier
Type: list of volume groups
Optional arguments
include_vmdisk_paths
Fetch disk paths
Type: boolean
Default: false
include_vmdisk_sizes
Fetch disk sizes (in bytes)
Type: boolean
Default: true

Lists all VGs

<acropolis> vg.list
Required arguments
None

Updates the specified VGs

<acropolis> vg.update vg_list [ annotation="annotation" ][
cbr_not_capable_reason="cbr_not_capable_reason" ][ flash_mode="{ true
| false }" ][ iscsi_target_prefix_list="iscsi_target_prefix_list" ][
load_balance_vm_attachments="{ true | false }" ][ name="name" ][ shared="{ true | false }"
][ target_secret_list="target_secret_list" ]
Required arguments
vg_list
Comma-delimited list of VG identifiers
Type: list of volume groups

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 30

Optional arguments
annotation
Annotation string
Type: string
cbr_not_capable_reason
If set, marks the VG incapable of CBR workflows
Type: string
flash_mode
Whether to enable/disable flash mode
Type: boolean
iscsi_target_prefix_list
Comma-delimited list of iscsi target prefixes for each of the VGs
Type: list of strings
load_balance_vm_attachments
Whether to enable/disable VG load balance VM attachments
Type: boolean
name
VG name
Type: string
shared
Allow VG to be attached to multiple VMs simultaneously?
Type: boolean
target_secret_list
Comma delimited CHAP secrets associated with each of the VGs. Enter "" to
delete the secret.
Type: list of strings
Examples
1. Update target_secret for VG vg1 and delete target_secret for VG vg2
<acropolis> vg.update vg1,vg2 target_secret_list=new_vg1_secret,""

Update preferred_host for a given external attachment for a VG

<acropolis> vg.update_external vg [ initiator_name="initiator_name" ][
initiator_network_id="initiator_network_id" ][ use_redirection="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vg
VG identifier
Type: volume group
Optional arguments
initiator_name
Name of external initiator as a valid IQN
Type: VG external initiator name

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 31

initiator_network_id
Network identifier of external initiator as a valid IPv4 address
Type: VG external initiator name
use_redirection
Use iSCSI redirection for iSCSI login to this target?
Type: boolean

Operations

• Retrieves affinity nodes for a given VM : vm.affinity_nodeget

• Enable VM-host affinity : vm.affinity_set
• Unsets affinity setting of specified VMs : vm.affinity_unset
• Clones a VM : vm.clone
• Creates one or more VMs : vm.create
• Deletes one or more VMs : vm.delete
• Attaches a new disk drive to a VM : vm.disk_create
• Detaches a disk drive from a VM and deletes the underlying disk : vm.disk_delete
• Gets details about the disks attached to a VM : vm.disk_get
• Lists the disks attached to a VM : vm.disk_list
• Updates the backing for the specified disk drive : vm.disk_update
• Force VM into the powered off state : vm.force_off
• Retrieves information about a VM : vm.get
• Attaches a new GPU to a VM : vm.gpu_assign
• Detaches a GPU from a VM : vm.gpu_deassign
• Initiates a Guest level Reboot of the VMs : vm.guest_reboot
• Initiates a Guest level Shutdown of the VMs : vm.guest_shutdown
• Lists all VMs : vm.list
• Live migrates a VM to another host : vm.migrate
• Clear the network function chain for this NIC : vm.nic_clear_network_function_chain
• Attaches a network adapter to a VM : vm.nic_create
• Deletes a NIC from a VM : vm.nic_delete
• Gets details about the NICs attached to a VM : vm.nic_get
• Lists the NICs attached to a VM : vm.nic_list
• Updates a network adapter, specified by the MAC address, on a VM : vm.nic_update
• Updates the network function chain for this NIC : vm.nic_update_network_function_chain

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 32

• Powers off the specified VMs : vm.off
• Powers on the specified VMs : vm.on
• Pauses the specified VMs : vm.pause
• Power cycles the specified VMs : vm.power_cycle
• Initiates a reboot by issuing an ACPI event : vm.reboot
• Resets the specified VMs : vm.reset
• Restores a VM to a snapshotted state : vm.restore
• Resumes the specified VMs : vm.resume
• Resumes all paused VMs : vm.resume_all
• Attaches a new serial port to a VM : vm.serial_port_create
• Detaches a serial port from a VM : vm.serial_port_delete
• Initiates a shutdown by issuing an ACPI event : vm.shutdown
• Creates one or more snapshots in a single consistency group : vm.snapshot_create
• Prints the graph representation of the snapshot history for a VM : vm.snapshot_get_tree
• Gets a list of all snapshots associated with a VM : vm.snapshot_list
• Updates the specified VMs : vm.update
• Updates a VM's boot device : vm.update_boot_device

Retrieves affinity nodes for a given VM

<acropolis> vm.affinity_nodeget vm_list
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs

Enable VM-host affinity

Host_list is the list of hosts that VM can affine to.
<acropolis> vm.affinity_set vm_list [ host_list="host_list" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
host_list
Host list
Type: list of hosts

Unsets affinity setting of specified VMs

This will unset a VM affinity configuration, including policy, constraint, and binding entities.

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 33

<acropolis> vm.affinity_unset vm_list
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs

Clones a VM
The following suffixes are valid: M=2^20, G=2^30.
<acropolis> vm.clone name_list [ clone_affinity="{ true
| false }" ][ clone_from_snapshot="clone_from_snapshot" ][
clone_from_vm="clone_from_vm" ][ clone_ip_address="clone_ip_address"
][ memory="memory" ][ num_cores_per_vcpu="num_cores_per_vcpu" ][
num_threads_per_core="num_threads_per_core" ][ num_vcpus="num_vcpus" ]
Required arguments
name_list
Comma-delimited list of VM names
Type: list of strings with expansion wildcards
Optional arguments
clone_affinity
Clone source VM's affinity rules.
Type: boolean
clone_from_snapshot
Snapshot from which to clone
Type: snapshot
clone_from_vm
VM from which to clone
Type: VM
clone_ip_address
IP addresses to assign to clones
Type: list of IPv4 addresses
memory
Memory size
Type: size with MG suffix
num_cores_per_vcpu
Number of cores per vCPU
Type: int
num_threads_per_core
Number of threads per core
Type: int
num_vcpus
Number of vCPUs
Type: int

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 34

Creates one or more VMs
Enabling metrics allows host-specific metrics to be percolated to this VM.
<acropolis> vm.create name_list [ agent_vm="{ true | false }" ][
container="container" ][ disable_branding="{ true | false }" ][
enable_metrics="{ true | false }" ][ extra_flags="extra_flags" ][
memory="memory" ][ num_cores_per_vcpu="num_cores_per_vcpu" ][
num_threads_per_core="num_threads_per_core" ][ num_vcpus="num_vcpus"
][ num_vnuma_nodes="num_vnuma_nodes" ][ uefi_boot="{ true | false }" ][
vcpu_hard_pin="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
name_list
Comma-delimited list of VM names
Type: list of strings with expansion wildcards
Optional arguments
agent_vm
Agent VM
Type: boolean
container
Container to store NVRAM disk if uefi_boot=True
Type: container
disable_branding
Disable Nutanix branding
Type: boolean
enable_metrics
Enable host metrics for this VM
Type: boolean
extra_flags
Additional VM flags as key=value pairs, separated by semicolon
Type: string
memory
Memory size
Type: size with MG suffix
Default: 2G
num_cores_per_vcpu
Number of cores per vCPU
Type: int
num_threads_per_core
Number of threads per core
Type: int
num_vcpus
Number of vCPUs
Type: int

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 35

Default: 1
num_vnuma_nodes
Number of vNUMA nodes
Type: int
uefi_boot
UEFI boot
Type: boolean
vcpu_hard_pin
Enable hard pinning vcpu to pcpus
Type: boolean

Deletes one or more VMs

If the VM is powered on, it will be powered off and then deleted.
<acropolis> vm.delete vm_list [ delete_snapshots="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
delete_snapshots
Delete snapshots?
Type: boolean
Default: false

Attaches a new disk drive to a VM

Note that certain buses, like IDE, are not hot-pluggable.
<acropolis> vm.disk_create vm [ bus="bus" ][ cdrom="{ true | false }" ][
clone_from_adsf_file="clone_from_adsf_file" ][ clone_from_image="clone_from_image"
][ clone_from_vmdisk="clone_from_vmdisk" ][ clone_min_size="clone_min_size" ][
container="container" ][ create_size="create_size" ][ device_uuid="device_uuid" ][
empty="{ true | false }" ][ index="index" ][ scsi_passthru="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
bus
Device bus
Type: Bus Type
cdrom
Indicates if the disk is a CDROM drive
Type: boolean

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 36

clone_from_adsf_file
Path to an ADSF file
Type: ADSF path
clone_from_image
An image name/UUID
Type: image
clone_from_vmdisk
A vmdisk UUID
Type: VM disk
clone_min_size
Minimum size of the resulting clone (only applies to cloned disks)
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
container
Container (only applies to newly-created disks)
Type: container
create_size
Size of new disk
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
device_uuid
Device UUID
Type: UUID
empty
Whether the disk is empty (only applies to CDROMs)
Type: boolean
index
Device index on bus
Type: int
scsi_passthru
Passthrough disk?
Type: boolean
Examples
1. Create a blank 5GiB disk on ctr, and attach it as SCSI:3.
<acropolis> vm.disk_create my_vm create_size=5G container=ctr bus=scsi index=3

2. Clone a disk from the ADSF file /ctr/plan9.iso, and use it as the backing image for a newly-
created CD-ROM drive on the first available IDE slot.
<acropolis> vm.disk_create my_vm clone_from_adsf_file=/ctr/plan9.iso cdrom=1

3. Clone a disk from the existing vmdisk, and attach it to the first available SCSI slot.
<acropolis> vm.disk_create my_vm clone_from_vmdisk=0b4fc60b-cc56-41c6-911e-67cc8406d096

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 37

4. Create a disk from an Acropolis image and attach it to the first SCSI slot.
<acropolis> vm.disk_create my_vm clone_from_image=my_image

5. Create a new empty CD-ROM drive, and attach it to the first available IDE slot.
<acropolis> vm.disk_create my_vm empty=1 cdrom=1

Detaches a disk drive from a VM and deletes the underlying disk

Note that certain buses, like IDE, are not hot-pluggable.
<acropolis> vm.disk_delete vm [ device_uuid="device_uuid" ][ disk_addr="disk_addr"
]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
device_uuid
Device UUID
Type: UUID
disk_addr
Disk address ("bus.index")
Type: VM disk

Gets details about the disks attached to a VM

<acropolis> vm.disk_get vm [ device_uuid="device_uuid" ][ disk_addr="disk_addr" ][
include_vmdisk_paths="{ true | false }" ][ include_vmdisk_sizes="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
device_uuid
Device UUID
Type: UUID
disk_addr
Disk address ("bus.index")
Type: VM disk
include_vmdisk_paths
Fetch vmdisk paths
Type: boolean
Default: false
include_vmdisk_sizes
Fetch vmdisk sizes (in bytes)

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 38

Type: boolean
Default: true

Lists the disks attached to a VM

<acropolis> vm.disk_list vm
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM

Updates the backing for the specified disk drive

The existing disk image will be deleted and replaced by the new image (which may be a clone
of the existing image).
<acropolis> vm.disk_update vm [ clone_from_adsf_file="clone_from_adsf_file" ][
clone_from_image="clone_from_image" ][ clone_from_vmdisk="clone_from_vmdisk" ][
clone_min_size="clone_min_size" ][ container="container" ][ create_size="create_size"
][ device_uuid="device_uuid" ][ disk_addr="disk_addr" ][ empty="{ true | false }" ][
new_size="new_size" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
clone_from_adsf_file
Path to an ADSF file
Type: ADSF path
clone_from_image
An image name/UUID
Type: image
clone_from_vmdisk
A vmdisk UUID
Type: VM disk
clone_min_size
Minimum size of the resulting clone (only applies to cloned disks)
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
container
Container (only applies to newly-created disks)
Type: container
create_size
Size of new disk
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
device_uuid
Device UUID

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 39

Type: UUID
disk_addr
Disk address ("bus.index")
Type: VM disk
empty
Whether the disk is empty (only applies to CDROMs)
Type: boolean
new_size
New size for the existing disk
Type: size with cskKmMgGtT suffix
Examples
1. Replace the disk at SCSI:0 with blank 5GiB disk on ctr.
<acropolis> vm.disk_update my_vm disk_addr=scsi.0 create_size=5G container=ctr

2. Replace the disk at IDE:0 with a clone of /ctr/plan9.iso. Note that if IDE:0 is a CD-ROM drive,
it remains such.
<acropolis> vm.disk_update my_vm disk_addr=ide.0 clone_from_adsf_file=/ctr/plan9.iso

3. Replace the disk at SCSI:0 with a clone of the existing vmdisk.

<acropolis> vm.disk_update my_vm disk_addr=scsi.0 clone_from_vmdisk=0b4fc60b-
cc56-41c6-911e-67cc8406d096

4. Eject the image from the CD-ROM drive at IDE:0.

<acropolis> vm.disk_update my_vm disk_addr=ide.0 empty=1

5. Update the size of disk at SCSSI:1 to 5GiB.

<acropolis> vm.disk_update my_vm disk_addr=scsi.1 new_size=5G

Force VM into the powered off state

Therefore, the user should take adequate precautions to ensure that the old instance is really
gone.
<acropolis> vm.force_off vm
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM

Retrieves information about a VM

<acropolis> vm.get vm_list [ include_address_assignments="{ true | false }" ][
include_vmdisk_paths="{ true | false }" ][ include_vmdisk_sizes="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
VM identifier
Type: list of VMs

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 40

Optional arguments
include_address_assignments
Fetch configured IP addresses
Type: boolean
Default: true
include_vmdisk_paths
Fetch vmdisk paths
Type: boolean
Default: false
include_vmdisk_sizes
Fetch vmdisk sizes (in bytes)
Type: boolean
Default: true

Attaches a new GPU to a VM

Changes to the GPU configuration can only be made when VM is powered off.
<acropolis> vm.gpu_assign vm [ extra_param="extra_param" ][ gpu="gpu" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
extra_param
extra_parameters
Type: string
gpu
GPU
Type: gpu
Examples
1. Add a new GPU in passthrough mode
<acropolis> vm.gpu_assign my_vm gpu=Nvidia_Tesla_M60

Detaches a GPU from a VM

Changes to the GPU configuration can only be made when VM is powered off.
<acropolis> vm.gpu_deassign vm [ gpu="gpu" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 41

Optional arguments
gpu
GPU
Type: gpu
Examples
1. Remove a new GPU in passthrough mode
<acropolis> vm.gpu_deassign my_vm gpu=Nvidia_Tesla_M60

Initiates a Guest level Reboot of the VMs

Requires NGT.
<acropolis> vm.guest_reboot vm_list [ enable_script_exec="{ true | false }" ][
fail_on_script_failure="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
enable_script_exec
Whether to execute pre-reboot script.
Type: boolean
Default: false
fail_on_script_failure
Whether to abort reboot if script fails.
Type: boolean
Default: false

Initiates a Guest level Shutdown of the VMs

Requires NGT.
<acropolis> vm.guest_shutdown vm_list [ enable_script_exec="{ true | false }" ][
fail_on_script_failure="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
enable_script_exec
Whether to execute pre-shutdown script.
Type: boolean
Default: false
fail_on_script_failure
Whether to abort shutdown if script fails.

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 42

Type: boolean
Default: false

Lists all VMs

<acropolis> vm.list [ memory="memory" ][ num_vcpus="num_vcpus" ][
power_state="power_state" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
memory
List VMs with the given amount of memory
Type: size with MG suffix
num_vcpus
List VMs with the given number of VCPUs
Type: int
power_state
List VMs with the given power state
Type: string

Live migrates a VM to another host

This limit is applied to each of the migrations individually.
<acropolis> vm.migrate vm_list [ bandwidth_mbps="bandwidth_mbps" ][ host="host" ][
live="{ true | false }" ][ max_downtime_ms="max_downtime_ms" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
bandwidth_mbps
Maximum bandwidth in MiB/s
Type: int
Default: 0
host
Destination host
Type: host
live
Live migration or suspended migration?
Type: boolean
Default: true
max_downtime_ms
Maximum time in ms for which this Vm can be stunned while migrating
Type: int

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 43

Default: 0

Attaches a network adapter to a VM

If the VM is running, the NIC is hot-added to the VM.
<acropolis> vm.nic_create vm [ connected="{ true | false }" ][
ip="ip" ][ mac="mac" ][ model="model" ][ network="network" ][
network_function_nic_type="network_function_nic_type" ][ queues="queues" ][
request_ip="{ true | false }" ][ trunked_networks="trunked_networks" ][ type="type" ][
vlan_mode="vlan_mode" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
connected
Whether or not the NIC is connected.
Type: boolean
ip
IPv4 address
Type: IPv4 address
mac
MAC address
Type: MAC address
model
Virtual hardware model. Defaults to 'virtio', can also specify 'e1000'.
Type: string
network
Network identifier
Type: network
network_function_nic_type
Network function nic type
Type: Network function NIC Type

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 44

queues
Maximum number of Tx/Rx queue pairs (default: 1).
Type: int
request_ip
If true, then try to request an IP from Acropolis (static if the 'ip=' field is set,
otherwise dynamic if the network is managed.) If false, then don't request an IP
from Acropolis at all (even if 'ip=' is set.
Type: boolean
trunked_networks
List of trunked networks.
Type: list of ints
type
NIC Type
Type: NIC Type
Default: 1
vlan_mode
VLan Mode. Access by default.
Type: Vlan Type

Deletes a NIC from a VM

If the NIC to be removed is specified as the boot device in the boot configuration, the boot
device configuration will be cleared as a side effect of removing the NIC.
<acropolis> vm.nic_delete vm mac_addr
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
mac_addr
NIC MAC address
Type: NIC address

Gets details about the NICs attached to a VM

<acropolis> vm.nic_get vm [ include_address_assignments="{ true | false }" ][
mac_addr="mac_addr" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
include_address_assignments
Fetch configured IP addresses
Type: boolean

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 45

Default: true
mac_addr
NIC MAC address
Type: NIC address

Lists the NICs attached to a VM

<acropolis> vm.nic_list vm [ include_address_assignments="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
include_address_assignments
Fetch configured IP addresses
Type: boolean
Default: true

Updates a network adapter, specified by the MAC address, on a VM

3) List of trunked networks.
<acropolis> vm.nic_update vm mac_addr [ connected="{ true | false }" ][ ip="ip"
][ network="network" ][ queues="queues" ][ request_ip="{ true | false }" ][
trunked_networks="trunked_networks" ][ type="type" ][ update_vlan_trunk_info="{ true |
false }" ][ vlan_mode="vlan_mode" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
mac_addr
NIC MAC address
Type: NIC address
Optional arguments
connected
Whether or not the NIC is connected.
Type: boolean
ip
IPv4 address
Type: IPv4 address
network
Network identifier
Type: network
queues
Maximum number of Tx/Rx queue pairs (default: 1).

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 46

Type: int
request_ip
If true, request a new IP address.
Type: boolean
trunked_networks
List of trunked networks.
Type: list of ints
type
NIC Type
Type: NIC Type
update_vlan_trunk_info
If true, then update vlan type and trunked network list.
Type: boolean
vlan_mode
VLan Mode. Access by default.
Type: Vlan Type

Powers off the specified VMs

<acropolis> vm.off vm_list
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs

Powers on the specified VMs

Note that no such host may be available.
<acropolis> vm.on vm_list [ host="host" ]

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 47

Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
host
Host on which to power on the VM
Type: host

Pauses the specified VMs

<acropolis> vm.pause vm_list
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs

Power cycles the specified VMs

<acropolis> vm.power_cycle vm_list [ change_host="{ true | false }" ][ host="host" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
change_host
Whether to power on on a different host
Type: boolean
Default: false
host
Host on which to power on the VM
Type: host

Initiates a reboot by issuing an ACPI event

<acropolis> vm.reboot vm_list
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs

Resets the specified VMs

<acropolis> vm.reset vm_list
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 48

Type: list of VMs

Restores a VM to a snapshotted state

In this case, the user may choose not to restore the VM's network adapters using the
"restore_network_config" keyword argument.
<acropolis> vm.restore vm snapshot [ restore_network_config="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
snapshot
Snapshot identifier
Type: snapshot
Optional arguments
restore_network_config
Whether to restore the VM's networking configuration
Type: boolean
Default: true

Resumes the specified VMs

<acropolis> vm.resume vm_list
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs

Resumes all paused VMs

<acropolis> vm.resume_all
Required arguments
None

Attaches a new serial port to a VM

Changes to the serial port configuration only take effect after a full power cycle.
<acropolis> vm.serial_port_create vm [ index="index" ][ type="type" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
index
Serial port index
Type: int

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 49

type
Serial port type
Type: serial port type
Examples
1. Add a new serial port at COM1 in server mode.
<acropolis> vm.serial_port_create my_vm index=0 type=kServer

Detaches a serial port from a VM

Changes to the serial port configuration only take effect after a full power cycle.
<acropolis> vm.serial_port_delete vm index
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
index
Serial port index
Type: int
Examples
1. Remove the serial port at COM2.
<acropolis> vm.serial_port_delete my_vm 1

Initiates a shutdown by issuing an ACPI event

<acropolis> vm.shutdown vm_list
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs

Creates one or more snapshots in a single consistency group

If no snapshot name is provided, the snapshot will be referred to as "<vm_name>-
<timestamp>", where the timestamp is in ISO 8601 format (YYYY-MM-
DDTHH:MM:SS.mmmmmm).
<acropolis> vm.snapshot_create vm_list [ snapshot_name_list="snapshot_name_list" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
snapshot_name_list
Comma-delimited list of names for each snapshot
Type: list of strings
Examples

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 50

1. Create a snapshot named 'dev-vm-gold' from a VM named 'dev-vm'.
<acropolis> vm.snapshot_create dev-vm snapshot_name_list=dev-vm-gold

2. Create a consistent snapshot across several VMs, using the default naming scheme.
<acropolis> vm.snapshot_create vm1,vm2,vm3

Prints the graph representation of the snapshot history for a VM

<acropolis> vm.snapshot_get_tree vm
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM

Gets a list of all snapshots associated with a VM

<acropolis> vm.snapshot_list vm
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM

Updates the specified VMs

Enabling metrics allows host-specific metrics to be percolated to this VM.
<acropolis> vm.update vm_list [ agent_vm="{ true | false }" ][
annotation="annotation" ][ cbr_not_capable_reason="cbr_not_capable_reason"
][ cpu_passthrough="{ true | false }" ][ disable_branding="{ true | false }"
][ enable_metrics="{ true | false }" ][ extra_flags="extra_flags" ][
ha_priority="ha_priority" ][ hwclock_timezone="hwclock_timezone" ][
memory="memory" ][ name="name" ][ num_cores_per_vcpu="num_cores_per_vcpu"
][ num_threads_per_core="num_threads_per_core" ][ num_vcpus="num_vcpus"
][ num_vnuma_nodes="num_vnuma_nodes" ][ vcpu_hard_pin="{ true | false }" ][
vga_console="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited list of VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs
Optional arguments
agent_vm
Agent vm
Type: boolean
annotation
Annotation string
Type: string
cbr_not_capable_reason
If set, marks the VM incapable of CBR workflows
Type: string

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 51

cpu_passthrough
Pass through all host CPU features.
Type: boolean
disable_branding
Disable Nutanix branding
Type: boolean
enable_metrics
Enable host metrics
Type: boolean
extra_flags
Additional VM flags as key=value pairs, separated by semicolon
Type: string
ha_priority
Numeric priority for HA restart. Negative value indicates no restart.
Type: int
hwclock_timezone
Hardware clock timezone
Type: timezone
memory
Memory size
Type: size with MG suffix
name
VM name
Type: string
num_cores_per_vcpu
Number of cores per vCPU
Type: int
num_threads_per_core
Number of threads per core
Type: int
num_vcpus
Number of vCPUs
Type: int
num_vnuma_nodes
Number of vNUMA nodes
Type: int
vcpu_hard_pin
Enable hard pinning vcpu to pcpus
Type: boolean

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 52

vga_console
VGA console device
Type: boolean

Updates a VM's boot device

Changes to the boot order only take effect after a full VM power cycle.
<acropolis> vm.update_boot_device vm [ boot_device_order="boot_device_order" ][
disk_addr="disk_addr" ][ mac_addr="mac_addr" ]
Required arguments
vm
VM identifier
Type: VM
Optional arguments
boot_device_order
Device boot order
Type: list of boot device types
disk_addr
Disk bus address
Type: VM disk
mac_addr
NIC MAC address
Type: NIC address

vm_group

Operations

• Add VMs to a VM group : vm_group.add_vms

• Enables vm-vm preferential anti-affinity : vm_group.antiaffinity_set
• Clears vm-vm anti-affinity : vm_group.antiaffinity_unset
• Creates one or more VM groups : vm_group.create
• Deletes one or more VM groups : vm_group.delete
• Retrieves information about a VM group : vm_group.get
• Lists all VM groups : vm_group.list
• Lists VMs configured to the VmGroup : vm_group.list_vms
• Remove VMs from a VM group : vm_group.remove_vms
• Updates the specified VM groups : vm_group.update

Add VMs to a VM group

<acropolis> vm_group.add_vms vm_group [ vm_list="vm_list" ]

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 53

Required arguments
vm_group
VmGroup identifier
Type: VM group type
Optional arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited VM identifiers
Type: list of VMs

Enables vm-vm preferential anti-affinity

It is OK to violate the rule during VM placement if scheduler cannot honor the policy.
<acropolis> vm_group.antiaffinity_set vm_group_list
Required arguments
vm_group_list
Comma-delimited list of VM group identifiers
Type: list of VM group types

Clears vm-vm anti-affinity

<acropolis> vm_group.antiaffinity_unset vm_group_list
Required arguments
vm_group_list
Comma-delimited list of VM group identifiers
Type: list of VM group types

Creates one or more VM groups

<acropolis> vm_group.create name_list [ uuid="uuid" ]
Required arguments
name_list
Comma-delimited list of VM group names
Type: list of strings
Optional arguments
uuid
uuid
Type: string

Deletes one or more VM groups

<acropolis> vm_group.delete vm_group_list
Required arguments
vm_group_list
Comma-delimited VM group identifiers
Type: list of VM group types

Retrieves information about a VM group

<acropolis> vm_group.get vm_group_list

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 54

Required arguments
vm_group_list
VM group identifier
Type: list of VM group types

Lists all VM groups

<acropolis> vm_group.list
Required arguments
None

Lists VMs configured to the VmGroup

<acropolis> vm_group.list_vms vm_group
Required arguments
vm_group
VmGroup identifier
Type: VM group type

Remove VMs from a VM group

<acropolis> vm_group.remove_vms vm_group [ vm_list="vm_list" ]
Required arguments
vm_group
VmGroup identifier
Type: VM group type
Optional arguments
vm_list
Comma-delimited VM identifiers
Type: List of VM configured to VmGroup

Updates the specified VM groups

<acropolis> vm_group.update vm_group_list [ name="name" ]
Required arguments
vm_group_list
Comma-delimited list of VM group identifiers
Type: list of VM group types
Optional arguments
name
VM group name
Type: string

AOS | Acropolis Command-Line Interface (aCLI) | 55

2
NUTANIX COMMAND-LINE INTERFACE
(NCLI)
The Nutanix command-line interface (nCLI) allows you to run system administration commands
against the Nutanix cluster from any of the following machines:

• Your local machine (preferred)

• Any Controller VM in the cluster

Installing the nCLI on Your Local System

About this task

Tip: Refer to KB 1661 for the default credentials of all cluster components.

Procedure

1. Verify that your system has Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version 5.0 or higher.
To check which version of Java is installed on your system or to download the latest version,
go to http://www.java.com/en/download/installed.jsp.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 56

2. Download the nCLI.

a. Connect to the Nutanix web console.

b. Click the user icon

at the top of the console.

c. Select Download nCLI.

d. Download and unzip the file on your local system.

3. Configure your Windows %PATH% or Linux $PATH environment variables.

• ncli directory (for example, C:\ncli)

• JRE bin directory (for example, C:\Program Files\Java\jre1.6.0_21\bin)

The procedure to complete this step depends on your operating system. For more
information, go to http://java.com/en/download/help/path.xml.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 57

Initiating an nCLI Session From Your Local System
Before you begin
Install the nCLI on your local system by following Installing the nCLI on Your Local System on
page 56.

Procedure

1. On your local system, open a command prompt (such as bash for Linux or CMD for Windows).

2. At the command prompt, start the nCLI by using one of the following commands.

a. ncli -s management_ip_addr -u 'username' -p 'user_password'

In this case, the console displays the password.
b. ncli -s management_ip_addr -u 'username' -p
In this case, you are prompted to specify the password.

• Replace management_ip_addr with the IP address of any Nutanix Controller VM in the cluster.
• Replace username with the name of the user (if not specified, the default is admin).
• (Optional) Replace user_password with the password of the user.

Note: When specifying the -p 'user_password' command-line argument to establish an

nCLI session interactively, the credentials are stored in the user's history file. This flag is
intended for use in automated scripts or third-party application integration to nCLI.
To prevent retention of the password for interactive login, specify the -p
command flag alone without the password as described in step 2(b). An
interactive prompt is provided to supply the password, which will not be stored in
the user's history file.

Table 1: Troubleshooting

Error Explanation/Resolution
ncli not found or not The Windows %PATH% or Linux $PATH environment
recognized as a command variable is not set.

Error: Bad credentials The admin user password has been changed from the
default and you did not specify the correct password.
Type exit and start the nCLI again with the correct
password.

Error: Could not connect The cluster is not started.

to Nutanix Gateway
Log on to a Controller VM as the nutanix user and run the
following command: cluster start
When the cluster is up, exit the nCLI and start it again.

Results
The Nutanix CLI is now in interactive mode. To exit this mode, type exit at the ncli> prompt.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 58

Command Format
Nutanix Command-Line Interface commands must match the following format:
ncli> entity action parameter1=value parameter2=value ...

entity can be replaced by any Nutanix entity, such as cluster or disk.

action can be replaced by any valid action for the preceding entity. Each entity has a unique
set of actions, but a common action across all entities is list. For example, you can type the
following command to request a list of all storage pools in the cluster.
ncli> storagepool list

Some actions require parameters at the end of the command. For example, when creating an
NFS datastore, you need to provide both the name of the datastore as it will appear to the
hypervisor and the name of the source storage container.
ncli> datastore create name="NTNX-NFS" ctr-name="nfs-ctr"

Parameter-value pairs can be listed in any order, as long as they are preceded by a valid entity
and action.

Tip: To avoid syntax errors, surround all string values with double-quotes, as demonstrated in the
preceding example. This is particularly important when specifying parameters that accept a list of
values.

Embedded Help
The nCLI provides assistance on all entities and actions. By typing help at the command line,
you can request additional information at one of three levels of detail.
help
Provides a list of entities and their corresponding actions
entity help
Provides a list of all actions and parameters associated with the entity, as well as which
parameters are required, and which are optional
entity action help
Provides a list of all parameters associated with the action, as well as a description of
each parameter
The nCLI provides additional details at each level. To control the scope of the nCLI help output,
add the detailed parameter, which can be set to either true or false.
For example, type the following command to request a detailed list of all actions and
parameters for the cluster entity.
ncli> cluster help detailed=true

You can also type the following command if you prefer to see a list of parameters for the
cluster edit-params action without descriptions.
ncli> cluster edit-params help detailed=false

nCLI Entities
alerts: An Alert
authconfig: Configuration information used to authenticate user
cloud: Manage AWS or AZURE Cloud
cluster: A Nutanix Complete Cluster
container: A Storage Container is a container for virtual disks

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 59

data-at-rest-encryption: Manage data-at-rest-encryption related operations
data-at-rest-encryption-certificate: Manage data-at-rest-encryption related digital
certificates
datastore: An NFS Datastore
disk: A Physical Disk
events: An Event
failover-cluster: Hyper-V failover cluster
file-server: Minerva file server
health-check: A health check
host: A Physical Host hosts Virtual Machines
http-proxy: An HTTP Proxy
key-management-server: Manage key management servers
license: License for a Nutanix cluster
managementserver: An infrastructure management server such as VCenter
multicluster: A Nutanix Management Console to manage multiple clusters
network: Network specific commands
nutanix-guest-tools: Admin commands for Nutanix Guest Tools
progress-monitor: Monitor progress of long running tasks
protection-domain: A protection domain to be used for Data Protection
pulse-config: Configuration information used for Pulse setup
rackable-unit: A rackable unit
remote-site: A remote cluster to be used for replicating data
rsyslog-config: Configuration information to send logs to remote servers
smb-server: The Nutanix SMB file server
snapshot: Snapshot of a Virtual Disk
snmp: An SNMP agent
software: NOS Software Release
ssl-certificate: Manage SSL certificates
storagepool: A Pool of Physical Disks
storagetier: A Tier of physical storage
task: A Task
user: A User
vdisk: A Virtual Disk
virtual-disk: Commands for performing different actions on Virtual Disks.
virtualmachine: A Virtual Machine
volume-group: A Volume Group
vstore: A file namespace in a Storage Container
vzone: A vZone

Nutanix Command-Line Interface Reference

CLI Reference Conventions
This command-line interface reference uses the following conventions.

• Parameters in italic are unique to your environment.

value

• Parameters in square brackets are optional.

[ value ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 60

• Parameters in curly brackets must be one of a limited set of values.
{ value1 | value2 }

One example is boolean parameters: { true | false }

• The keyword is a literal string required by the command, and the value is the unique value for
your environment.
keyword=value

alerts: Alert
Description An Alert
Alias alert

Operations
• Acknowledge Alerts : acknowledge | ack
• Update Alert Configuration : edit-alert-config | update-alert-config
• List Alert Configuration : get-alert-config
• List history of Alerts : history
• List of unresolved Alerts : list | ls
• Resolve Alerts : resolve

Acknowledge Alerts
ncli> alerts { acknowledge | ack } ids="ids"
Required arguments
ids
A comma-separated list of ids of the Alerts

Update Alert Configuration

ncli> alerts { edit-alert-config | update-alert-config }[ enable="{ true | false }"
][ enable-default-nutanix-email="{ true | false }" ][ enable-email-digest="{ true | false }"
][ email-contacts="email_contacts" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
enable
Enable Alert emails
enable-default-nutanix-email
Enable default Nutanix email
enable-email-digest
Enable alert email digest
email-contacts
Comma-separated list of emails to be used while sending alerts. Set to '-' to clear
all the existing emails.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 61

List Alert Configuration
ncli> alerts { get-alert-config }
Required arguments
None

List history of Alerts

ncli> alerts { history } duration="duration" [ acknowledged="acknowledged" ][
resolved="resolved" ][ auto-resolved="auto_resolved" ][ max-alerts="max_alerts" ]
Required arguments
duration
Duration (in days) for getting the history of Alerts
Optional arguments
acknowledged
Acknowledged Alerts?
resolved
Resolved Alerts?
auto-resolved
Auto resolved Alerts?
max-alerts
Maximum number of Alerts to fetch (permitted max value = 1000)
Default: 100

List of unresolved Alerts

ncli> alerts { list | ls }[ acknowledged="acknowledged" ][ max-alerts="max_alerts"
]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
acknowledged
Acknowledged Alerts?
max-alerts
Maximum number of Alerts to fetch (permitted max value = 1000)
Default: 100

Resolve Alerts
ncli> alerts { resolve } ids="ids"
Required arguments
ids
A comma-separated list of ids of the Alerts

authconfig: Authentication Configuration

Description Configuration information used to authenticate user
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 62

Operations
• Add directory role mapping : add-role-mapping
• Comma-separated list of values to be added to the existing directory role
mapping : add-to-role-mapping-values
• Create Directory Service Configuration : create-directory | add-directory
• delete ca chain certificate : delete-ca-chain-certificate | delete-ca-chain-
cert

• Delete directory role mappings : delete-role-mapping

• Update Authentication Configuration : edit | update
• Update Directory Service Configuration : edit-directory | update-directory
• Get Client Auth Configuration : get-client-authentication-config
• Get the list of entity values for the specified entity type and the directory
name : get-directory-values-by-type
• List Authentication Configuration : list | ls
• List Authentication Configuration : list-directory | ls-directory
• Get the list of directory role mappings : list-role-mappings | ls-role-mappings
• Remove Authentication Configuration : remove | rm
• Remove Directory Service Configuration : remove-directory | rm-directory
• Comma-separated list of values to be removed from the existing directory
role mapping : remove-from-role-mapping-values
• Test LDAP Connection and authentication : test-ldap-connection
• Enable/Disable client authentication : update-client-authentication
• Update service account (CAC) : update-service-account

Add directory role mapping

ncli> authconfig { add-role-mapping } role="role" entity-type="entity_type"
entity-values="entity_values" name="name"
Required arguments
role
Role of the directory.
entity-type
Type of directory entity.
entity-values
List of entity values.
name
Directory Name

Comma-separated list of values to be added to the existing directory role mapping

ncli> authconfig { add-to-role-mapping-values } name="name" role="role" entity-
type="entity_type" entity-values="entity_values"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 63

Required arguments
name
Name
role
Role
entity-type
Entity Type
entity-values
Values

Create Directory Service Configuration

ncli> authconfig { create-directory | add-directory } directory-
type="directory_type" connection-type="connection_type" directory-url="directory_url"
domain="domain" name="name" service-account-username="service_account_username"
[ group-search-type="group_search_type" ][ user-object-class="user_object_class" ][
user-search-base="user_search_base" ][ username-attribute="username_attribute" ][
group-object-class="group_object_class" ][ group-search-base="group_search_base"
][ group-member-attribute="group_member_attribute" ][ group-member-
attribute-value="group_member_attribute_value" ][ service-account-
password="service_account_password" ]
Required arguments
directory-type
Type of the Directory Service
connection-type
Connection type for the Directory Service
directory-url
Url to connect to the Directory Service
domain
Domain of the Directory Service
name
Name of the Directory Service
service-account-username
User name of the directory administrator
Optional arguments
group-search-type
Type of the search whether RECURSIVE or NON_RECURSIVE
user-object-class
Object class for users
user-search-base
Search base for users
username-attribute
Unique identifier for a user that can be used for authentication
group-object-class
Object class for groups

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 64

group-search-base
Search base for groups
group-member-attribute
Attribute in group that associates users to group
group-member-attribute-value
User attributevalue that will be used in group entity to associate user to the
group
service-account-password
Password of the directory administrator

delete ca chain certificate

ncli> authconfig { delete-ca-chain-certificate | delete-ca-chain-cert } ca-
chain-certificate-name="ca_chain_certificate_name"
Required arguments
ca-chain-certificate-name
Name of the Certificate

Delete directory role mappings

ncli> authconfig { delete-role-mapping } name="name" [ role="role" ][ entity-
type="entity_type" ]
Required arguments
name
Directory Name
Optional arguments
role
Role
entity-type
Entity Type

Update Authentication Configuration

ncli> authconfig { edit | update } auth-type-list="auth_type_list" [ directory-
list="directory_list" ]
Required arguments
auth-type-list
Authentication Types
Optional arguments
directory-list
Id of an alert type.

Update Directory Service Configuration

ncli> authconfig { edit-directory | update-directory } directory-
type="directory_type" connection-type="connection_type" directory-url="directory_url"
domain="domain" name="name" [ group-search-type="group_search_type" ][ user-
object-class="user_object_class" ][ user-search-base="user_search_base" ][ username-
attribute="username_attribute" ][ group-object-class="group_object_class" ][ group-
search-base="group_search_base" ][ group-member-attribute="group_member_attribute"
][ group-member-attribute-value="group_member_attribute_value" ][

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 65

service-account-username="service_account_username" ][ service-account-
password="service_account_password" ]
Required arguments
directory-type
Type of the Directory Service
connection-type
Connection type for the Directory Service
directory-url
Url to connect to the Directory Service
domain
Domain of the Directory Service
name
Name of the Directory Service
Optional arguments
group-search-type
Type of the search whether RECURSIVE or NON_RECURSIVE
user-object-class
Object class for users
user-search-base
Search base for users
username-attribute
Unique identifier for a user that can be used for authentication
group-object-class
Object class for groups
group-search-base
Search base for groups
group-member-attribute
Attribute in group that associates users to group
group-member-attribute-value
User attributevalue that will be used in group entity to associate user to the
group
service-account-username
User name of the directory administrator
service-account-password
Password of the directory administrator

Get Client Auth Configuration

ncli> authconfig { get-client-authentication-config }
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 66

Get the list of entity values for the specified entity type and the directory name.
ncli> authconfig { get-directory-values-by-type } name="name" directory-
name="directory_name" username="username" password="password" entity-
type="entity_type"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Directory
directory-name
Name of the directory.
username
User name.
password
Password for corresponding username.
entity-type
Type of the directory entity.

List Authentication Configuration

ncli> authconfig { list | ls }
Required arguments
None

List Authentication Configuration

ncli> authconfig { list-directory | ls-directory }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Directory Service

Get the list of directory role mappings

ncli> authconfig { list-role-mappings | ls-role-mappings } name="name" [
role="role" ][ entity-type="entity_type" ]
Required arguments
name
Name
Optional arguments
role
Role
entity-type
Entity Type

Remove Authentication Configuration

ncli> authconfig { remove | rm }

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 67

Required arguments
None

Remove Directory Service Configuration

ncli> authconfig { remove-directory | rm-directory } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Directory

Comma-separated list of values to be removed from the existing directory role mapping
ncli> authconfig { remove-from-role-mapping-values } name="name" role="role"
entity-type="entity_type" entity-values="entity_values"
Required arguments
name
Name
role
Role
entity-type
Entity Type
entity-values
Values

Test LDAP Connection and authentication

ncli> authconfig { test-ldap-connection } directory-name="directory_name"
password="password" username="username"
Required arguments
directory-name
Directory name to test LDAP configuration.
password
Password to test LDAP configuration.
username
Username to test LDAP configuration.

Enable/Disable client authentication

ncli> authconfig { update-client-authentication } enable-client-auth="{ true |
false }"
Required arguments
enable-client-auth
Enable client auth

Update service account (CAC)

ncli> authconfig { update-service-account }[ enable="{ true | false }" ][ directory-
name="directory_name" ][ username="username" ][ password="password" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 68

Optional arguments
enable
Enable Service Account (CAC)
directory-name
Service Account (CAC) Directory Name
username
Service Account (CAC) Username
password
Service Account (CAC) Password

cloud: Cloud
Description Manage AWS or AZURE Cloud
Alias
Operations
• Add AWS or AZURE credentials : add-credentials
• Clear all cloud credentials : clear-all-credentials
• Deploy and configure a Nutanix CVM on cloud, and create a Remote Site on
the local cluster which points to the new CVM : deploy-remote-site
• Destroy a cloud remote site : destroy-remote-site
• List AWS credentials : ls-credentials
• List AWS CVM images : ls-cvm-images
• List AWS CVMs : ls-cvms
• List AWS VPC subnets : ls-subnets
• Remove AWS credentials : remove-credentials
• Set default AWS credentials : set-default-credentials

Add AWS or AZURE credentials

ncli> cloud { add-credentials } cloud-type="cloud_type" [ name="name"
][ aws-access-key="aws_access_key" ][ aws-secret-key="aws_secret_key" ][
azure-certificate-file-path="azure_certificate_file_path" ][ azure-subscription-
id="azure_subscription_id" ]
Required arguments
cloud-type
Type of the cloud service
Optional arguments
name
Given name of the credentials
aws-access-key
AWS access key
aws-secret-key
AWS secret key

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 69

azure-certificate-file-path
Path to the AZURE certificate file
azure-subscription-id
AZURE subscription id

Clear all cloud credentials

ncli> cloud { clear-all-credentials } cloud-type="cloud_type"
Required arguments
cloud-type
Cloud type

Deploy and configure a Nutanix CVM on cloud, and create a Remote Site on the local cluster
which points to the new CVM
ncli> cloud { deploy-remote-site } cloud-type="cloud_type" region="region"
remote-site-name="remote_site_name" local-ctr-name="local_ctr_name" connectivity-
type="connectivity_type" [ instance-name="instance_name" ][ credential-
name="credential_name" ][ image-id="image_id" ][ image-name="image_name" ][ admin-
password="admin_password" ][ remote-sp-name="remote_sp_name" ][ remote-ctr-
name="remote_ctr_name" ][ subnet-id="subnet_id" ][ ssh-tunnel-port="ssh_tunnel_port"
][ azure-virtual-network="azure_virtual_network" ][ enable-proxy="{ true | false }" ][
enable-on-wire-compression="{ true | false }" ][ max-bandwidth="max_bandwidth" ][
instance-type="instance_type" ]
Required arguments
cloud-type
Type of the cloud service
region
Name of the region, eg. us-east-1 | eu-west-1 | East Asia | Brazil South
remote-site-name
Name of the Remote Site on the local cluster
local-ctr-name
Name of a local Storage Container to be backed-up to the deployed CVM
connectivity-type
The platform to use for the cloud instance. Choose between 'vpn'(recommended)
and 'ssh-tunnel'
Optional arguments
instance-name
Prefix for the name of the instance deployed in the cloud
credential-name
Given name of the credentials
image-id
ID of the CVM image to use for deployment
image-name
Name of the CVM image to use for deployment
admin-password
Password for the nutanix user on the CVM deployed in the cloud

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 70

remote-sp-name
Name of the storage pool to be created on the deployed CVM
remote-ctr-name
Name of Storage Container to be created on the deployed CVM
subnet-id
Cloud subnet ID
ssh-tunnel-port
Port to use for SSH tunnel, in the range of 3000-3099
azure-virtual-network
Azure VPN Name
enable-proxy
Boolean parameter to indicate whether the addresses specified in address-list
can be used as a proxy to communicate with other Nutanix components on the
remote site
enable-on-wire-compression
Enable or disable on-wire compression of data during replication
Default: true
max-bandwidth
Maximum bandwidth (in kilobytes per sec) to be used while replicating to the
remote site. If not specified, restriction is not placed on maximum bandwidth
used by replication
instance-type
Cloud instance type

List AWS credentials

ncli> cloud { ls-credentials } cloud-type="cloud_type" [ name="name" ][ is-
default="is_default" ]
Required arguments
cloud-type
Type of the cloud service
Optional arguments
name
Given name of the credentials

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 71

is-default
Whether the AWS Credentials are being used as the default

List AWS CVM images

ncli> cloud { ls-cvm-images } cloud-type="cloud_type" [ credential-
name="credential_name" ][ region="region" ][ list-local-only="list_local_only" ]
Required arguments
cloud-type
Type of the cloud service
Optional arguments
credential-name
Given name of the credentials
region
Name of the region, eg. us-east-1 | eu-west-1 | East Asia | Brazil South
list-local-only
Whether the list is local to the system (only for Azure cloud type)

List AWS CVMs

ncli> cloud { ls-cvms } cloud-type="cloud_type" region="region" [ credential-
name="credential_name" ]
Required arguments
cloud-type
Type of the cloud service
region
Name of the region, eg. us-east-1 | eu-west-1 | East Asia | Brazil South
Optional arguments
credential-name
Given name of the credentials

List AWS VPC subnets

ncli> cloud { ls-subnets } cloud-type="cloud_type" region="region" [ credential-
name="credential_name" ]
Required arguments
cloud-type
Type of the cloud service
region
Name of the region, eg. us-east-1 | eu-west-1 | East Asia | Brazil South
Optional arguments
credential-name
Given name of the credentials

Remove AWS credentials

ncli> cloud { remove-credentials } cloud-type="cloud_type" name="name"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 72

Required arguments
cloud-type
Type of the cloud service
name
Given name of the credentials

Set default AWS credentials

ncli> cloud { set-default-credentials } name="name" cloud-type="cloud_type"
Required arguments
name
Given name of the credentials
cloud-type
Type of the cloud service

cluster: Cluster
Description A Nutanix Complete Cluster
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 73

Operations
• Add the configured node to the cluster : add-node
• Add public key to the cluster : add-public-key
• Add addresses to the list of name servers : add-to-name-servers
• Add addresses to the list of NFS subnet whitelist : add-to-nfs-whitelist
• Add addresses to the list of NTP servers : add-to-ntp-servers
• Add a Metro Availability Witness : add-witness
• Clear the external IP address of the Cluster : clear-external-ip-address
• Clear configuration of SMTP Server used for transmitting alerts and report
emails to Nutanix support : clear-smtp-server
• Configure discovered node with IP addresses (Hypervisor, CVM and IPMI
addresses) : configure-node
• Discover new nodes available to add to the cluster : discover-nodes
• Edit the security params of a Cluster : edit-cvm-security-params
• Edit the hypervisor LLDP config of the Cluster : edit-hypervisor-lldp-params
• Edit the hypervisor security compliance config of a Cluster : edit-
hypervisor-security-params

• Edit params of a Cluster : edit-params | edit-info

• Generates and downloads the csr from discovered node based on
certification information from the cluster : generate-csr-for-discovered-node
• Get the security config for the Cluster : get-cvm-security-config
• Get the domain fault tolerance state of the cluster : get-domain-fault-
tolerance-status | get-dm-ft-stat

• Get the hypervisor LLDP config of the Cluster : get-hypervisor-lldp-config

• Get the hypervisor security config for the Cluster : get-hypervisor-security-
config

• Get Ipmi monitoring status : get-ipmi-monitoring-status

• Gets the Microsoft Azure Account details : get-la-jolla-azure-info
• Get the list of name servers : get-name-servers
• Get the list of NFS subnet whitelist : get-nfs-whitelist
• Get the list of NTP servers : get-ntp-servers
• Get params of a Cluster : get-params | info
• Get the redundancy state of the cluster : get-redundancy-state
• Get remote support status on a Cluster : get-remote-support-status
• Check the removal status for Physical Hosts : get-remove-status | get-rm-
status

• Get configuration of SMTP Server used for transmitting alerts and report
emails to Nutanix support : get-smtp-server
• Join the Nutanix storage cluster to the Windows AD domain specified in
the cluster name : join-domain
AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 74
• Get the list of public keys configured in the cluster : list-public-keys | ls-
Add the configured node to the cluster. In case of compute only node, cvm ip corresponds to
host ip
ncli> cluster { add-node } node-uuid="node_uuid" [ server-certificate-
list="server_certificate_list" ]
Required arguments
node-uuid
UUID of the new node
Optional arguments
server-certificate-list
Comma-separated list of the key management server uuid and corresponding
certificate file path. List should be of format <server_uuid:path_to_certificate>

Add public key to the cluster

ncli> cluster { add-public-key } name="name" file-path="file_path"
Required arguments
name
Name of the cluster public key
file-path
Full path of the public key file

Add addresses to the list of name servers

ncli> cluster { add-to-name-servers } servers="servers"
Required arguments
servers
Comma-separated list of IP addresses to be included in the name servers list

Add addresses to the list of NFS subnet whitelist

ncli> cluster { add-to-nfs-whitelist } ip-subnet-masks="ip_subnet_masks"
Required arguments
ip-subnet-masks
Comma-separated list with entries of the form 'IP/subnet mask'(a.b.c.d/l.m.n.o) to
be included in the NFS subnet whitelist

Add addresses to the list of NTP servers

ncli> cluster { add-to-ntp-servers } servers="servers"
Required arguments
servers
Comma-separated list of IP addresses/Host names to be included in the NTP
servers list

Add a Metro Availability Witness

ncli> cluster { add-witness } external-ip-address="external_ip_address"
username="username" password="password" [ test-only="test_only" ]
Required arguments
external-ip-address
external IP address of the Witness

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 75

username
username
password
password
Optional arguments
test-only
Only test the config without storing it.
Default: false

Clear the external IP address of the Cluster

ncli> cluster { clear-external-ip-address }
Required arguments
None

Clear configuration of SMTP Server used for transmitting alerts and report emails to Nutanix
support
ncli> cluster { clear-smtp-server }
Required arguments
None

Configure discovered node with IP addresses (Hypervisor, CVM and IPMI addresses)
ncli> cluster { configure-node } node-uuid="node_uuid" [ cvm-ip="cvm_ip" ][
hypervisor-ip="hypervisor_ip" ][ ipmi-ip="ipmi_ip" ][ ipmi-netmask="ipmi_netmask" ][
ipmi-gateway="ipmi_gateway" ]
Required arguments
node-uuid
UUID of the new node
Optional arguments
cvm-ip
IP address of the controller VM
hypervisor-ip
IP address of the Hypervisor Host
ipmi-ip
IPMI address of the node
ipmi-netmask
IPMI netmask of the node
ipmi-gateway
IPMI gateway of the node

Discover new nodes available to add to the cluster

ncli> cluster { discover-nodes }
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 76

Edit the security params of a Cluster
ncli> cluster { edit-cvm-security-params }[ enable-aide="{ true | false }" ][ enable-
core="{ true | false }" ][ enable-high-strength-password="{ true | false }" ][ enable-
banner="{ true | false }" ][ enable-snmpv3-only="{ true | false }" ][ schedule="schedule" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
enable-aide
Enable intrusion detection service.
enable-core
Enable kernel core dumps.
enable-high-strength-password
Enable to set the minimum length for password to 14 and remember to 24 in
PAM.
enable-banner
Enable DoD knowledge of consent banner for SSH and console logins.
enable-snmpv3-only
Enable to set the CVM host to either ignore or explicitly restrict v1 and v2 snmp
based connections.
schedule
Set cron schedule to run Salt periodically.

Edit the hypervisor LLDP config of the Cluster

ncli> cluster { edit-hypervisor-lldp-params }[ enable-lldp-tx="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
enable-lldp-tx
Enable LLDP TX mode.

Edit the hypervisor security compliance config of a Cluster

ncli> cluster { edit-hypervisor-security-params }[ enable-aide="{ true | false }"
][ enable-core="{ true | false }" ][ enable-high-strength-password="{ true | false }" ][
enable-banner="{ true | false }" ][ schedule="schedule" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
enable-aide
Enable intrusion detection service.
enable-core
Enable kernel core dumps.
enable-high-strength-password
Enable to set the minimum length for password to 14 and remember to 24 in
PAM.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 77

enable-banner
Enable DoD knowledge of consent banner for SSH and console logins.
schedule
Set cron schedule to run Salt periodically.

Edit params of a Cluster

ncli> cluster { edit-params | edit-info }[ new-name="new_name"
][ support-verbosity-level="support_verbosity_level" ][ external-ip-
address="external_ip_address" ][ masquerading-ip-address="masquerading_ip_address"
][ masquerading-port="masquerading_port" ][ external-data-services-ip-
address="external_data_services_ip_address" ][ enable-shadow-clones="{ true | false }"
][ enable-password-remote-login="{ true | false }" ][ logon-name="logon_name" ][
password="password" ][ disable-degraded-node-monitoring="{ true | false }" ][ enable-
on-disk-dedup="{ true | false }" ][ enable-common-criteria-mode="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
new-name
Name of the cluster
support-verbosity-level
Verbosity level settings for populating support information
external-ip-address
External IP address to access the cluster. Set to '-' to clear the existing value
masquerading-ip-address
Masquerading IP address to access the cluster. Set to '-' to clear the existing
value
masquerading-port
Masquerading port to access the cluster. Set to '-' to clear the existing value
external-data-services-ip-address
External Data Services IP address of the cluster. Set to '-' to clear the existing
value
enable-shadow-clones
Enable/Disable shadow clones
enable-password-remote-login
Enable/Disable password remote login to cluster
logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name
disable-degraded-node-monitoring
Whether to disable detection of partially degraded nodes.
enable-on-disk-dedup
Whether to enable on-disk deduplication for any new writes at cluster level. It
might be disabled again when storage issue detected.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 78

enable-common-criteria-mode
Enables Common Criteria mode on the cluster when set to 'true'. Disables when
set to 'false'

Generates and downloads the csr from discovered node based on certification information
from the cluster
ncli> cluster { generate-csr-for-discovered-node } cvm-ip="cvm_ip" file-
path="file_path"
Required arguments
cvm-ip
IPv6 address of the controller VM of discovered node
file-path
Path where csr from the discovered node needs to be downloaded

Get the security config for the Cluster

ncli> cluster { get-cvm-security-config }
Required arguments
None

Get the domain fault tolerance state of the cluster

ncli> cluster { get-domain-fault-tolerance-status | get-dm-ft-stat }
type="type"
Required arguments
type
Fault tolerance domain type { rack, rackable_unit, node, disk }

Get the hypervisor LLDP config of the Cluster

ncli> cluster { get-hypervisor-lldp-config }
Required arguments
None

Get the hypervisor security config for the Cluster

ncli> cluster { get-hypervisor-security-config }
Required arguments
None

Get Ipmi monitoring status

ncli> cluster { get-ipmi-monitoring-status }
Required arguments
None

Gets the Microsoft Azure Account details

ncli> cluster { get-la-jolla-azure-info }
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 79

Get the list of name servers
ncli> cluster { get-name-servers }
Required arguments
None

Get the list of NFS subnet whitelist

ncli> cluster { get-nfs-whitelist }
Required arguments
None

Get the list of NTP servers

ncli> cluster { get-ntp-servers }
Required arguments
None

Get params of a Cluster

ncli> cluster { get-params | info }
Required arguments
None

Get the redundancy state of the cluster

ncli> cluster { get-redundancy-state }
Required arguments
None

Get remote support status on a Cluster

ncli> cluster { get-remote-support-status }
Required arguments
None

Check the removal status for Physical Hosts

ncli> cluster { get-remove-status | get-rm-status }[ id="id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host

Get configuration of SMTP Server used for transmitting alerts and report emails to Nutanix
support
ncli> cluster { get-smtp-server }
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 80

Join the Nutanix storage cluster to the Windows AD domain specified in the cluster name.
This operation is only valid for clusters having hosts running Hyper-V.
ncli> cluster { join-domain } domain="domain" logon-name="logon_name"
name-server-ip="name_server_ip" [ cluster-name="cluster_name" ][ external-ip-
address="external_ip_address" ][ password="password" ][ ou-path="ou_path" ][ cps-
prefix="cps_prefix" ]
Required arguments
domain
Full name of the domain
logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation
name-server-ip
IP address of the name server that can resolve the domain name
Optional arguments
cluster-name
Name of the cluster
external-ip-address
External IP address to access the cluster. Set to '-' to clear the existing value
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name
ou-path
Organizational Unit path of the domain
cps-prefix
CPS prefix path of the domain

Get the list of public keys configured in the cluster

ncli> cluster { list-public-keys | ls-public-keys }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the cluster public key

List All registered Metro Availability Witness

ncli> cluster { list-witness }
Required arguments
None

Remove all the public keys previously configured in the cluster

ncli> cluster { remove-all-public-keys | rm-all-public-keys }
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 81

Remove addresses from the list of name servers
ncli> cluster { remove-from-name-servers } servers="servers"
Required arguments
servers
Comma-separated list of IP addresses to be removed from the name servers list

Remove addresses from the list of NFS subnet whitelist

ncli> cluster { remove-from-nfs-whitelist } ip-subnet-masks="ip_subnet_masks"
Required arguments
ip-subnet-masks
Comma-separated list with entries of the form 'IP/subnet mask' (a.b.c.d/l.m.n.o)
to be removed from the NFS subnet whitelist

Remove addresses from the list of NTP servers

ncli> cluster { remove-from-ntp-servers } servers="servers"
Required arguments
servers
Comma-separated list of IP addresses/Host names to be removed from the NTP
servers list

Delete public key with the specified name from the cluster
ncli> cluster { remove-public-key | rm-public-key } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the cluster public key

Begin the process of removing a Physical Host

ncli> cluster { remove-start | rm-start | delete } id="id" [ skip-space-
check="{ true | false }" ][ force="force" ]
Required arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host
Optional arguments
skip-space-check
Skip checking storage space-related constraints when initiating removal of a host
from the cluster
Default: false
force
Forcefully perform the requested operation skipping any constraint validation
Default: false

Delete a Metro Availability Witness

ncli> cluster { remove-witness } id="id" [ recover="recover" ]
Required arguments
id
Id of the Metro Availability Witness

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 82

Optional arguments
recover
Recover from a Metro Availability Witness an unsuccessful remove operation
Default: false

Send an email to test the SMTP Server configuration

ncli> cluster { send-test-email } recipient="recipient" subject="subject"
Required arguments
recipient
Recipient of the test email
subject
Subject of the test email

Sets the DVM configuration parameters for LaJolla cluster

ncli> cluster { set-dvm-configuration } ip-start="ip_start" ip-end="ip_end"
ip-mask="ip_mask" gateway="gateway" company-name="company_name" [ license-
key="license_key" ][ data-telemetry="data_telemetry" ]
Required arguments
ip-start
IP Address range start.
ip-end
IP Address range end.
ip-mask
Subnet mask.
gateway
Default Gateway IP.
company-name
Company name setting dvm configuraiton
Optional arguments
license-key
License key of Microsoft
data-telemetry
True/False indicating whether you want your data to be sent to Microsoft.

Set the external IP address (IPv4) of the Cluster

ncli> cluster { set-external-ip-address }[ external-ip-
address="external_ip_address" ][ logon-name="logon_name" ][ password="password" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
external-ip-address
External IP address to access the cluster. Set to '-' to clear the existing value

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 83

logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name

Enable or disable Ipmi monitoring

ncli> cluster { set-ipmi-monitoring-status } enable="{ true | false }"
Required arguments
enable
Enable or disable Ipmi monitoring

Set the redundancy state of the cluster

ncli> cluster { set-redundancy-state } desired-redundancy-
factor="desired_redundancy_factor"
Required arguments
desired-redundancy-factor
Desired redundancy factor of the cluster

Set configuration of SMTP Server used for transmitting alert and report emails to Nutanix
support
ncli> cluster { set-smtp-server } address="address" [ port="port" ][
username="username" ][ password="password" ][ security-mode="security_mode" ][ from-
email-address="from_email_address" ]
Required arguments
address
Fully Qualified Domain Name(FQDN) or IPv4 address of the SMTP Server
Optional arguments
port
Port number of the SMTP Server. By default, port 25 is used
username
Username to access the SMTP Server
password
Password to access the SMTP Server
security-mode
Security mode used by SMTP Server for data encryption and authentication.
SMTP Server in Nutanix cluster can be configured with one of the following
mode: 'none', 'ssl' or 'starttls'
Default: none
from-email-address
From email address to be used while sending emails (Set to '-' to clear the
existing value)

Set the timezone of the Cluster

ncli> cluster { set-timezone } timezone="timezone"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 84

Required arguments
timezone
Timezone of the cluster

Starts the CPS deployment in Lajolla cluster

ncli> cluster { start-la-jolla-deployment } ip-start="ip_start"
ip-end="ip_end" ip-mask="ip_mask" gateway="gateway"
company-name="company_name" username="username"
password="password" storage_admin_password="storage_admin_password"
azure_onboarding_enabled="azure_onboarding_enabled" [ license-
key="license_key" ][ azure_subscription_name="azure_subscription_name"
][ azure_subscription_id="azure_subscription_id" ][
azure_site_recovery_region="azure_site_recovery_region" ][
azure_ops_insights_region="azure_ops_insights_region" ]
Required arguments
ip-start
IP Address range start.
ip-end
IP Address range end.
ip-mask
Subnet mask.
gateway
Default Gateway IP.
company-name
Company name setting dvm configuraiton
username
Active Directory User name
password
Active directory password
storage_admin_password
Admin password for the cluster
azure_onboarding_enabled
Set to true or false based on whether Azure info details are provided or not
Optional arguments
license-key
License key of Microsoft
azure_subscription_name
Subscription name of Microsoft Account
azure_subscription_id
Subscription Id of Microsoft Account
azure_site_recovery_region
Site recovery region of Microsoft
azure_ops_insights_region
Ops insight region of Microsoft

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 85

Start remote support on a Cluster
ncli> cluster { start-remote-support }[ duration="duration" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
duration
Time (in minutes) to keep remote support enabled

Get the status of all services in the cluster

ncli> cluster { status }
Required arguments
None

Stop remote support on a Cluster

ncli> cluster { stop-remote-support }[ duration="duration" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
duration
Time (in minutes) to keep remote support disabled

Update a Metro Availability Witness

ncli> cluster { update-witness } id="id" password="password"
Required arguments
id
Id of the Metro Availability Witness
password
password

Get version of software running on a Cluster

ncli> cluster { version }
Required arguments
None

container: Storage Container

Description A Storage Container is a container for virtual disks
Alias ctrstorage-container

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 86

Operations
• Add addresses to Storage Container's NFS subnet whitelist : add-to-nfs-
whitelist

• Create a new Storage Container : create | add

• Edit a Storage Container : edit | update
• Get the down-migrate times (in minutes) for Storage Tiers in a Storage
Container : get-down-migrate-times | get-dm-times
• List Storage Containers : list | ls
• Get stats data for Storage Containers : list-stats | ls-stats
• Delete a Storage Container : remove | rm
• Remove addresses from Storage Container's NFS subnet whitelist : remove-
from-nfs-whitelist

• Set the down-migrate times (in minutes) for a Storage Tier in a Storage
Container : set-down-migrate-times | set-dm-times

Add addresses to Storage Container's NFS subnet whitelist

ncli> container { add-to-nfs-whitelist } ip-subnet-masks="ip_subnet_masks" [
id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
ip-subnet-masks
Comma-separated list with entries of the form 'IP/subnet mask'(a.b.c.d/l.m.n.o) to
be included in the Storage Container's NFS subnet whitelist
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Container
name
Name of the Storage Container

Create a new Storage Container

ncli> container { create | add } name="name" [ res-capacity="res_capacity" ][
adv-capacity="adv_capacity" ][ sp-id="sp_id" ][ sp-name="sp_name" ][ rf="rf" ][
random-io-priority-order="random_io_priority_order" ][ sequential-io-priority-
order="sequential_io_priority_order" ][ enable-compression="{ true | false }" ][ fingerprint-
on-write="fingerprint_on_write" ][ on-disk-dedup="on_disk_dedup" ][ compression-
delay="compression_delay" ][ erasure-code="erasure_code" ][ prefer-higher-ec-fault-
domain="prefer_higher_ec_fault_domain" ][ erasure-code-delay="erasure_code_delay" ][ ip-
subnet-masks="ip_subnet_masks" ][ enable-software-encryption="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Storage Container
Optional arguments
res-capacity
Explicit reserved Capacity (GiB) of the Storage Container

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 87

adv-capacity
Advertised Capacity (GiB) of the Storage Container
sp-id
ID of the Storage Pool for the Storage Container
sp-name
Name of the Storage Pool for the Storage Container
rf
Replication Factor for all data in the Storage Container
random-io-priority-order
Comma-separated random I/O priority order (high to low) of Storage Tiers in a
Storage Container
sequential-io-priority-order
Comma-separated sequential I/O priority order (high to low) of Storage Tiers in a
Storage Container
enable-compression
Enable or disable compression on a Storage Container
Default: false
fingerprint-on-write
Fingerprint on writes to the Storage Container {on, off, none}
on-disk-dedup
On-disk dedup of the Storage Container {none, off, post-process}
compression-delay
Time delay in minutes for compressing/uncompressing the data on Storage
Container
erasure-code
Erasure code should be of the form: 'on', 'off' or <N>/<K> where N, K are valid
positive integers
prefer-higher-ec-fault-domain
If set to true, EC strips will be created such that they are higher fault domain
aware even if they are shorter. Existing longer EC strips that yield higher space
savings but are lower fault domain aware will be made shorter so that they
become higher fault domain aware.
erasure-code-delay
Erasure code delay (mins) of the Storage Container. 'clear' for clearing the
Erasure code delay setting
ip-subnet-masks
Comma-separated list with entries of the form 'IP/subnet mask'(a.b.c.d/l.m.n.o) to
be included in the Storage Container's NFS subnet whitelist
enable-software-encryption
Enable or disable software encryption on the Storage Container

Edit a Storage Container

ncli> container { edit | update }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ][ new-name="new_name"
][ res-capacity="res_capacity" ][ adv-capacity="adv_capacity" ][ rf="rf" ][
random-io-priority-order="random_io_priority_order" ][ sequential-io-priority-

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 88

order="sequential_io_priority_order" ][ enable-compression="{ true | false }" ][ compression-
delay="compression_delay" ][ fingerprint-on-write="fingerprint_on_write" ][ on-disk-
dedup="on_disk_dedup" ][ erasure-code="erasure_code" ][ prefer-higher-ec-fault-
domain="prefer_higher_ec_fault_domain" ][ erasure-code-delay="erasure_code_delay" ][ ip-
subnet-masks="ip_subnet_masks" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Container
name
Name of the Storage Container
new-name
Name of the Storage Container
res-capacity
Explicit reserved Capacity (GiB) of the Storage Container
adv-capacity
Advertised Capacity (GiB) of the Storage Container
rf
Replication Factor for all data in the Storage Container
random-io-priority-order
Comma-separated random I/O priority order (high to low) of Storage Tiers in a
Storage Container
sequential-io-priority-order
Comma-separated sequential I/O priority order (high to low) of Storage Tiers in a
Storage Container
enable-compression
Enable or disable compression on a Storage Container
compression-delay
Time delay in minutes for compressing/uncompressing the data on Storage
Container
fingerprint-on-write
Fingerprint on writes to the Storage Container {on, off, none}
on-disk-dedup
On-disk dedup of the Storage Container {none, off, post-process}
erasure-code
Erasure code should be of the form: 'on', 'off' or <N>/<K> where N, K are valid
positive integers
prefer-higher-ec-fault-domain
If set to true, EC strips will be created such that they are higher fault domain
aware even if they are shorter. Existing longer EC strips that yield higher space
savings but are lower fault domain aware will be made shorter so that they
become higher fault domain aware.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 89

erasure-code-delay
Erasure code delay (mins) of the Storage Container. 'clear' for clearing the
Erasure code delay setting
ip-subnet-masks
Comma-separated list with entries of the form 'IP/subnet mask'(a.b.c.d/l.m.n.o) to
be included in the Storage Container's NFS subnet whitelist

Get the down-migrate times (in minutes) for Storage Tiers in a Storage Container
ncli> container { get-down-migrate-times | get-dm-times }[ id="id" ][
name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Container
name
Name of the Storage Container

List Storage Containers

ncli> container { list | ls }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Container
name
Name of the Storage Container

Get stats data for Storage Containers

ncli> container { list-stats | ls-stats }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Container
name
Name of the Storage Container

Delete a Storage Container

ncli> container { remove | rm }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ][ ignore-small-
files="ignore_small_files" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 90

Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Container
name
Name of the Storage Container
ignore-small-files
Ignore all the small files on the Storage Container {true, false} while marking for
removal
Default: false

Remove addresses from Storage Container's NFS subnet whitelist

ncli> container { remove-from-nfs-whitelist } ip-subnet-masks="ip_subnet_masks" [
id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
ip-subnet-masks
Comma-separated list with entries of the form 'IP/subnet mask'(a.b.c.d/l.m.n.o) to
be included in the Storage Container's NFS subnet whitelist
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Container
name
Name of the Storage Container

Set the down-migrate times (in minutes) for a Storage Tier in a Storage Container
ncli> container { set-down-migrate-times | set-dm-times } tier-
names="tier_names" [ id="id" ][ name="name" ][ time-in-min="time_in_min" ]
Required arguments
tier-names
A comma-separated list of Storage Tiers
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Container
name
Name of the Storage Container
time-in-min
Time in minutes after which to down-migrate data in a given Storage Tier in a
Storage Container
Default: 30

data-at-rest-encryption: Data At Rest Encryption

Description Manage data-at-rest-encryption related operations
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 91

Operations
• List of results of the certificate tests that were performed against key
management servers : get-recent-certificate-test-results
• Get current encryption status of the cluster : get-status
• Enable or disable disk passwords for encryption on the cluster : password
• Assigns new passwords to encryption capable disks when cluster is
password protected : rekey-disks
• Test encryption configuration on given hosts and key management
servers : test-configuration

List of results of the certificate tests that were performed against key management servers
ncli> data-at-rest-encryption { get-recent-certificate-test-results }[ host-
ids="host_ids" ][ key-management-server-names="key_management_server_names" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
host-ids
List of Host ids
key-management-server-names
List of Key Management Server names

Get current encryption status of the cluster

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption { get-status }
Required arguments
None

Enable or disable disk passwords for encryption on the cluster

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption { password } enable="{ true | false }"
Required arguments
enable
Enable or disable disk passwords for encryption

Assigns new passwords to encryption capable disks when cluster is password protected. If
disk ids are not given, rekey will be performed on all disks of the cluster
ncli> data-at-rest-encryption { rekey-disks }[ disk-ids="disk_ids" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
disk-ids
IDs of the Physical Disks

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 92

Test encryption configuration on given hosts and key management servers. If no parameters
are specified, test will be conducted on all nodes and key management servers configured in
the cluster
ncli> data-at-rest-encryption { test-configuration }[ host-ids="host_ids" ][
key-management-server-names="key_management_server_names" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts
key-management-server-names
Comma-separated list of key management server names

data-at-rest-encryption-certificate: Data At Rest Encryption Certificate

Description Manage data-at-rest-encryption related digital certificates
Alias
Operations
• Download one or more CSRs from the cluster as zip file : download-csrs
• Get certification information : get-csr-information
• Get the list of ca certificates stored in the cluster : list-ca-certificates | ls-
ca-certificates

• Delete ca certificate with the specified name from the cluster : remove-ca-
certificate | rm-ca-certificate

• Delete certificate installed on a node for a key management server : remove-

cvm-certificate | rm-cvm-certificate

• Replace expired digital certificate : replace-cvm-certificate

• Update certification information : update-csr-information
• Upload ca certificate to the cluster : upload-ca-certificate
• Upload digital certificates as a single file or a zip file : upload-cvm-
certificates

Download one or more CSRs from the cluster as zip file

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { download-csrs } file-path="file_path"
[ host-ids="host_ids" ]
Required arguments
file-path
Path where zip file needs to be downloaded
Optional arguments
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts

Get certification information

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { get-csr-information }

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 93

Required arguments
None

Get the list of ca certificates stored in the cluster

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { list-ca-certificates | ls-ca-
certificates }
Required arguments
None

Delete ca certificate with the specified name from the cluster

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { remove-ca-certificate | rm-ca-
certificate } ca-name="ca_name"
Required arguments
ca-name
Certificate Authority name

Delete certificate installed on a node for a key management server

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { remove-cvm-certificate
| rm-cvm-certificate } host-id="host_id" key-management-server-
name="key_management_server_name"
Required arguments
host-id
Id of the node on which certificate is installed
key-management-server-name
Key management Server name for which certificate is installed

Replace expired digital certificate.

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { replace-cvm-certificate } host-
id="host_id" key-management-server-name="key_management_server_name" file-
path="file_path"
Required arguments
host-id
ID of the Physical Host
key-management-server-name
Key management server name
file-path
Certificate path

Update certification information

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { update-csr-information }[
country-code="country_code" ][ state="state" ][ city="city" ][ organization-
name="organization_name" ][ email-address="email_address" ][ organizational-
units="organizational_units" ][ domain-name="domain_name" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 94

Optional arguments
country-code
Country Code
state
State
city
City
organization-name
Organization Name
email-address
Email Address
organizational-units
List of comma-separated Organizational Units. Set to '-' to clear existing value(s)
domain-name
Domain name that is to be included in Common Name. Set to '-' to clear the
existing value

Upload ca certificate to the cluster

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { upload-ca-certificate } ca-
name="ca_name" file-path="file_path"
Required arguments
ca-name
Certificate Authority Name
file-path
Certificate path

Upload digital certificates as a single file or a zip file.

ncli> data-at-rest-encryption-certificate { upload-cvm-certificates } key-
management-server-name="key_management_server_name" file-path="file_path"
Required arguments
key-management-server-name
Key management server name
file-path
Path of a zipped or regular file

datastore: Datastore
Description An NFS Datastore
Alias
Operations
• Create a new NFS datastore on the Physical Hosts using the Storage
Container (ESX only) : create | add
• Delete the NFS datastore on the Physical Hosts : delete | remove | rm
• List NFS Datastores : list | ls

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 95

Create a new NFS datastore on the Physical Hosts using the Storage Container (ESX only).
Storage Container name will be used as datastore name, if datastore name is not specified
ncli> datastore { create | add } ctr-name="ctr_name" [ name="name" ][ host-
ids="host_ids" ][ read-only="read_only" ]
Required arguments
ctr-name
Name of the Storage Container
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Datastore (default = Storage Container name)
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts (default = Includes all
hosts)
read-only
Whether a Physical Host must have only read-only access to the Datastore
Default: false

Delete the NFS datastore on the Physical Hosts

ncli> datastore { delete | remove | rm } name="name" [ host-ids="host_ids" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Datastore
Optional arguments
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts (default = Includes all
hosts)

List NFS Datastores

ncli> datastore { list | ls }
Required arguments
None

disk: Physical Disk

Description A Physical Disk
Alias
Operations
• Check the removal status for Physical Disks : get-remove-status | get-rm-
status

• List Physical Disks : list | ls

• List Physical Disks that are not assigned to any Storage Pool : list-free |
ls-free

• Get stats data for Physical Disks : list-stats | ls-stats

• Begin the process of removing a Physical Disk : remove-start | rm-start |
delete

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 96

Check the removal status for Physical Disks
ncli> disk { get-remove-status | get-rm-status }[ id="id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Physical Disk

List Physical Disks

ncli> disk { list | ls }[ id="id" ][ sp-id="sp_id" ][ sp-name="sp_name" ][ tier-
name="tier_name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Physical Disk
sp-id
ID of the Storage Pool for the Physical Disk
sp-name
Name of the Storage Pool for the Physical Disk
tier-name
Corresponding Storage Tier

List Physical Disks that are not assigned to any Storage Pool
ncli> disk { list-free | ls-free }
Required arguments
None

Get stats data for Physical Disks

ncli> disk { list-stats | ls-stats }[ id="id" ][ sp-id="sp_id" ][ tier-
name="tier_name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Physical Disk
sp-id
ID of the Storage Pool for the Physical Disk
tier-name
Corresponding Storage Tier

Begin the process of removing a Physical Disk

ncli> disk { remove-start | rm-start | delete } id="id" [ force="force" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 97

Required arguments
id
ID of the Physical Disk
Optional arguments
force
Forcefully perform the requested operation skipping any constraint validation
Default: false

events: Event
Description An Event
Alias event

Operations
• Acknowledge Events : acknowledge | ack
• List history of Events : history
• List of unacknowledged Events : list | ls

Acknowledge Events
ncli> events { acknowledge | ack } ids="ids"
Required arguments
ids
A comma-separated list of ids of the Events

List history of Events

ncli> events { history } duration="duration" [ acknowledged="acknowledged" ][ max-
events="max_events" ]
Required arguments
duration
Duration (in days) for getting the history of Events
Optional arguments
acknowledged
Acknowledged Events?
max-events
Maximum number of Events to fetch
Default: 100

List of unacknowledged Events

ncli> events { list | ls }[ max-events="max_events" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
max-events
Maximum number of Events to fetch
Default: 100

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 98

failover-cluster: Failover Cluster
Description Hyper-V failover cluster
Alias
Operations
• Create a failover cluster : create
• Join nodes to a failover cluster : join-nodes
• List all failover clusters : list
• Remove node from a failover cluster : remove-node

Create a failover cluster

ncli> failover-cluster { create } name="name" ip-address="ip_address" logon-
name="logon_name" [ password="password" ][ host-ids="host_ids" ]
Required arguments
name
Simple name of the failover cluster. Must be at most 15 characters long.
ip-address
IP address of the failover cluster
logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation
Optional arguments
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts

Join nodes to a failover cluster

ncli> failover-cluster { join-nodes } name="name" logon-name="logon_name" [
password="password" ][ host-ids="host_ids" ]
Required arguments
name
Simple name of the failover cluster. Must be at most 15 characters long.
logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation
Optional arguments
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts

List all failover clusters

ncli> failover-cluster { list }

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 99

Required arguments
None

Remove node from a failover cluster

ncli> failover-cluster { remove-node } name="name" logon-name="logon_name"
host-id="host_id" [ password="password" ]
Required arguments
name
Simple name of the failover cluster. Must be at most 15 characters long.
logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation
host-id
ID of the Physical Host
Optional arguments
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name

file-server: File Server

Description Minerva file server
Alias fs

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 100

Operations
• Activate a file server : activate | activate
• Add a admin user : add-admin-user
• Add DNS entries : add-dns
• Add a icap server : add-icap-server
• Add a Quota Policy : add-quota-policy
• Add a Share : add-share
• Add a Snapshot Policy : add-snapshot-policy
• Add a user : add-user | add-user
• Add a User Mapping : add-user-mapping | add-user-mapping
• Add a virus scan policy : add-virus-scan-policy
• Clone a file server : clone | clone
• Join and unjoin the File Server to the Windows AD domain or bind and
unbind from LDAP : configure-name-services | configure-name-services
• Add a File Server : create | add
• Delete a File Server : delete | remove | rm
• Delete a admin user : delete-admin-user
• Delete a icap server : delete-icap-server
• Delete infected files : delete-infected-files
• Delete a Quota Policy : delete-quota-policy
• Delete a Share : delete-share
• Delete a Snapshot Policy : delete-snapshot-policy
• Delete a user : delete-user
• Delete a virus scan policy : delete-virus-scan-policy
• Update a File Server : edit | update
• Show an individual FileServer's details : get
• Get a admin user : get-admin-user
• Show built in groupsper File Server : get-builtin-groups
• Get icap server : get-icap-server
• Get infected file : get-infected-file
• Get principal type from principal name : get-principal-type | get-principal-
type

• Get a Quota Policy : get-quota-policy

• Show an individual share's details : get-share | show-share
• Get a file server share snapshot : get-snapshot
• Get a User Mapping : get-user-mapping | get-user-mapping
• Get a virus scan policy : get-virus-scan-policy
AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 101
• Join the File Server to the Windows AD domain specified : join-domain |
join-domain
Activate a file server.
ncli> file-server { activate | activate } uuid="uuid" dns-domain-
name="dns_domain_name" dns-server-ip-address-list="dns_server_ip_address_list"
ntp-servers="ntp_servers" internal-virtual-network="internal_virtual_network"
external-virtual-network="external_virtual_network" [ internal-virtual-
network-gateway="internal_virtual_network_gateway" ][ internal-virtual-
network-mask="internal_virtual_network_mask" ][ internal-virtual-
network-ips="internal_virtual_network_ips" ][ external-virtual-network-
gateway="external_virtual_network_gateway" ][ external-virtual-network-
mask="external_virtual_network_mask" ][ external-virtual-network-
ips="external_virtual_network_ips" ][ windows-ad-domain-name="windows_ad_domain_name"
][ windows-ad-username="windows_ad_username" ][ windows-ad-
password="windows_ad_password" ][ overwrite="overwrite" ][ add-user-as-afs-
admin="add_user_as_afs_admin" ][ organizational-unit="organizational_unit" ][ rfc-
enabled="rfc_enabled" ][ preferred-domain-controller="preferred_domain_controller"
][ ad-protocol-type="ad_protocol_type" ][ ldap-protocol-type="ldap_protocol_type"
][ local-protocol-type="local_protocol_type" ][ nfsv4-domain="nfsv4_domain"
][ ldap-server-uri="ldap_server_uri" ][ ldap-base-dn="ldap_base_dn" ][
ldap-username="ldap_username" ][ ldap-password="ldap_password" ][ ldap-
ssh-key="ldap_ssh_key" ][ dns-operation-type="dns_operation_type" ][ dns-
server="dns_server" ][ dns-server-username="dns_server_username" ][ dns-server-
password="dns_server_password" ][ nfsversion="nfsversion" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
dns-domain-name
Fully qualified domain name (fileserver namespace). This, along with the
fileserver name, constitutes the namespace of the fileserver. Example:
fileserver_name.corp.companyname.com. This is also used to create fileserver
DNS entries on the nameservers so that clients can access the fileserver using its
name.
dns-server-ip-address-list
List of comma-separated dns server ip addresses for file server configuration.
ntp-servers
List of comma-separated ntp servers for file server configuration.
internal-virtual-network
The identifier of the internal virtual network. Please use network UUID on AHV
and ESX.
external-virtual-network
The identifier of the external virtual network. Please use network UUID on AHV
and ESX.
Optional arguments
internal-virtual-network-gateway
The gateway ip address of the internal virtual network associated with file server
VMs.
internal-virtual-network-mask
The network mask of the internal virtual network associated with file server VMs.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 102

internal-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in internal virtual network. Comma-separated IP
ranges or IPs, e.g. "10.4.1.3-10.4.1.5,10.4.1.11".
external-virtual-network-gateway
The gateway ip address of the external virtual network associated with file server
VMs.
external-virtual-network-mask
The network mask of the internal virtual network associated with file server VMs.
external-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in external virtual network.
windows-ad-domain-name
The windows AD domain the file server is associated with.
windows-ad-username
The name of a user account with administrative privileges in the AD domain the
file server is associated with.
windows-ad-password
The password for the above Windows AD account
overwrite
If a machine account with the same name as file-server name is present on the
AD, then overwrite it during join-domain operation.
Default: false
add-user-as-afs-admin
AD user or group name as 'name' or 'NETBIOS\name' format.
organizational-unit
An Organizational unit container is where the AFS machine account will
be created as part of domain join operation. Use a / to specify hierarchical
Organization Units. Default container OU is "Computers". Examples: Engineering,
Department/Engineering.
rfc-enabled
RFC 2307 ENABLED (true, false)
Default: false
preferred-domain-controller
Use a specific domain controller for join-domain operation in a multi DC Active
Directory setups. By default, AFS discovers a site local domain controller for join-
domain operation.
ad-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,SMB,NFS,"NFS,SMB")
ldap-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,NFS)
local-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,NFS)
nfsv4-domain
NFSV4 Domain

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 103

ldap-server-uri
LDAP URI.
ldap-base-dn
LDAP Base DN.
ldap-username
LDAP Username.
ldap-password
LDAP Password.
ldap-ssh-key
LDAP SSH Certificate Key.
dns-operation-type
DNS Nameserver operation type: AFS specific DNS entries are needed on
the nameservers so that clients can connect to the fileserver using its FQDN
(fileserver_name.domain_name). AFS can add these entries automatically for
MS-DNS servers or they can be added manually. Select one of "MS_DNS" or
"MANUAL".
dns-server
Preferred Nameserver FQDN (if not given, AFS finds one using an NS query)
dns-server-username
Username to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
dns-server-password
Password to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
nfsversion
Nfs version (NFSV3, NFSV4, NFSV3V4)

Add a admin user

ncli> file-server { add-admin-user } uuid="uuid" user="user" role="role"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that admin user is associated with
user
AD user or group name as 'name' or 'NETBIOS\name' format.
role
Role of the given user or group (one of AdMIN or BACKUP_OPERATOR).

Add DNS entries

ncli> file-server { add-dns } uuid="uuid" dns-operation-type="dns_operation_type"
dns-server-username="dns_server_username" dns-server-password="dns_server_password"
[ dns-server="dns_server" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the FileServer
dns-operation-type
DNS Nameserver operation type: AFS specific DNS entries are needed on
the nameservers so that clients can connect to the fileserver using its FQDN

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 104

(fileserver_name.domain_name). AFS can add these entries automatically for
MS-DNS servers or they can be added manually. Select one of "MS_DNS" or
"MANUAL".
dns-server-username
Username to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
dns-server-password
Password to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
Optional arguments
dns-server
Preferred Nameserver FQDN (if not given, AFS finds one using an NS query)

Add a icap server

ncli> file-server { add-icap-server } uuid="uuid" ip-address-or-host-
name="ip_address_or_host_name" port="port" [ description="description" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that icap server is associated with
ip-address-or-host-name
Antivirus server ip address.
port
Antivirus server port number.
Optional arguments
description
Antivirus server description.

Add a Quota Policy

ncli> file-server { add-quota-policy } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid"
principal-value="principal_value" quota-size-gib="quota_size_gib" quota-
enforcement-type="quota_enforcement_type" [ principal-type="principal_type" ][ send-
quota-notifications-to-user="send_quota_notifications_to_user" ][ notification-
recipients="notification_recipients" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that quota policy is associated with
share-uuid
Uuid of the share that quota policy is associated with
principal-value
Quota policy principal value (user or group name)
quota-size-gib
Quota size in Gibs
quota-enforcement-type
Quota enforcement type (Hard or Soft)
Optional arguments
principal-type
Quota policy principal type (enter 'user' or 'group')

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 105

send-quota-notifications-to-user
Send quota notifications to user
notification-recipients
Additional notification recipients (comma-separated)

Add a Share
ncli> file-server { add-share } uuid="uuid" name="name" [ description="description"
][ enable-windows-previous-version="{ true | false }" ][ share-type="share_type" ][
share-size-gib="share_size_gib" ][ default-quota-limit-gib="default_quota_limit_gib"
][ quota-enforcement-type="quota_enforcement_type" ][ send-quota-
notifications-to-user="send_quota_notifications_to_user" ][ enable-access-based-
enumeration="{ true | false }" ][ protocol-type="protocol_type" ][ secondary-protocol-
type="secondary_protocol_type" ][ enable-concurrent-reads="{ true | false }" ][ enable-
case-sensitive-namespace="{ true | false }" ][ enable-symlink-creation="{ true |
false }" ][ enable-simultaneous-access="{ true | false }" ][ share-path="share_path"
][ parent-share-uuid="parent_share_uuid" ][ share-auth-type="share_auth_type"
][ default-share-access-type="default_share_access_type" ][ client-with-
read-write-access="client_with_read_write_access" ][ client-with-read-only-
access="client_with_read_only_access" ][ client-with-no-access="client_with_no_access"
][ anonymous-uid="anonymous_uid" ][ anonymous-gid="anonymous_gid" ][ squash-
type="squash_type" ]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the File Server
name
Name of the Share
Optional arguments
description
Description of the Share
enable-windows-previous-version
Enable self service restore flag
share-type
Type of Share. Homes or General (General Purpose)
share-size-gib
Share size in Gibs
default-quota-limit-gib
Default quota limit in Gibs (Quota applies to all users of the share)
quota-enforcement-type
Quota enforcement type (Hard or Soft)
send-quota-notifications-to-user
Send quota notifications to user
enable-access-based-enumeration
Enable access based enumeration flag
protocol-type
Primary protocol type (SMB or NFS)

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 106

secondary-protocol-type
Secondary protocol type (SMB or NFS)
enable-concurrent-reads
Concurrent Reads Enabled
enable-case-sensitive-namespace
Case sensitive Creation Enabled
enable-symlink-creation
Symlink Creation Enabled
enable-simultaneous-access
Simultaneous Access Enabled
share-path
Share path for nested share
parent-share-uuid
UUID of parent share
share-auth-type
Type of Share Authentication. (System-none, Kerberos)
default-share-access-type
Type of Default Share Access. (Read-write, Read-only, No-Access)
client-with-read-write-access
Comma-separated list of clients
client-with-read-only-access
Comma-separated list of clients
client-with-no-access
Comma-separated list of clients
anonymous-uid
Anonymous UID.
anonymous-gid
Anonymous GID.
squash-type
Squash Type.(root-squash,all-squash,none)

Add a Snapshot Policy

ncli> file-server { add-snapshot-policy } file-server-uuid="file_server_uuid"
snapshot-policy-type="snapshot_policy_type" frequency="frequency" local-
retention="local_retention" [ days-of-week="days_of_week" ][ days-of-
month="days_of_month" ]
Required arguments
file-server-uuid
Uuid of the file server that snapshot policy is associated with
snapshot-policy-type
Snapshot policy type - hourly, daily, weekly, monthly

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 107

frequency
Snapshot policy frequency. Repeat snapshot every nth hour/day. For weekly and
monthly, frequency is 1.
local-retention
Maximum number of snapshots to retain locally
Optional arguments
days-of-week
Comma-separated day of week values for the schedule: 1-7 (starts with
Sunday(1))
days-of-month
Comma-separated day of month values for the schedule: 1-31

Add a user
ncli> file-server { add-user | add-user } uuid="uuid" user="user" [
password="password" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
user
File server user name.
Optional arguments
password
The password for the above file server user.

Add a User Mapping

ncli> file-server { add-user-mapping | add-user-mapping } uuid="uuid" [
template-mapping-rule="template_mapping_rule" ][ smb-user-and-group-with-no-
nfs-mapping-action="smb_user_and_group_with_no_nfs_mapping_action" ][ nfs-user-
no-smb-mapping-action="nfs_user_no_smb_mapping_action" ][ smb-user-map-to-nfs-
uid="smb_user_map_to_nfs_uid" ][ smb-group-map-to-nfs-gid="smb_group_map_to_nfs_gid"
][ nfs-user-map-to-smb-name="nfs_user_map_to_smb_name" ][ nfs-
group-map-to-smb-name="nfs_group_map_to_smb_name" ][ one-to-one-
mapping="one_to_one_mapping" ][ wild-card-mapping="wild_card_mapping"
][ deny-access-smb-users="deny_access_smb_users" ][ deny-access-smb-
groups="deny_access_smb_groups" ][ deny-access-nfs-users="deny_access_nfs_users" ][
deny-access-nfs-groups="deny_access_nfs_groups" ][ file-path="file_path" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
template-mapping-rule
Pre-defined templates to map SMB and NFS identities. Allowed
values(NO_TEMPLATE_MAPPING, SMB_NAME_NFS_NAME)
smb-user-and-group-with-no-nfs-mapping-action
SMB user and group with no NFS mapping action. Allowed values
(DENY_ACCESS, MAP_IDENTITIES)

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 108

nfs-user-no-smb-mapping-action
NFS user and group with no SMB mapping action. Allowed values
(DENY_ACCESS, MAP_IDENTITIES).
smb-user-map-to-nfs-uid
SMB user mapping with NFS uid
smb-group-map-to-nfs-gid
SMB group mapping with NFS uid
nfs-user-map-to-smb-name
NFS user mapping with SMB name, eg. domain\username.
nfs-group-map-to-smb-name
NFS group mapping with SMB name, eg. domain\username.
one-to-one-mapping
One to one explicit mapping associated with file server
wild-card-mapping
Wild card explicit mapping associated with file server
deny-access-smb-users
Deny access SMB users, eg. domain\username.
deny-access-smb-groups
Deny access SMB groups, eg. domain\username.
deny-access-nfs-users
Deny access NFS users, eg. domain\username.
deny-access-nfs-groups
Deny access NFS groups, eg. domain\username.
file-path
File path

Add a virus scan policy

ncli> file-server { add-virus-scan-policy } uuid="uuid" [ scan-time-
interval-secs="scan_time_interval_secs" ][ share-uuid="share_uuid" ][ scan-on-
write="scan_on_write" ][ scan-on-read="scan_on_read" ][ file-size-exclusion-
bytes="file_size_exclusion_bytes" ][ block-access-file="block_access_file" ][ enable-anti-
virus="{ true | false }" ][ file-type-exclusions="file_type_exclusions" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
scan-time-interval-secs
Scan time interval in uses
share-uuid
Uuid of the Share
scan-on-write
Scan on write policy
scan-on-read
Scan on read policy

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 109

file-size-exclusion-bytes
File size exclusion
block-access-file
Block access file
enable-anti-virus
Enable antivirus
file-type-exclusions
File type exclusion list

Clone a file server.

ncli> file-server { clone | clone } uuid="uuid" name="name" dns-domain-
name="dns_domain_name" dns-server-ip-address-list="dns_server_ip_address_list"
ntp-servers="ntp_servers" internal-virtual-network="internal_virtual_network"
external-virtual-network="external_virtual_network" [ snapshot-uuid="snapshot_uuid"
][ internal-virtual-network-gateway="internal_virtual_network_gateway"
][ internal-virtual-network-mask="internal_virtual_network_mask" ][
internal-virtual-network-ips="internal_virtual_network_ips" ][ external-
virtual-network-gateway="external_virtual_network_gateway" ][ external-
virtual-network-mask="external_virtual_network_mask" ][ external-
virtual-network-ips="external_virtual_network_ips" ][ windows-ad-domain-
name="windows_ad_domain_name" ][ windows-ad-username="windows_ad_username" ][
windows-ad-password="windows_ad_password" ][ overwrite="overwrite" ][ add-user-
as-afs-admin="add_user_as_afs_admin" ][ organizational-unit="organizational_unit" ][
preferred-domain-controller="preferred_domain_controller" ][ rfc-enabled="rfc_enabled"
][ ad-protocol-type="ad_protocol_type" ][ ldap-protocol-type="ldap_protocol_type"
][ local-protocol-type="local_protocol_type" ][ nfsv4-domain="nfsv4_domain"
][ ldap-server-uri="ldap_server_uri" ][ ldap-base-dn="ldap_base_dn" ][
ldap-username="ldap_username" ][ ldap-password="ldap_password" ][ ldap-
ssh-key="ldap_ssh_key" ][ dns-operation-type="dns_operation_type" ][ dns-
server="dns_server" ][ dns-server-username="dns_server_username" ][ dns-server-
password="dns_server_password" ][ nfsversion="nfsversion" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
name
Name of the file server clone
dns-domain-name
Fully qualified domain name (fileserver namespace). This, along with the
fileserver name, constitutes the namespace of the fileserver. Example:
fileserver_name.corp.companyname.com. This is also used to create fileserver
DNS entries on the nameservers so that clients can access the fileserver using its
name.
dns-server-ip-address-list
List of comma-separated dns server ip addresses for file server configuration.
ntp-servers
List of comma-separated ntp servers for file server configuration.
internal-virtual-network
The identifier of the internal virtual network. Please use network UUID on AHV
and ESX.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 110

external-virtual-network
The identifier of the external virtual network. Please use network UUID on AHV
and ESX.
Optional arguments
snapshot-uuid
File Server snapshot uuid
internal-virtual-network-gateway
The gateway ip address of the internal virtual network associated with file server
VMs.
internal-virtual-network-mask
The network mask of the internal virtual network associated with file server VMs.
internal-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in internal virtual network. Comma-separated IP
ranges or IPs, e.g. "10.4.1.3-10.4.1.5,10.4.1.11".
external-virtual-network-gateway
The gateway ip address of the external virtual network associated with file server
VMs.
external-virtual-network-mask
The network mask of the internal virtual network associated with file server VMs.
external-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in external virtual network.
windows-ad-domain-name
The windows AD domain the file server is associated with.
windows-ad-username
The name of a user account with administrative privileges in the AD domain the
file server is associated with.
windows-ad-password
The password for the above Windows AD account
overwrite
If a machine account with the same name as file-server name is present on the
AD, then overwrite it during join-domain operation.
Default: false
add-user-as-afs-admin
AD user or group name as 'name' or 'NETBIOS\name' format.
organizational-unit
An Organizational unit container is where the AFS machine account will
be created as part of domain join operation. Use a / to specify hierarchical
Organization Units. Default container OU is "Computers". Examples: Engineering,
Department/Engineering.
preferred-domain-controller
Use a specific domain controller for join-domain operation in a multi DC Active
Directory setups. By default, AFS discovers a site local domain controller for join-
domain operation.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 111

rfc-enabled
RFC 2307 ENABLED (true, false)
Default: false
ad-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,SMB,NFS,"NFS,SMB")
ldap-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,NFS)
local-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,NFS)
nfsv4-domain
NFSV4 Domain
ldap-server-uri
LDAP URI.
ldap-base-dn
LDAP Base DN.
ldap-username
LDAP Username.
ldap-password
LDAP Password.
ldap-ssh-key
LDAP SSH Certificate Key.
dns-operation-type
DNS Nameserver operation type: AFS specific DNS entries are needed on
the nameservers so that clients can connect to the fileserver using its FQDN
(fileserver_name.domain_name). AFS can add these entries automatically for
MS-DNS servers or they can be added manually. Select one of "MS_DNS" or
"MANUAL".
dns-server
Preferred Nameserver FQDN (if not given, AFS finds one using an NS query)
dns-server-username
Username to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
dns-server-password
Password to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
nfsversion
Nfs version (NFSV3, NFSV4, NFSV3V4)

Join and unjoin the File Server to the Windows AD domain or bind and unbind from LDAP.
ncli> file-server { configure-name-services | configure-name-services }
uuid="uuid" [ windows-ad-username="windows_ad_username" ][ organizational-
unit="organizational_unit" ][ windows-ad-password="windows_ad_password" ][
overwrite="overwrite" ][ add-user-as-afs-admin="add_user_as_afs_admin" ][ rfc-
enabled="rfc_enabled" ][ use-ad-credential-for-dns="use_ad_credential_for_dns"
][ preferred-domain-controller="preferred_domain_controller" ][ ad-protocol-
type="ad_protocol_type" ][ ldap-protocol-type="ldap_protocol_type" ][ local-
protocol-type="local_protocol_type" ][ nfsv4-domain="nfsv4_domain" ][ ldap-server-

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 112

uri="ldap_server_uri" ][ ldap-base-dn="ldap_base_dn" ][ ldap-username="ldap_username"
][ ldap-password="ldap_password" ][ ldap-ssh-key="ldap_ssh_key" ][
nfsversion="nfsversion" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
windows-ad-username
The name of a user account with administrative privileges in the AD domain the
file server is associated with.
organizational-unit
An Organizational unit container is where the AFS machine account will
be created as part of domain join operation. Use a / to specify hierarchical
Organization Units. Default container OU is "Computers". Examples: Engineering,
Department/Engineering.
windows-ad-password
The password for the above Windows AD account
overwrite
If a machine account with the same name as file-server name is present on the
AD, then overwrite it during join-domain operation.
Default: false
add-user-as-afs-admin
AD user or group name as 'name' or 'NETBIOS\name' format.
rfc-enabled
RFC 2307 ENABLED (true, false)
Default: false
use-ad-credential-for-dns
Use the same AD credential for dns
Default: false
preferred-domain-controller
Use a specific domain controller for join-domain operation in a multi DC Active
Directory setups. By default, AFS discovers a site local domain controller for join-
domain operation.
ad-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,SMB,NFS,"NFS,SMB")
ldap-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,NFS)
local-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,NFS)
nfsv4-domain
NFSV4 Domain
ldap-server-uri
LDAP URI.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 113

ldap-base-dn
LDAP Base DN.
ldap-username
LDAP Username.
ldap-password
LDAP Password.
ldap-ssh-key
LDAP SSH Certificate Key.
nfsversion
Nfs version (NFSV3, NFSV4, NFSV3V4)

Add a File Server

ncli> file-server { create | add } name="name" dns-domain-
name="dns_domain_name" dns-server-ip-address-list="dns_server_ip_address_list"
ntp-servers="ntp_servers" size-gib="size_gib" internal-virtual-
network="internal_virtual_network" external-virtual-network="external_virtual_network"
[ internal-virtual-network-gateway="internal_virtual_network_gateway" ][
internal-virtual-network-mask="internal_virtual_network_mask" ][ internal-
virtual-network-ips="internal_virtual_network_ips" ][ external-virtual-
network-gateway="external_virtual_network_gateway" ][ external-virtual-
network-mask="external_virtual_network_mask" ][ external-virtual-network-
ips="external_virtual_network_ips" ][ nvm-count="nvm_count" ][ memory="memory" ][
cpu-count="cpu_count" ][ ad-protocol-type="ad_protocol_type" ][ ldap-protocol-
type="ldap_protocol_type" ][ local-protocol-type="local_protocol_type" ][ windows-ad-
domain-name="windows_ad_domain_name" ][ windows-ad-username="windows_ad_username"
][ windows-ad-password="windows_ad_password" ][ overwrite="overwrite" ][
organizational-unit="organizational_unit" ][ rfc-enabled="rfc_enabled" ][ pd-
name="pd_name" ][ add-user-as-afs-admin="add_user_as_afs_admin" ][ preferred-
domain-controller="preferred_domain_controller" ][ nfsv4-domain="nfsv4_domain"
][ ldap-server-uri="ldap_server_uri" ][ ldap-base-dn="ldap_base_dn" ][
ldap-username="ldap_username" ][ ldap-password="ldap_password" ][ ldap-
ssh-key="ldap_ssh_key" ][ dns-operation-type="dns_operation_type" ][ dns-
server="dns_server" ][ dns-server-username="dns_server_username" ][ dns-server-
password="dns_server_password" ][ nfsversion="nfsversion" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the file server
dns-domain-name
Fully qualified domain name (fileserver namespace). This, along with the
fileserver name, constitutes the namespace of the fileserver. Example:
fileserver_name.corp.companyname.com. This is also used to create fileserver
DNS entries on the nameservers so that clients can access the fileserver using its
name.
dns-server-ip-address-list
List of comma-separated dns server ip addresses for file server configuration.
ntp-servers
List of comma-separated ntp servers for file server configuration.
size-gib
File server size in gibs

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 114

internal-virtual-network
The identifier of the internal virtual network. Please use network UUID on AHV
and ESX.
external-virtual-network
The identifier of the external virtual network. Please use network UUID on AHV
and ESX.
Optional arguments
internal-virtual-network-gateway
The gateway ip address of the internal virtual network associated with file server
VMs.
internal-virtual-network-mask
The network mask of the internal virtual network associated with file server VMs.
internal-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in internal virtual network. Comma-separated IP
ranges or IPs, e.g. "10.4.1.3-10.4.1.5,10.4.1.11".
external-virtual-network-gateway
The gateway ip address of the external virtual network associated with file server
VMs.
external-virtual-network-mask
The network mask of the internal virtual network associated with file server VMs.
external-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in the external virtual network. Comma-
separated IP ranges or IPs, e.g. "10.4.1.3-10.4.1.5,10.4.1.11"
nvm-count
Total number of file server VMs associated with the file server.
Default: 3
memory
Memory associated with each file server VM.
Default: 12
cpu-count
Number of vCPUs per file server VM.
Default: 4
ad-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,SMB,NFS,"NFS,SMB")
ldap-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,NFS)
local-protocol-type
Protocol Type(NONE,NFS)
windows-ad-domain-name
The windows AD domain the file server is associated with.
windows-ad-username
The name of a user account with administrative privileges in the AD domain the
file server is associated with.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 115

windows-ad-password
The password for the above Windows AD account
overwrite
If a machine account with the same name as file-server name is present on the
AD, then overwrite it during join-domain operation.
Default: false
organizational-unit
An Organizational unit container is where the AFS machine account will
be created as part of domain join operation. Use a / to specify hierarchical
Organization Units. Default container OU is "Computers". Examples: Engineering,
Department/Engineering.
rfc-enabled
RFC 2307 ENABLED (true, false)
Default: false
pd-name
Name of the pd going to be associated with the file server.
add-user-as-afs-admin
AD user or group name as 'name' or 'NETBIOS\name' format.
preferred-domain-controller
Use a specific domain controller for join-domain operation in a multi DC Active
Directory setups. By default, AFS discovers a site local domain controller for join-
domain operation.
nfsv4-domain
NFSV4 Domain
ldap-server-uri
LDAP URI.
ldap-base-dn
LDAP Base DN.
ldap-username
LDAP Username.
ldap-password
LDAP Password.
ldap-ssh-key
LDAP SSH Certificate Key.
dns-operation-type
DNS Nameserver operation type: AFS specific DNS entries are needed on
the nameservers so that clients can connect to the fileserver using its FQDN
(fileserver_name.domain_name). AFS can add these entries automatically for
MS-DNS servers or they can be added manually. Select one of "MS_DNS" or
"MANUAL".
dns-server
Preferred Nameserver FQDN (if not given, AFS finds one using an NS query)
dns-server-username
Username to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 116

dns-server-password
Password to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
nfsversion
Nfs version (NFSV3, NFSV4, NFSV3V4)

Delete a File Server

ncli> file-server { delete | remove | rm } uuid="uuid" [ force="force" ][ delete-
pd-and-snapshots="delete_pd_and_snapshots" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the FileServer
Optional arguments
force
force delete file server
delete-pd-and-snapshots
delete pd and all snapshots

Delete a admin user

ncli> file-server { delete-admin-user } uuid="uuid" admin-user-
uuid="admin_user_uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that admin user is associated with
admin-user-uuid
uuid of the admin user

Delete a icap server

ncli> file-server { delete-icap-server } uuid="uuid" icap-server-
uuid="icap_server_uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that icap is associated with
icap-server-uuid
uuid of the icap server

Delete infected files

ncli> file-server { delete-infected-files } uuid="uuid" infected-file-
uuids="infected_file_uuids"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
infected-file-uuids
Comma-separated list of infected file uuids

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 117

Delete a Quota Policy
ncli> file-server { delete-quota-policy } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid"
quota-policy-uuid="quota_policy_uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that quota policy is associated with
share-uuid
Uuid of the share that quota policy is associated with
quota-policy-uuid
uuid of the quota policy

Delete a Share
ncli> file-server { delete-share } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid" [
force="force" ]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the File Server
share-uuid
uuid of the FileServer share
Optional arguments
force
force delete Share

Delete a Snapshot Policy

ncli> file-server { delete-snapshot-policy } file-server-uuid="file_server_uuid"
uuid="uuid"
Required arguments
file-server-uuid
Uuid of the file server that snapshot policy is associated with
uuid
uuid of the snapshot policy

Delete a user
ncli> file-server { delete-user } uuid="uuid" user="user"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that user is associated with
user
Name of the user

Delete a virus scan policy

ncli> file-server { delete-virus-scan-policy } uuid="uuid" share-
uuid="share_uuid"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 118

Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that virus scan policy is associated with
share-uuid
Uuid of the share that virus scan policy is associated with

Update a File Server

ncli> file-server { edit | update } uuid="uuid" [ name="name" ][ dns-
domain-name="dns_domain_name" ][ total-nvm-count="total_nvm_count" ][
internal-virtual-network-ips="internal_virtual_network_ips" ][ external-
virtual-network-ips="external_virtual_network_ips" ][ dns-server-ip-address-
list="dns_server_ip_address_list" ][ ntp-servers="ntp_servers" ][ size-gib="size_gib" ][
memory="memory" ][ cpu-count="cpu_count" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
name
Name of the file server
dns-domain-name
Fully qualified domain name (fileserver namespace). This, along with the
fileserver name, constitutes the namespace of the fileserver. Example:
fileserver_name.corp.companyname.com. This is also used to create fileserver
DNS entries on the nameservers so that clients can access the fileserver using its
name.
total-nvm-count
Total number of file server VMs associated with the file server.
internal-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in the internal virtual network.
external-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in the external virtual network. Comma-
separated IP ranges or IPs, e.g. "10.4.1.3-10.4.1.5,10.4.1.11"
dns-server-ip-address-list
List of comma-separated dns server ip addresses for file server configuration.
ntp-servers
List of comma-separated ntp servers for file server configuration.
size-gib
File server size in gibs
memory
Memory associated with each file server VM.
cpu-count
Number of vCPUs per file server VM.

Show an individual FileServer's details

ncli> file-server { get } uuid="uuid" [ projection="projection" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 119

Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the FileServer
Optional arguments
projection
Projections on the attributes

Get a admin user

ncli> file-server { get-admin-user } uuid="uuid" admin-user-
uuid="admin_user_uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that admin user is associated with
admin-user-uuid
uuid of the admin user

Show built in groupsper File Server

ncli> file-server { get-builtin-groups } uuid="uuid" [ projection="projection" ]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the FileServer
Optional arguments
projection
Projections on the attributes

Get icap server

ncli> file-server { get-icap-server } uuid="uuid" icap-server-
uuid="icap_server_uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
icap-server-uuid
uuid of the icap server

Get infected file

ncli> file-server { get-infected-file } uuid="uuid" infected-file-
uuid="infected_file_uuid" [ quarantined="quarantined" ]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
infected-file-uuid
uuid of the infected file
Optional arguments
quarantined
Quarantined

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 120

Get principal type from principal name
ncli> file-server { get-principal-type | get-principal-type } uuid="uuid"
share-uuid="share_uuid" principal-value="principal_value" [ principal-
type="principal_type" ][ protocol-type="protocol_type" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
share-uuid
Uuid of the Share
principal-value
Quota policy principal value (user or group name)
Optional arguments
principal-type
Quota policy principal type (enter 'user' or 'group')
protocol-type
Primary protocol type (SMB or NFS)

Get a Quota Policy

ncli> file-server { get-quota-policy } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid" quota-
policy-uuid="quota_policy_uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that quota policy is associated with
share-uuid
uuid of the share
quota-policy-uuid
uuid of the quota policy

Show an individual share's details

ncli> file-server { get-share | show-share } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid" [
projection="projection" ]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
share-uuid
uuid of the FileServer share
Optional arguments
projection
Projections on the attributes

Get a file server share snapshot

ncli> file-server { get-snapshot } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid" snapshot-
uuid="snapshot_uuid"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 121

Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
share-uuid
uuid of the file server share
snapshot-uuid
uuid of the file server share snapshot

Get a User Mapping

ncli> file-server { get-user-mapping | get-user-mapping } uuid="uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server

Get a virus scan policy

ncli> file-server { get-virus-scan-policy } uuid="uuid" [ share-uuid="share_uuid"
]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
share-uuid
uuid of the file server share

Join the File Server to the Windows AD domain specified.

ncli> file-server { join-domain | join-domain } uuid="uuid" windows-ad-
domain-name="windows_ad_domain_name" windows-ad-username="windows_ad_username" [
organizational-unit="organizational_unit" ][ windows-ad-password="windows_ad_password"
][ overwrite="overwrite" ][ add-user-as-afs-admin="add_user_as_afs_admin" ][
preferred-domain-controller="preferred_domain_controller" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
windows-ad-domain-name
The windows AD domain the file server is associated with.
windows-ad-username
The name of a user account with administrative privileges in the AD domain the
file server is associated with.
Optional arguments
organizational-unit
An Organizational unit container is where the AFS machine account will
be created as part of domain join operation. Use a / to specify hierarchical
Organization Units. Default container OU is "Computers". Examples: Engineering,
Department/Engineering.
windows-ad-password
The password for the above Windows AD account

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 122

overwrite
If a machine account with the same name as file-server name is present on the
AD, then overwrite it during join-domain operation.
Default: false
add-user-as-afs-admin
AD user or group name as 'name' or 'NETBIOS\name' format.
preferred-domain-controller
Use a specific domain controller for join-domain operation in a multi DC Active
Directory setups. By default, AFS discovers a site local domain controller for join-
domain operation.

Leave File Server from domain

ncli> file-server { leave-domain | leave-domain } uuid="uuid" [ windows-ad-
password="windows_ad_password" ][ windows-ad-username="windows_ad_username" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
windows-ad-password
The password for the above Windows AD account
windows-ad-username
The name of a user account with administrative privileges in the AD domain the
file server is associated with.

List all File Servers with filtering

ncli> file-server { list | ls }[ count="count" ][ filter-criteria="filter_criteria" ][
search-string="search_string" ][ projection="projection" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
count
Number of Containers to retrieve
filter-criteria
Filter criteria
search-string
Search string
projection
Projections on the attributes

List all admin users with filtering

ncli> file-server { list-admin-users } uuid="uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 123

List all shares with filtering
ncli> file-server { list-all-fs-shares }[ count="count" ][ filter-
criteria="filter_criteria" ][ search-string="search_string" ][ search-attribute-
list="search_attribute_list" ][ projection="projection" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
count
Number of shares to retrieve
filter-criteria
Filter criteria
search-string
Search string
search-attribute-list
Search attribute list
projection
Projections on the attributes

List all DNS entries

ncli> file-server { list-dns } uuid="uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server

List all icap servers with filtering

ncli> file-server { list-icap-servers } uuid="uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server

List all infected files

ncli> file-server { list-infected-files } uuid="uuid" quarantined="quarantined"
[ share-uuid="share_uuid" ][ count="count" ][ page="page" ][ filter-
criteria="filter_criteria" ][ search-string="search_string" ][ projection="projection" ]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
quarantined
Quarantined
Optional arguments
share-uuid
Uuid of the share
count
Number of infected files to retrieve

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 124

page
Page number
filter-criteria
Filter criteria
search-string
Search string
projection
Projections on the attributes

List all quota policies with filtering

ncli> file-server { list-quota-policies } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that quota policy is associated with
share-uuid
uuid of the share

List all shares with filtering

ncli> file-server { list-shares | list-shares } uuid="uuid" [ count="count" ][
filter-criteria="filter_criteria" ][ search-string="search_string" ][ search-attribute-
list="search_attribute_list" ][ projection="projection" ]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
count
Number of Containers to retrieve
filter-criteria
Filter criteria
search-string
Search string
search-attribute-list
Search attribute list
projection
Projections on the attributes

List all Snapshot policies with filtering

ncli> file-server { list-snapshot-policies } file-server-uuid="file_server_uuid"
Required arguments
file-server-uuid
uuid of the file server

List all Snapshots with filtering

ncli> file-server { list-snapshots } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 125

Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
share-uuid
uuid of the file server share

List users
ncli> file-server { list-user } uuid="uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server

Load balance a File Server

ncli> file-server { load-balance } uuid="uuid" action="action" [ total-nvm-
count="total_nvm_count" ][ internal-virtual-network-ips="internal_virtual_network_ips" ][
external-virtual-network-ips="external_virtual_network_ips" ][ memory="memory" ][ cpu-
count="cpu_count" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
action
Action based on the recommendation associated with file server.i.e {scaleup,
scaleout or rebalance}
Optional arguments
total-nvm-count
Total number of file server VMs associated with the file server.
internal-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in the internal virtual network.
external-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in the external virtual network. Comma-
separated IP ranges or IPs, e.g. "10.4.1.3-10.4.1.5,10.4.1.11"
memory
Memory associated with each file server VM.
cpu-count
Number of vCPUs per file server VM.

Add a protection domain for File Server.

ncli> file-server { protect } uuid="uuid" [ pd-name="pd_name" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the FileServer
Optional arguments
pd-name
pd name

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 126

Quarantine infected files
ncli> file-server { quarantine-infected-files } uuid="uuid" infected-file-
uuids="infected_file_uuids"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
infected-file-uuids
Comma-separated list of infected file uuids

Remove DNS entries

ncli> file-server { remove-dns } uuid="uuid" dns-operation-
type="dns_operation_type" dns-server-username="dns_server_username" dns-server-
password="dns_server_password" [ dns-server="dns_server" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the FileServer
dns-operation-type
DNS Nameserver operation type: AFS specific DNS entries are needed on
the nameservers so that clients can connect to the fileserver using its FQDN
(fileserver_name.domain_name). AFS can add these entries automatically for
MS-DNS servers or they can be added manually. Select one of "MS_DNS" or
"MANUAL".
dns-server-username
Username to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
dns-server-password
Password to use for adding fileserver DNS entries on the nameservers.
Optional arguments
dns-server
Preferred Nameserver FQDN (if not given, AFS finds one using an NS query)

Rescan infected files

ncli> file-server { rescan-infected-files } uuid="uuid" infected-file-
uuids="infected_file_uuids"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
infected-file-uuids
Comma-separated list of infected file uuids

Reset infected files

ncli> file-server { reset-infected-files } uuid="uuid" infected-file-
uuids="infected_file_uuids"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 127

infected-file-uuids
Comma-separated list of infected file uuids

Test icap server connection

ncli> file-server { test-icap-connection } uuid="uuid" icap-server-
uuid="icap_server_uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that icap server is associated with
icap-server-uuid
uuid of the icap server

Unquarantine infected files

ncli> file-server { unquarantine-infected-files } uuid="uuid" infected-file-
uuids="infected_file_uuids"
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the file server
infected-file-uuids
Comma-separated list of infected file uuids

Update a admin user

ncli> file-server { update-admin-user } uuid="uuid" admin-user-
uuid="admin_user_uuid" [ user="user" ][ role="role" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that admin user is associated with
admin-user-uuid
Admin user uuid.
Optional arguments
user
AD user or group name as 'name' or 'NETBIOS\name' format.
role
Role of the given user or group (one of AdMIN or BACKUP_OPERATOR).

Update a icap server

ncli> file-server { update-icap-server } uuid="uuid" icap-server-
uuid="icap_server_uuid" [ description="description" ][ enabled="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that Icap is associated with
icap-server-uuid
Uuid of the antivirus server

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 128

Optional arguments
description
Antivirus server description.
enabled
Enable or diable antivirus server.

Update network of a File Server

ncli> file-server { update-network } uuid="uuid" [ dns-server-ip-address-
list="dns_server_ip_address_list" ][ ntp-servers="ntp_servers" ][ internal-virtual-
network="internal_virtual_network" ][ external-virtual-network="external_virtual_network"
][ internal-virtual-network-gateway="internal_virtual_network_gateway" ][
internal-virtual-network-mask="internal_virtual_network_mask" ][ internal-
virtual-network-ips="internal_virtual_network_ips" ][ external-virtual-
network-gateway="external_virtual_network_gateway" ][ external-virtual-
network-mask="external_virtual_network_mask" ][ external-virtual-network-
ips="external_virtual_network_ips" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
dns-server-ip-address-list
List of comma-separated dns server ip addresses for file server configuration.
ntp-servers
List of comma-separated ntp servers for file server configuration.
internal-virtual-network
The identifier of the internal virtual network. Please use network UUID on AHV
and ESX.
external-virtual-network
The identifier of the external virtual network. Please use network UUID on AHV
and ESX.
internal-virtual-network-gateway
The gateway ip address of the internal virtual network associated with file server
VMs.
internal-virtual-network-mask
The network mask of the internal virtual network associated with file server VMs.
internal-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in internal virtual network. Comma-separated IP
ranges or IPs, e.g. "10.4.1.3-10.4.1.5,10.4.1.11".
external-virtual-network-gateway
The gateway ip address of the external virtual network associated with file server
VMs.
external-virtual-network-mask
The network mask of the internal virtual network associated with file server VMs.
external-virtual-network-ips
IPs used by new file server VMs in the external virtual network. Comma-
separated IP ranges or IPs, e.g. "10.4.1.3-10.4.1.5,10.4.1.11"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 129

Update a Quota Policy
ncli> file-server { update-quota-policy } uuid="uuid" share-uuid="share_uuid"
quota-policy-uuid="quota_policy_uuid" [ quota-size-gib="quota_size_gib" ][ quota-
enforcement-type="quota_enforcement_type" ][ send-quota-notifications-to-
user="send_quota_notifications_to_user" ][ notification-recipients="notification_recipients"
]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that quota policy is associated with
share-uuid
Uuid of the share that quota policy is associated with
quota-policy-uuid
Uuid of the Quota Policy
Optional arguments
quota-size-gib
Quota size in Gibs
quota-enforcement-type
Quota enforcement type (Hard or Soft)
send-quota-notifications-to-user
Send quota notifications to user
notification-recipients
Additional notification recipients (comma-separated)

Update a Share
ncli> file-server { update-share | edit-share } uuid="uuid" share-
uuid="share_uuid" [ name="name" ][ enable-windows-previous-version="{ true | false }" ][
description="description" ][ share-size-gib="share_size_gib" ][ default-quota-limit-
gib="default_quota_limit_gib" ][ quota-enforcement-type="quota_enforcement_type" ][ send-
quota-notifications-to-user="send_quota_notifications_to_user" ][ enable-access-based-
enumeration="{ true | false }" ][ protocol-type="protocol_type" ][ secondary-protocol-
type="secondary_protocol_type" ][ enable-concurrent-reads="{ true | false }" ][ enable-
case-sensitive-namespace="{ true | false }" ][ enable-symlink-creation="{ true | false }"
][ enable-simultaneous-access="{ true | false }" ][ share-auth-type="share_auth_type"
][ default-share-access-type="default_share_access_type" ][ client-with-
read-write-access="client_with_read_write_access" ][ client-with-read-only-
access="client_with_read_only_access" ][ client-with-no-access="client_with_no_access"
][ anonymous-uid="anonymous_uid" ][ anonymous-gid="anonymous_gid" ][ squash-
type="squash_type" ]
Required arguments
uuid
uuid of the File Server
share-uuid
Uuid of the Share
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Share

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 130

enable-windows-previous-version
Enable self service restore flag
description
Description of the Share
share-size-gib
Share size in Gibs
default-quota-limit-gib
Default quota limit in Gibs (Quota applies to all users of the share)
quota-enforcement-type
Quota enforcement type (Hard or Soft)
send-quota-notifications-to-user
Send quota notifications to user
enable-access-based-enumeration
Enable access based enumeration flag
protocol-type
Primary protocol type (SMB or NFS)
secondary-protocol-type
Secondary protocol type (SMB or NFS)
enable-concurrent-reads
Concurrent Reads Enabled
enable-case-sensitive-namespace
Case sensitive Creation Enabled
enable-symlink-creation
Symlink Creation Enabled
enable-simultaneous-access
Simultaneous Access Enabled
share-auth-type
Type of Share Authentication. (System-none, Kerberos)
default-share-access-type
Type of Default Share Access. (Read-write, Read-only, No-Access)
client-with-read-write-access
Comma-separated list of clients
client-with-read-only-access
Comma-separated list of clients
client-with-no-access
Comma-separated list of clients
anonymous-uid
Anonymous UID.
anonymous-gid
Anonymous GID.
squash-type
Squash Type.(root-squash,all-squash,none)

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 131

Update a Snapshot Policy
ncli> file-server { update-snapshot-policy } file-server-uuid="file_server_uuid"
uuid="uuid" [ snapshot-policy-type="snapshot_policy_type" ][ frequency="frequency"
][ days-of-week="days_of_week" ][ days-of-month="days_of_month" ][ local-
retention="local_retention" ]
Required arguments
file-server-uuid
Uuid of the file server that snapshot policy is associated with
uuid
Uuid of the Snapshot Policy
Optional arguments
snapshot-policy-type
Snapshot policy type - hourly, daily, weekly, monthly
frequency
Snapshot policy frequency. Repeat snapshot every nth hour/day. For weekly and
monthly, frequency is 1.
days-of-week
Comma-separated day of week values for the schedule: 1-7 (starts with
Sunday(1))
days-of-month
Comma-separated day of month values for the schedule: 1-31
local-retention
Maximum number of snapshots to retain locally

Update a user
ncli> file-server { update-user } uuid="uuid" [ user="user" ][ password="password"
]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that user is associated with
Optional arguments
user
File server user name.
password
The password for the above file server user.

Update a User Mapping

ncli> file-server { update-user-mapping | update-user-mapping } uuid="uuid"
[ template-mapping-rule="template_mapping_rule" ][ smb-user-and-group-with-no-
nfs-mapping-action="smb_user_and_group_with_no_nfs_mapping_action" ][ nfs-user-
no-smb-mapping-action="nfs_user_no_smb_mapping_action" ][ smb-user-map-to-nfs-
uid="smb_user_map_to_nfs_uid" ][ smb-group-map-to-nfs-gid="smb_group_map_to_nfs_gid"
][ nfs-user-map-to-smb-name="nfs_user_map_to_smb_name" ][ nfs-
group-map-to-smb-name="nfs_group_map_to_smb_name" ][ one-to-one-
mapping="one_to_one_mapping" ][ wild-card-mapping="wild_card_mapping"
][ deny-access-smb-users="deny_access_smb_users" ][ deny-access-smb-

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 132

groups="deny_access_smb_groups" ][ deny-access-nfs-users="deny_access_nfs_users" ][
deny-access-nfs-groups="deny_access_nfs_groups" ][ file-path="file_path" ]
Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
Optional arguments
template-mapping-rule
Pre-defined templates to map SMB and NFS identities. Allowed
values(NO_TEMPLATE_MAPPING, SMB_NAME_NFS_NAME)
smb-user-and-group-with-no-nfs-mapping-action
SMB user and group with no NFS mapping action. Allowed values
(DENY_ACCESS, MAP_IDENTITIES)
nfs-user-no-smb-mapping-action
NFS user and group with no SMB mapping action. Allowed values
(DENY_ACCESS, MAP_IDENTITIES).
smb-user-map-to-nfs-uid
SMB user mapping with NFS uid
smb-group-map-to-nfs-gid
SMB group mapping with NFS uid
nfs-user-map-to-smb-name
NFS user mapping with SMB name, eg. domain\username.
nfs-group-map-to-smb-name
NFS group mapping with SMB name, eg. domain\username.
one-to-one-mapping
One to one explicit mapping associated with file server
wild-card-mapping
Wild card explicit mapping associated with file server
deny-access-smb-users
Deny access SMB users, eg. domain\username.
deny-access-smb-groups
Deny access SMB groups, eg. domain\username.
deny-access-nfs-users
Deny access NFS users, eg. domain\username.
deny-access-nfs-groups
Deny access NFS groups, eg. domain\username.
file-path
File path

Update a virus scan policy

ncli> file-server { update-virus-scan-policy } uuid="uuid" [ scan-time-
interval-secs="scan_time_interval_secs" ][ share-uuid="share_uuid" ][ scan-on-
write="scan_on_write" ][ scan-on-read="scan_on_read" ][ file-size-exclusion-
bytes="file_size_exclusion_bytes" ][ block-access-file="block_access_file" ][ enable-anti-
virus="{ true | false }" ][ file-type-exclusions="file_type_exclusions" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 133

Required arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server that antivirus scan policy is associated with
Optional arguments
scan-time-interval-secs
Scan time interval in uses
share-uuid
Uuid of the Share
scan-on-write
Scan on write policy
scan-on-read
Scan on read policy
file-size-exclusion-bytes
File size exclusion
block-access-file
Block access file
enable-anti-virus
Enable antivirus
file-type-exclusions
File type exclusion list

Upgrade given list of File Servers

ncli> file-server { upgrade | upgrade } version="version" [ uuid="uuid" ][
upgrade-all-file-servers="upgrade_all_file_servers" ]
Required arguments
version
Version of the file server
Optional arguments
uuid
Uuid of the file server
upgrade-all-file-servers
Upgrade all file servers flag.

Verify DNS entries

ncli> file-server { verify-dns } uuid="uuid" [ dns-server="dns_server" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the FileServer
Optional arguments
dns-server
Dns server IP address

health-check: Health Check

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 134

Description A health check
Alias check

Operations
• Edit a Health Check : edit | update
• List Health Checks : list | ls

Edit a Health Check

ncli> health-check { edit | update } id="id" [ enable="{ true | false }"
][ interval="interval" ][ parameter-thresholds="parameter_thresholds" ][
severity="severity" ][ enable-severity-threshold="{ true | false }" ][ parameter-
name="parameter_name" ][ parameter-value="parameter_value" ][ auto-
resolve="auto_resolve" ]
Required arguments
id
Id of the Health Check
Optional arguments
enable
Enable/Disable Health Check
interval
Scheduled interval at which Health Check should be run (in seconds)
parameter-thresholds
List of comma-separated parameter and it's threshold. All the values should be of
format <parameter-name:value>.
severity
Severity Threshold to update
enable-severity-threshold
Enable or Disable the selected Severity Threshold
parameter-name
Name of the parameter to update.
parameter-value
Updated value of the parameter.
auto-resolve
Enable/Disable Auto Resolve feature for this check. Value should be set to either
true or false

List Health Checks

ncli> health-check { list | ls }[ id="id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
Id of the Health Check

host: Physical Host

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 135

Description A Physical Host hosts Virtual Machines
Alias
Operations
• Add the configured node to the cluster : add-node
• Configure discovered node with IP addresses (Hypervisor, CVM and IPMI
addresses) : configure-node
• Discover new nodes available to add to the cluster : discover-nodes
• Edit Physical Host : edit | update
• Enable metadata store on a Physical Host : enable-metadata-store
• Generates and downloads the csr from discovered node based on
certification information from the cluster : generate-csr-for-discovered-node
• Get certificate related information : get-certificate-information
• Check the removal status for Physical Hosts : get-remove-status | get-rm-
status

• Join one or more host(s) to a domain : join-domain

• List Physical Hosts : list | ls
• Get stats data for Physical Host : list-stats | ls-stats
• Begin the process of removing a Physical Host : remove-start | rm-start |
delete

• Reset to factory setting, the default location to be used for storing the
virtual machine configuration files and the virtual hard disk files : reset-
default-vm-vhd-location

• Set the default location to be used for storing the virtual machine
configuration files and the virtual hard disk files : set-default-vm-vhd-
location

• Set the monitoring status of Physical Hosts : set-monitoring

Add the configured node to the cluster. In case of compute only node, cvm ip corresponds to
host ip
ncli> host { add-node } node-uuid="node_uuid" [ server-certificate-
list="server_certificate_list" ]
Required arguments
node-uuid
UUID of the new node
Optional arguments
server-certificate-list
Comma-separated list of the key management server uuid and corresponding
certificate file path. List should be of format <server_uuid:path_to_certificate>

Configure discovered node with IP addresses (Hypervisor, CVM and IPMI addresses)
ncli> host { configure-node } node-uuid="node_uuid" [ cvm-ip="cvm_ip" ][
hypervisor-ip="hypervisor_ip" ][ ipmi-ip="ipmi_ip" ][ ipmi-netmask="ipmi_netmask" ][
ipmi-gateway="ipmi_gateway" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 136

Required arguments
node-uuid
UUID of the new node
Optional arguments
cvm-ip
IP address of the controller VM
hypervisor-ip
IP address of the Hypervisor Host
ipmi-ip
IPMI address of the node
ipmi-netmask
IPMI netmask of the node
ipmi-gateway
IPMI gateway of the node

Discover new nodes available to add to the cluster

ncli> host { discover-nodes }
Required arguments
None

Edit Physical Host

ncli> host { edit | update } id="id" [ hypervisor-username="hypervisor_username"
][ hypervisor-password="hypervisor_password" ][ new-ms-name="new_ms_name"
][ oplog-disk-pct="oplog_disk_pct" ][ ipmi-username="ipmi_username" ][ ipmi-
password="ipmi_password" ][ cvm-nat-ip="cvm_nat_ip" ][ cvm-nat-port="cvm_nat_port" ]
Required arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host
Optional arguments
hypervisor-username
Username to access the Hypervisor Host
hypervisor-password
Password to access the Hypervisor Host
new-ms-name
Name of the Management Server
oplog-disk-pct
The percentage of the oplog-disk to use for oplog data
ipmi-username
Username for IPMI access to a Physical Host
ipmi-password
Password for IPMI access to a Physical Host
cvm-nat-ip
NAT IP address of the controller VM. Set to '-' to clear the existing value

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 137

cvm-nat-port
NAT port of the controller VM. Set to '-' to clear the existing value

Enable metadata store on a Physical Host

ncli> host { enable-metadata-store } id="id"
Required arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host

Generates and downloads the csr from discovered node based on certification information
from the cluster
ncli> host { generate-csr-for-discovered-node } cvm-ip="cvm_ip" file-
path="file_path"
Required arguments
cvm-ip
IPv6 address of the controller VM of discovered node
file-path
Path where csr from the discovered node needs to be downloaded

Get certificate related information.

ncli> host { get-certificate-information }[ id="id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host

Check the removal status for Physical Hosts

ncli> host { get-remove-status | get-rm-status }[ id="id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host

Join one or more host(s) to a domain. This operation is only valid for hosts running Hyper-V.
ncli> host { join-domain } domain="domain" logon-name="logon_name"
restart="restart" [ name-server-ip="name_server_ip" ][ host-name-
prefix="host_name_prefix" ][ password="password" ][ host-ids="host_ids" ][ host-
names="host_names" ][ ou-path="ou_path" ][ cps-prefix="cps_prefix" ]
Required arguments
domain
Full name of the domain
logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 138

restart
Whether to restart the host(s) after the successful execution of a domain join/
unjoin operation
Optional arguments
name-server-ip
IP address of the name server that can resolve the domain name
host-name-prefix
The prefix to be used in naming the hosts running Hyper-V. Must not exceed 11
characters in length
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts
host-names
A comma-separated list of the names of the Physical Hosts
ou-path
Organizational Unit path of the domain
cps-prefix
CPS prefix path of the domain

List Physical Hosts

ncli> host { list | ls }[ id="id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host

Get stats data for Physical Host

ncli> host { list-stats | ls-stats }[ id="id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host

Begin the process of removing a Physical Host

ncli> host { remove-start | rm-start | delete } id="id" [ skip-space-check="{ true
| false }" ][ force="force" ]
Required arguments
id
ID of the Physical Host

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 139

Optional arguments
skip-space-check
Skip checking storage space-related constraints when initiating removal of a host
from the cluster
Default: false
force
Forcefully perform the requested operation skipping any constraint validation
Default: false

Reset to factory setting, the default location to be used for storing the virtual machine
configuration files and the virtual hard disk files. This operation is only valid for hosts running
Hyper-V.
ncli> host { reset-default-vm-vhd-location } host-ids="host_ids"
Required arguments
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts

Set the default location to be used for storing the virtual machine configuration files and the
virtual hard disk files. This operation is only valid for hosts running Hyper-V.
ncli> host { set-default-vm-vhd-location } ctr-for-vm-config="ctr_for_vm_config"
ctr-for-vhd-files="ctr_for_vhd_files" [ host-ids="host_ids" ]
Required arguments
ctr-for-vm-config
Name of the Storage Container to be used for storing VM configuration files.
ctr-for-vhd-files
Name of the Storage Container to be used for storing virtual hard disk files.
Optional arguments
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts

Set the monitoring status of Physical Hosts

ncli> host { set-monitoring } enabled="{ true | false }" ids="ids"
Required arguments
enabled
Enable monitoring of Physical Hosts?
ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts

http-proxy: HTTP Proxy

Description An HTTP Proxy
Alias proxy

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 140

Operations
• Create a new HTTP Proxy : add
• Add HTTP Proxy whitelist entry : add-to-whitelist
• Delete HTTP Proxy whitelist entry : delete-from-whitelist
• Edit an HTTP Proxy : edit | update
• Get HTTP Proxy whitelist : get-whitelist
• List HTTP Proxies : list | ls
• Remove an HTTP Proxy : remove | rm

Create a new HTTP Proxy

ncli> http-proxy { add } name="name" address="address" port="port" [
username="username" ][ password="password" ][ proxy-types="proxy_types" ]
Required arguments
name
Proxy name.
address
Address of the proxy
port
Port on which proxy is binding
Optional arguments
username
Username for proxy authentication
password
Password for proxy authentication
proxy-types
Proxy types to send applicable traffic

Add HTTP Proxy whitelist entry

ncli> http-proxy { add-to-whitelist } target-type="target_type" target="target"
Required arguments
target-type
Type of the target. Values can be {IPV4_ADDRESS, IPV4_NETWORK_MASK,
DOMAIN_NAME_SUFFIX, HOST_NAME}
target
Http proxy whitelist target. If the target-type is IPV4_NETWORK_MASK, specify
the netmask using traditional notation (for example, 172.16.0.0/255.240.0.0), not
CIDR notation.

Delete HTTP Proxy whitelist entry

ncli> http-proxy { delete-from-whitelist } target="target"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 141

Required arguments
target
Http proxy whitelist target. If the target-type is IPV4_NETWORK_MASK, specify
the netmask using traditional notation (for example, 172.16.0.0/255.240.0.0), not
CIDR notation.

Edit an HTTP Proxy

ncli> http-proxy { edit | update } name="name" [ address="address" ][
username="username" ][ password="password" ][ port="port" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the HTTP Proxy
Optional arguments
address
Address of the HTTP Proxy
username
Username to access the HTTP Proxy
password
Password to access the HTTP Proxy
port
Port number of the HTTP Proxy

Get HTTP Proxy whitelist

ncli> http-proxy { get-whitelist }
Required arguments
None

List HTTP Proxies

ncli> http-proxy { list | ls }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the HTTP Proxy

Remove an HTTP Proxy

ncli> http-proxy { remove | rm } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of an HTTP Proxy

key-management-server: Key Management Server

Description Manage key management servers
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 142

Operations
• Add key management server : add
• Get specified key management server : get
• List all key management servers : list | ls
• Remove key management server : remove | rm
• Update key management server : update

Add key management server

ncli> key-management-server { add } name="name" address-list="address_list"
Required arguments
name
Key management server name
address-list
List of comma-separated addresses of the key management server. All addresses
should be of format <ipaddress> or of format <ipaddress:port>. Port 5696 is used
as default if port number is not specified

Get specified key management server

ncli> key-management-server { get } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Key management server name

List all key management servers

ncli> key-management-server { list | ls }
Required arguments
None

Remove key management server

ncli> key-management-server { remove | rm } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Key management server name

Update key management server

ncli> key-management-server { update } name="name" [ address-list="address_list" ][
force="force" ]
Required arguments
name
Key management server name
Optional arguments
address-list
List of comma-separated addresses of the key management server. All addresses
should be of format <ipaddress> or of format <ipaddress:port>. Port 5696 is used
as default if port number is not specified

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 143

force
Forcefully perform the requested operation skipping any constraint validation

license: License
Description License for a Nutanix cluster
Alias
Operations
• Apply a license file to the cluster : apply-license
• Download cluster info as a file : download-cluster-info
• Get cluster info from the cluster : generate-cluster-info
• Read allowances for features as listed in the license : get-allowances
• Read license file from the cluster : get-license

Apply a license file to the cluster

ncli> license { apply-license } license-file="license_file"
Required arguments
license-file
License file

Download cluster info as a file

ncli> license { download-cluster-info } file-path="file_path"
Required arguments
file-path
File path

Get cluster info from the cluster

ncli> license { generate-cluster-info }
Required arguments
None

Read allowances for features as listed in the license

ncli> license { get-allowances }[ feature-name="feature_name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
feature-name
Feature name

Read license file from the cluster

ncli> license { get-license }
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 144

managementserver: Management Server
Description An infrastructure management server such as VCenter
Alias ms

Operations
• Add a new Management Server : add
• Add a new Management Server : edit | update
• List Management Servers : list | ls
• Returns a list of information for management servers which are used for
managing the cluster : list-management-server-info
• Create and register a management server extension for Nutanix : register
• Delete a Management Server : remove | rm
• Unregister the management server extension for Nutanix : unregister

Add a new Management Server

ncli> managementserver { add } name="name" url="url" username="username"
password="password" [ type="type" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Management Server
url
Access URL of the Management Server
username
Username for access to the Management Server
password
Password for access to the Management Server
Optional arguments
type
Hypervisor type of the Management Server
Default: vmware

Add a new Management Server

ncli> managementserver { edit | update } name="name" [ url="url" ][
username="username" ][ password="password" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Management Server
Optional arguments
url
Access URL of the Management Server
username
Username for access to the Management Server

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 145

password
Password for access to the Management Server

List Management Servers

ncli> managementserver { list | ls }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Management Server

Returns a list of information for management servers which are used for managing the cluster.
ncli> managementserver { list-management-server-info }
Required arguments
None

Create and register a management server extension for Nutanix.

ncli> managementserver { register } ip-address="ip_address" port="port" admin-
username="admin_username" admin-password="admin_password"
Required arguments
ip-address
Address of the management server.
port
Port of the management server.
admin-username
Administrator username of the management server.
admin-password
Administrator password of the management server.

Delete a Management Server

ncli> managementserver { remove | rm } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Management Server

Unregister the management server extension for Nutanix.

ncli> managementserver { unregister } ip-address="ip_address" port="port" admin-
username="admin_username" admin-password="admin_password"
Required arguments
ip-address
Address of the management server.
port
Port of the management server.
admin-username
Administrator username of the management server.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 146

admin-password
Administrator password of the management server.

multicluster: Multicluster
Description A Nutanix Management Console to manage multiple clusters
Alias
Operations
• Add to multicluster : add-to-multicluster
• Get cluster state : get-cluster-state

Add to multicluster
ncli> multicluster { add-to-multicluster } external-ip-address-or-svm-
ips="external_ip_address_or_svm_ips" username="username" password="password"
Required arguments
external-ip-address-or-svm-ips
External IP address or list of SVM IP addresses
username
username
password
password

Get cluster state

ncli> multicluster { get-cluster-state }[ cluster-id="cluster_id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
cluster-id
Id of the cluster

network: Network
Description Network specific commands
Alias net

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 147

Operations
• Add an SNMP Profile : add-snmp-profile
• Add a switch configuration : add-switch-config
• Delete an SNMP Profile : delete-snmp-profile
• Delete a switch configuration : delete-switch-config
• Update an SNMP Profile : edit-snmp-profile
• Update a switch collector configuration : edit-switch-collector-config
• Update a switch configuration : edit-switch-config
• Get switch collector configuration : get-switch-collector-config
• List all host interfaces : list-host-nics
• List all host virtual interfaces : list-host-vnics
• List all SNMP Profiles : list-snmp-profile
• List all switches information : list-switch
• List all switch interfaces information : list-switch-ports
• List all VM virtual Nics : list-vm-nics

Add an SNMP Profile

ncli> network { add-snmp-profile } name="name" [ uuid="uuid" ][ default="default"
][ version="version" ][ community="community" ][ level="level" ][ username="username"
][ auth-type="auth_type" ][ auth-key="auth_key" ][ priv-type="priv_type" ][ priv-
key="priv_key" ]
Required arguments
name
SNMP profile name
Optional arguments
uuid
SNMP profile UUID
default
Used as Default SNMP profile
version
SNMP version [snmpv2c, snmpv3]
community
SNMP community string. Used for snmpv2c only. If not set, default to "public"
level
SNMP security level [NoAuthNoPriv, AuthnoPriv, AuthPriv].
username
SNMP username
auth-type
SNMP authentication type [SHA]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 148

auth-key
SNMP authentication key
priv-type
SNMP encryption type [AES or DES]
priv-key
SNMP encryption key

Add a switch configuration

ncli> network { add-switch-config } switch-address="switch_address" [
switch-id="switch_id" ][ snmp-profile-name="snmp_profile_name" ][ host-
addresses="host_addresses" ][ version="version" ][ community="community" ][
level="level" ][ username="username" ][ auth-type="auth_type" ][ auth-key="auth_key"
][ priv-type="priv_type" ][ priv-key="priv_key" ]
Required arguments
switch-address
Switch address
Optional arguments
switch-id
Switch ID
snmp-profile-name
SNMP profile name to apply on switch config
host-addresses
List of comma-separated Host addresses which is connected to this switch
version
SNMP version [snmpv2c, snmpv3]
community
SNMP community string. Used for snmpv2c only. If not set, default to "public"
level
SNMP security level [NoAuthNoPriv, AuthnoPriv, AuthPriv].
username
SNMP username
auth-type
SNMP authentication type [SHA]
auth-key
SNMP authentication key
priv-type
SNMP encryption type [AES or DES]
priv-key
SNMP encryption key

Delete an SNMP Profile

ncli> network { delete-snmp-profile } uuid="uuid"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 149

Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the SNMP Profile

Delete a switch configuration

ncli> network { delete-switch-config } switch-id="switch_id"
Required arguments
switch-id
ID of the switch

Update an SNMP Profile

ncli> network { edit-snmp-profile } uuid="uuid" [ name="name" ][ default="default"
][ version="version" ][ community="community" ][ level="level" ][ username="username"
][ auth-type="auth_type" ][ auth-key="auth_key" ][ priv-type="priv_type" ][ priv-
key="priv_key" ]
Required arguments
uuid
SNMP profile UUID
Optional arguments
name
SNMP profile name
default
Used as Default SNMP profile
version
SNMP version [snmpv2c, snmpv3]
community
SNMP community string. Used for snmpv2c only. If not set, default to "public"
level
SNMP security level [NoAuthNoPriv, AuthnoPriv, AuthPriv].
username
SNMP username
auth-type
SNMP authentication type [SHA]
auth-key
SNMP authentication key
priv-type
SNMP encryption type [AES or DES]
priv-key
SNMP encryption key

Update a switch collector configuration

ncli> network { edit-switch-collector-config }[ enabled="{ true | false }" ][
schedule-interval-in-secs="schedule_interval_in_secs" ][ schedule-discovery-in-
secs="schedule_discovery_in_secs" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 150

Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
enabled
Enable/Disable switch collector
schedule-interval-in-secs
Scheduled interval to collect the switch stats (in seconds)
schedule-discovery-in-secs
Switch discovery interval (in seconds)

Update a switch configuration

ncli> network { edit-switch-config } switch-id="switch_id" [ switch-
address="switch_address" ][ snmp-profile-name="snmp_profile_name" ][ host-
addresses="host_addresses" ][ version="version" ][ community="community" ][
level="level" ][ username="username" ][ auth-type="auth_type" ][ auth-key="auth_key"
][ priv-type="priv_type" ][ priv-key="priv_key" ]
Required arguments
switch-id
Switch ID
Optional arguments
switch-address
Switch address
snmp-profile-name
SNMP profile name to apply on switch config
host-addresses
List of comma-separated Host addresses which is connected to this switch
version
SNMP version [snmpv2c, snmpv3]
community
SNMP community string. Used for snmpv2c only. If not set, default to "public"
level
SNMP security level [NoAuthNoPriv, AuthnoPriv, AuthPriv].
username
SNMP username
auth-type
SNMP authentication type [SHA]
auth-key
SNMP authentication key
priv-type
SNMP encryption type [AES or DES]
priv-key
SNMP encryption key

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 151

Get switch collector configuration
ncli> network { get-switch-collector-config }
Required arguments
None

List all host interfaces

ncli> network { list-host-nics } host-id="host_id" [ pnic-id="pnic_id" ]
Required arguments
host-id
ID of the Host
Optional arguments
pnic-id
ID of Host Nic

List all host virtual interfaces

ncli> network { list-host-vnics } host-id="host_id" [ host-vnic-id="host_vnic_id" ]
Required arguments
host-id
ID of the Host
Optional arguments
host-vnic-id
ID of Host Virtual Nic

List all SNMP Profiles

ncli> network { list-snmp-profile }[ uuid="uuid" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
uuid
UUID of the SNMP Profile

List all switches information

ncli> network { list-switch }[ switch-id="switch_id" ][ config-only="config_only" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
switch-id
ID of the switch
config-only
Config-only flag

List all switch interfaces information

ncli> network { list-switch-ports } switch-id="switch_id" [ port-id="port_id" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 152

Required arguments
switch-id
ID of the switch
Optional arguments
port-id
port ID of the switch interface

List all VM virtual Nics

ncli> network { list-vm-nics } vm-id="vm_id" [ vnic-id="vnic_id" ]
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the VM
Optional arguments
vnic-id
ID of VM Nic

nutanix-guest-tools: Nutanix Guest Tools

Description Admin commands for Nutanix Guest Tools
Alias ngt

Operations
• Delete Nutanix Guest Tools : delete
• Disable Nutanix Guest Tools : disable
• Disable Applications in Nutanix Guest Tools : disable-applications
• Enable Nutanix Guest Tools : enable
• Enable Applications in Nutanix Guest Tools : enable-applications
• Get Nutanix Guest Tools : get
• List Nutanix Guest Tools : list
• List applications supported by Nutanix Guest Tools : list-applications
• Mount Nutanix Guest Tools : mount
• Unmount Nutanix Guest Tools : unmount

Delete Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { delete } vm-id="vm_id"
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine

Disable Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { disable } vm-id="vm_id"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 153

Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine

Disable Applications in Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { disable-applications } vm-id="vm_id" application-
names="application_names"
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine
application-names
Comma-separated list of application names in Nutanix Guest Tools

Enable Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { enable } vm-id="vm_id" [ application-
names="application_names" ]
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine
Optional arguments
application-names
Comma-separated list of application names in Nutanix Guest Tools

Enable Applications in Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { enable-applications } vm-id="vm_id" application-
names="application_names"
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine
application-names
Comma-separated list of application names in Nutanix Guest Tools

Get Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { get } vm-id="vm_id"
Required arguments
vm-id
Id of Virtual machine

List Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { list }[ application-names="application_names" ][ vm-
names="vm_names" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 154

Optional arguments
application-names
Comma separated list of application names. If no application name given all
entities will be returned.
vm-names
Comma separated list of vm names.

List applications supported by Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { list-applications }
Required arguments
None

Mount Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { mount } vm-id="vm_id"
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine

Unmount Nutanix Guest Tools

ncli> nutanix-guest-tools { unmount } vm-id="vm_id"
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine

progress-monitor: Progress Monitor

Description Monitor progress of long running tasks
Alias
Operations
• Remove a specific Progress Monitor : delete | remove
• List all or specific Progress Monitors : list | ls

Remove a specific Progress Monitor

ncli> progress-monitor { delete | remove } id="id"
Required arguments
id
Id of the progress monitor to be deleted

List all or specific Progress Monitors

ncli> progress-monitor { list | ls }[ operation="operation" ][ entity="entity" ][
entity-id="entity_id" ][ verbose="verbose" ][ has-fanout-details="has_fanout_details" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 155

Optional arguments
operation
Operation to be monitored
entity
Entity (for example: VM, VDisk etc.)
entity-id
ID of Entity to be monitored
verbose
Set verbose to get detailed information
Default: false
has-fanout-details
Returns Fanout tasks details
Default: false

protection-domain: Protection domain

Description A protection domain to be used for Data Protection
Alias pd

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 156

Operations
• Abort replications of a Protection domain : abort-replication | abort-repl
• Mark Protection domain as active : activate
• Add a daily snapshot schedule to a Protection domain : add-daily-schedule
• Add an hourly snapshot schedule to a Protection domain : add-hourly-
schedule

• Add an minutely snapshot schedule to a Protection domain : add-minutely-

schedule

• Add a monthly snapshot schedule to a Protection domain : add-monthly-

schedule

• Create a new out of band snapshot schedule in a Protection domain to

take a snapshot at a specified time : add-one-time-snapshot | create-one-time-
snapshot

• Add a weekly snapshot schedule to a Protection domain : add-weekly-

schedule

• Clear retention policies for snapshot schedules of a Protection domain :

clear-retention-policy

• Remove all snapshot schedules from a Protection domain : clear-schedules

• Create a new active Protection domain : create | add
• List all Protection domains : list | ls
• Get the status of replication in a Protection domain : list-replication-status
| ls-repl-status
• List Snapshots of a Protection domain : list-snapshots | ls-snaps
• List all pending actions for Protection domains : ls-pending-actions
• List out of band snapshot schedules of Protection domains : ls-pending-one-
time-snapshots

• List the snapshot schedules of a Protection domain : ls-schedules

• Disable metro availability for a specific Protection domain : metro-avail-
disable

• Enable metro availability for a specific Protection domain : metro-avail-

enable

• Mark Protection domain as inactive and failover to the specified Remote

Site : migrate
• Pause replications of a Protection domain : pause-replication | pause-repl
• Promote to active metro availability role for a Protection domain : promote-
to-active

• Add Virtual Machines and NFS files to a Protection domain : protect

• Mark a Protection domain for removal : remove | rm
• Remove a snapshot schedule from a Protection domain : remove-from-
schedules

• Restore Virtual Machines and/or NFS files in a Snapshot : restore-snapshot

• Resume previously paused replications
AOS | Nutanix of Interfaceresume-
a Protection domain :
Command-Line (nCLI) | 157
replication | resume-repl
Abort replications of a Protection domain
ncli> protection-domain { abort-replication | abort-repl } name="name"
replication-ids="replication_ids"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
replication-ids
List of comma-separated identifier of replications

Mark Protection domain as active

ncli> protection-domain { activate } name="name" [ snap-id="snap_id" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
snap-id
Id of the Snapshot to be restored while making Protection domain as active. By
default, latest snapshot is restored.
Default: -1

Add a daily snapshot schedule to a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { add-daily-schedule } name="name" [ start-
time="start_time" ][ end-time="end_time" ][ every-nth-day="every_nth_day" ][ local-
retention="local_retention" ][ remote-retention="remote_retention" ][ app-consistent-
snapshots="app_consistent_snapshots" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
start-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become active. If not specified, schedule will become active immediately
end-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become inactive. If not specified, schedule will be active indefinitely
every-nth-day
Repeat the daily schedule every nth day
Default: 1
local-retention
Maximum number of snapshots to retain locally
Default: 1
remote-retention
Comma-separated entries in the form of <remote_site_name>:<quantity> to
specify the remote sites' retention policies for the schedule.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 158

Add an hourly snapshot schedule to a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { add-hourly-schedule } name="name" [ start-
time="start_time" ][ end-time="end_time" ][ every-nth-hour="every_nth_hour" ][ local-
retention="local_retention" ][ remote-retention="remote_retention" ][ app-consistent-
snapshots="app_consistent_snapshots" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
start-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become active. If not specified, schedule will become active immediately
end-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become inactive. If not specified, schedule will be active indefinitely
every-nth-hour
Repeat the hourly schedule every nth hour
Default: 1
local-retention
Maximum number of snapshots to retain locally
Default: 1
remote-retention
Comma-separated entries in the form of <remote_site_name>:<quantity> to
specify the remote sites' retention policies for the schedule.
app-consistent-snapshots
Whether Consistency group created for Virtual Machine performs application
consistent snapshots. Such special Consistency group can contain one and only
one Virtual Machine
Default: false

Add an minutely snapshot schedule to a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { add-minutely-schedule } name="name" [ start-
time="start_time" ][ end-time="end_time" ][ every-nth-minute="every_nth_minute" ][
local-retention="local_retention" ][ remote-retention="remote_retention" ][ local-
retention-type="local_retention_type" ][ remote-retention-type="remote_retention_type" ][
app-consistent-snapshots="app_consistent_snapshots" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 159

Optional arguments
start-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become active. If not specified, schedule will become active immediately
end-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become inactive. If not specified, schedule will be active indefinitely
every-nth-minute
Repeat the minutely schedule every nth minute
Default: 1
local-retention
Maximum number of snapshots to retain or days/weeks/months a snapshot is to
be retained locally.
Default: 1
remote-retention
Comma-separated entries in the form of <remote_site_name>:<quantity/
period> to specify the remote sites' retention policies for the schedule. Quantity
corresponds to maximum number of snapshots to retain and period is number
of days/weeks/months for which a snapshot is to be retained remotely. Default
value is 1 for a remote site
local-retention-type
Type of Local Retention (DAYS | WEEKS | MONTHS | NUM_SNAPSHOTS)
Default: NUM_SNAPSHOTS
remote-retention-type
Comma-separated entries in the form of <remote_site_name>:<retention_type>
to specify the remote sites' retention types for the schedule.Type of Remote
Retention can be anything from (DAYS | WEEKS | MONTHS | NUM_SNAPSHOTS)
app-consistent-snapshots
Whether Consistency group created for Virtual Machine performs application
consistent snapshots. Such special Consistency group can contain one and only
one Virtual Machine
Default: false

Add a monthly snapshot schedule to a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { add-monthly-schedule } name="name" [ days-of-
month="days_of_month" ][ start-time="start_time" ][ end-time="end_time" ][ local-
retention="local_retention" ][ remote-retention="remote_retention" ][ app-consistent-
snapshots="app_consistent_snapshots" ][ timezone="timezone" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
days-of-month
Comma-separated day of month values for the schedule: 1-31

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 160

start-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become active. If not specified, schedule will become active immediately
end-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become inactive. If not specified, schedule will be active indefinitely
local-retention
Maximum number of snapshots to retain locally
Default: 1
remote-retention
Comma-separated entries in the form of <remote_site_name>:<quantity> to
specify the remote sites' retention policies for the schedule.
app-consistent-snapshots
Whether Consistency group created for Virtual Machine performs application
consistent snapshots. Such special Consistency group can contain one and only
one Virtual Machine
Default: false
timezone
Timezone of the time values specified. (e.g: PST, America/Los_Angeles,
GMT-8:00)
Default: GMT

Create a new out of band snapshot schedule in a Protection domain to take a snapshot at a
specified time
ncli> protection-domain { add-one-time-snapshot | create-one-time-snapshot
} name="name" [ snap-time="snap_time" ][ remote-sites="remote_sites" ][ retention-
time="retention_time" ][ app-consistent-snapshots="app_consistent_snapshots" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
snap-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which snapshot is to be
taken. If not specified, snapshot will be taken immediately
remote-sites
Comma-separated list of Remote Site to which snapshots are replicated. If not
specified, remote replication is not performed
retention-time
Number of seconds to retain the snapshot. Aged snapshots will be garbage
collected. By default, snapshot is retained forever
app-consistent-snapshots
Whether Consistency group created for Virtual Machine performs application
consistent snapshots. Such special Consistency group can contain one and only
one Virtual Machine
Default: false

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 161

Add a weekly snapshot schedule to a Protection domain
ncli> protection-domain { add-weekly-schedule } name="name" [ days-of-
week="days_of_week" ][ start-time="start_time" ][ end-time="end_time" ][ local-
retention="local_retention" ][ remote-retention="remote_retention" ][ app-consistent-
snapshots="app_consistent_snapshots" ][ timezone="timezone" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
days-of-week
Comma-separated day of week values for the schedule: 1-7 (starts with
Sunday(1)), or (sun | mon | tue | wed | thu | fri | sat)
start-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become active. If not specified, schedule will become active immediately
end-time
Specify time in format MM/dd/yyyy [HH:mm:ss [z]] at which the schedule
become inactive. If not specified, schedule will be active indefinitely
local-retention
Maximum number of snapshots to retain locally
Default: 1
remote-retention
Comma-separated entries in the form of <remote_site_name>:<quantity> to
specify the remote sites' retention policies for the schedule.
app-consistent-snapshots
Whether Consistency group created for Virtual Machine performs application
consistent snapshots. Such special Consistency group can contain one and only
one Virtual Machine
Default: false
timezone
Timezone of the time values specified. (e.g: PST, America/Los_Angeles,
GMT-8:00)
Default: GMT

Clear retention policies for snapshot schedules of a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { clear-retention-policy } name="name" id="id"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
id
ID of a cron schedule of a Protection domain

Remove all snapshot schedules from a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { clear-schedules } name="name"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 162

Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain

Create a new active Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { create | add } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain

List all Protection domains

ncli> protection-domain { list | ls }[ name="name" ][ metro-avail="metro_avail"
][ vstore-name="vstore_name" ][ remote-site="remote_site" ][ forward-to-remote-
site="forward_to_remote_site" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
metro-avail
Whether the Protection domain is stretched or not
vstore-name
Name of a VStore
remote-site
Name of the Remote Site
forward-to-remote-site
Name of the Remote Site to get the PD details

Get the status of replication in a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { list-replication-status | ls-repl-status }[
name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain

List Snapshots of a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { list-snapshots | ls-snaps }[ name="name" ][ snap-
id="snap_id" ][ state="state" ][ oob-schedule-id="oob_schedule_id" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 163

Optional arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
snap-id
Id of the Snapshot
state
State of the Snapshot
oob-schedule-id
Id of the out of band schedule that created the Snapshot

List all pending actions for Protection domains

ncli> protection-domain { ls-pending-actions }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain

List out of band snapshot schedules of Protection domains

ncli> protection-domain { ls-pending-one-time-snapshots }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain

List the snapshot schedules of a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { ls-schedules } name="name" [ timezone-
offset="timezone_offset" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
timezone-offset
Timezone offset in seconds w.r.t GMT. (e.g: GMT+1:00 => 3600)

Disable metro availability for a specific Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { metro-avail-disable } name="name" [ skip-remote-
check="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 164

Optional arguments
skip-remote-check
Skip checking remoteProtection domain
Default: false

Enable metro availability for a specific Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { metro-avail-enable } name="name" [ ctr-name="ctr_name"
][ remote-site="remote_site" ][ re-enable="{ true | false }" ][ skip-remote-check="{ true |
false }" ][ failure-handling="failure_handling" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
ctr-name
Name of the Storage Container
remote-site
Name of the Remote Site
re-enable
Resynchronize operation.
Default: false
skip-remote-check
Skip checking remoteProtection domain
Default: false
failure-handling
Failure handling mode (Modes : [Automatic, Manual, Witness])

Mark Protection domain as inactive and failover to the specified Remote Site
ncli> protection-domain { migrate } name="name" remote-site="remote_site" [ skip-
vm-mobility-check="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
remote-site
Remote Site to be used for planned failover
Optional arguments
skip-vm-mobility-check
Skip the vm mobility check while migrating a Protection domain

Pause replications of a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { pause-replication | pause-repl } name="name"
replication-ids="replication_ids"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 165

replication-ids
List of comma-separated identifier of replications

Promote to active metro availability role for a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { promote-to-active } name="name" [ skip-remote-
check="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
skip-remote-check
Skip checking remoteProtection domain
Default: false

Add Virtual Machines and NFS files to a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { protect } name="name" [ vm-names="vm_names" ][
vm-ids="vm_ids" ][ volume-group-uuids="volume_group_uuids" ][ host-id="host_id"
][ files="files" ][ cg-name="cg_name" ][ ignore-duplicates="ignore_duplicates" ][
app-consistent-snapshots="app_consistent_snapshots" ][ auto-protect-related-
entities="auto_protect_related_entities" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
vm-names
Comma-separated list of Virtual Machine names to be added in Protection
domain
vm-ids
Comma-separated list of Virtual Machine ids to be added in Protection domain
volume-group-uuids
UUIDs of the Volume Groups
host-id
Add all Virtual Machines in a Physical Host to a Protection domain
files
Comma-separated list of NFS files to be added in Protection domain
cg-name
Name of the Consistency group to which Virtual Machines are added. If not
specified, each Virtual Machines is added to a Consistency group which has same
name as the Virtual Machine name
ignore-duplicates
Whether to ignore if any of the specified Virtual Machines already exist in the
specified Protection domain
Default: true

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 166

app-consistent-snapshots
Whether Consistency group created for Virtual Machine performs application
consistent snapshots. Such special Consistency group can contain one and only
one Virtual Machine
Default: false
auto-protect-related-entities
Whether the related entities need to be auto-protected
Default: false

Mark a Protection domain for removal. Protection domain will be removed from the appliance
when all outstanding operations on it are cancelled
ncli> protection-domain { remove | rm } name="name" [ skip-remote-check="{ true |
false }" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
skip-remote-check
Skip checking remoteProtection domain
Default: false

Remove a snapshot schedule from a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { remove-from-schedules } name="name" id="id"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
id
ID of a cron schedule of a Protection domain

Restore Virtual Machines and/or NFS files in a Snapshot

ncli> protection-domain { restore-snapshot } name="name" [ vm-names="vm_names"
][ vm-uuids="vm_uuids" ][ files="files" ][ volume-group-uuids="volume_group_uuids"
][ path-prefix="path_prefix" ][ vm-name-prefix="vm_name_prefix" ][ vg-name-
prefix="vg_name_prefix" ][ snap-id="snap_id" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection Domain
Optional arguments
vm-names
Names of VM to be restored.
vm-uuids
Uuids of VM to be restored.
files
Names of NFS files to be restored

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 167

volume-group-uuids
UUIDs of Volume Groups to be restored
path-prefix
Path prefix to be applied for cloning VMs. It is recommended to not use
path_prefix while restoring a virtual machine or volume group.
vm-name-prefix
Name prefix to be applied for cloning VMs.
vg-name-prefix
Name prefix to be applied for cloning VGs.
snap-id
Id of the snapshot to restore entities from.

Resume previously paused replications of a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { resume-replication | resume-repl } name="name"
replication-ids="replication_ids"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
replication-ids
List of comma-separated identifier of replications

Resume all schedules in the Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { resume-schedules } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection Domain

Retain snapshots forever of a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { retain-snapshot | retain-snap } name="name" snap-
ids="snap_ids"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
snap-ids
List of comma-separated identifier of Snapshots

Remove out of band snapshot schedules from a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { rm-one-time-schedules } name="name" schedule-
ids="schedule_ids"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
schedule-ids
List of comma-separated identifier of Out of band schedules

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 168

Remove snapshots of a Protection domain
ncli> protection-domain { rm-snapshot | rm-snap } name="name" [ snap-
ids="snap_ids" ][ clear-all="clear_all" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
snap-ids
List of comma-separated identifier of Snapshots
clear-all
Remove all entities of a particular type
Default: false

Rollback an active Protection domain to a snapshot

ncli> protection-domain { rollback-pd } name="name" snap-id="snap_id"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
snap-id
Snapshot to which Protection domain is to be rollbacked

Set retention policies for snapshot schedules of a Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { set-retention-policy } name="name" id="id" [ local-
retention="local_retention" ][ remote-retention="remote_retention" ][ local-retention-
type="local_retention_type" ][ remote-retention-type="remote_retention_type" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
id
ID of a cron schedule of a Protection domain
Optional arguments
local-retention
Maximum number of snapshots to retain or days/weeks/months a snapshot is to
be retained locally.
remote-retention
Comma-separated entries in the form of <remote_site_name>:<quantity/
period> to specify the remote sites' retention policies for the schedule. Quantity
corresponds to maximum number of snapshots to retain and period is number
of days/weeks/months for which a snapshot is to be retained remotely. Default
value is 1 for a remote site
local-retention-type
Type of Local Retention (DAYS | WEEKS | MONTHS | NUM_SNAPSHOTS)
Default: NUM_SNAPSHOTS

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 169

remote-retention-type
Comma-separated entries in the form of <remote_site_name>:<retention_type>
to specify the remote sites' retention types for the schedule.Type of Remote
Retention can be anything from (DAYS | WEEKS | MONTHS | NUM_SNAPSHOTS)

The data protection status of the Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { status }
Required arguments
None

Suspend all schedules in the Protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { suspend-schedules } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection Domain

Mark Virtual Machines and NFS files for removal from a given Protection domain. They will be
removed when all outstanding operations on them are completed/cancelled
ncli> protection-domain { unprotect } name="name" [ files="files" ][ vm-
names="vm_names" ][ vm-ids="vm_ids" ][ volume-group-uuids="volume_group_uuids" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
Optional arguments
files
Comma-separated list of NFS files to be removed from Protection domain
vm-names
Comma-separated list of Virtual Machine name to be removed from Protection
domain
vm-ids
Comma-separated list of Virtual Machine name to be removed from Protection
domain
volume-group-uuids
UUIDs of the Volume Groups

Change failure handling mode for a protection domain

ncli> protection-domain { update-failure-handling } name="name" failure-
handling="failure_handling"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Protection domain
failure-handling
Failure handling mode (Modes : [Automatic, Manual, Witness])

pulse-config: Pulse Configuration

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 170

Description Configuration information used for Pulse setup
Alias
Operations
• Update Pulse Configuration : edit | update
• List Pulse Configuration : list | ls

Update Pulse Configuration

ncli> pulse-config { edit | update }[ enable="{ true | false }" ][ enable-default-
nutanix-email="{ true | false }" ][ support-verbosity-level="support_verbosity_level" ][
email-contacts="email_contacts" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
enable
Enable Pulse emails
enable-default-nutanix-email
Enable Pulse default Nutanix email
support-verbosity-level
List Pulse Configuration
email-contacts
Comma-separated list of emails to be used while sending Pulse info. Set to '-' to
clear all the existing emails.

List Pulse Configuration

ncli> pulse-config { list | ls }
Required arguments
None

rackable-unit: Rackable unit

Description A rackable unit
Alias ru

Operations
• Edit a Rackable unit : edit | update
• List Rackable unit : list | ls
• Remove a Rackable unit : remove | rm

Edit a Rackable unit

ncli> rackable-unit { edit | update } id="id" location="location"
Required arguments
id
Id of the Rackable unit
location
Location of the Rackable unit

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 171

List Rackable unit
ncli> rackable-unit { list | ls }
Required arguments
None

Remove a Rackable unit

ncli> rackable-unit { remove | rm } id="id"
Required arguments
id
Id of the Rackable unit

remote-site: Remote Site

Description A remote cluster to be used for replicating data
Alias rs

Operations
• Add bandwidth policy : add-bandwidth-schedule
• Add a network mapping : add-network-mapping
• Create a new Remote Site : create | add
• Edit a Remote Site : edit | update
• List Remote Sites : list | ls
• List schedules for bandwidth throttling : list-bandwidth-schedules
• List network mapping(s) corresponding to a remote site : list-network-
mapping

• List networks corresponding to the local cluster or a remote site : list-

networks

• List Snapshots of a Remote Site : list-snapshots | ls-snaps

• Mark a Remote Site for removal : remove | rm
• Remove a bandwidth schedule : remove-bandwidth-schedule
• Remove a network mapping : remove-network-mapping
• Download a snapshot from a Remote Site : retrieve-snapshot
• Remove snapshots of a Protection domain : rm-snapshot | rm-snap

Add bandwidth policy

ncli> remote-site { add-bandwidth-schedule } remote-site-name="remote_site_name"
[ days-of-week="days_of_week" ][ start-time="start_time" ][ end-time="end_time" ][
max-bandwidth="max_bandwidth" ][ default-bandwidth="default_bandwidth" ]
Required arguments
remote-site-name
Name of the Remote Site

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 172

Optional arguments
days-of-week
Comma-separated day of week values for the policy: 1-7 (starts with Sunday(1)),
or (sun | mon | tue | wed | thu | fri | sat)
start-time
Specify time in format [hh:mm:ss aa] at which this bandwidth policy will start on
a particular day.
end-time
Specify time in format [hh:mm:ss aa] at which this bandwidth policy will end on a
particular day.
max-bandwidth
Maximum bandwidth for policy in kilobytes per second.
default-bandwidth
Maximum bandwidth (in kilobytes per sec) to be used while replicating to the
remote site. If not specified, restriction is not placed on maximum bandwidth
used by replication

Add a network mapping

ncli> remote-site { add-network-mapping } remote-site-name="remote_site_name"
src-network="src_network" dest-network="dest_network"
Required arguments
remote-site-name
Name of the Remote Site
src-network
Name of the source network
dest-network
Name of the destination network

Create a new Remote Site

ncli> remote-site { create | add } name="name" address-list="address_list" [
capabilities="capabilities" ][ enable-proxy="{ true | false }" ][ enable-ssh-tunnel="{ true |
false }" ][ enable-compression="{ true | false }" ][ vstore-map="vstore_map" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Remote Site
address-list
List of comma-separated addresses of the remote site. All addresses should be of
format <ip> or of format <ip:port>. Default port is used if the port number is not
specified
Optional arguments
capabilities
Capabilities of the Remote Site; comma-separated values of (backup |
disaster_recovery). Backup sites only allow data backup, whereas disaster
recovery allows the user to run VMs in the event of a disaster.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 173

enable-proxy
Boolean parameter to indicate whether the addresses specified in address-list
can be used as a proxy to communicate with other Nutanix components on the
remote site
enable-ssh-tunnel
Boolean parameter to indicate whether the addresses specified in address-list
can be used as a SSH tunnel to communicate with other Nutanix components on
the remote site. Enabling SSH tunnel mode will also enable proxy mode
enable-compression
Enable or disable compression of data during replication
vstore-map
By default, data from a local vStore is replicated to a identically named vStore
in the remote site. To setup data replication from local vStore to remote vStore
having different names, provide comma-separated list of <local vStore>:<target
vStore> mapping. Mapping is not required if the names of local and target vStore
are same

Edit a Remote Site

ncli> remote-site { edit | update } name="name" [ capabilities="capabilities"
][ enable-proxy="{ true | false }" ][ enable-ssh-tunnel="{ true | false }" ][ enable-
compression="{ true | false }" ][ address-add="address_add" ][ address-del="address_del"
][ address-list="address_list" ][ vstore-map-add="vstore_map_add" ][ vstore-map-
del="vstore_map_del" ][ enable-bandwidth-policy="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Remote Site
Optional arguments
capabilities
Capabilities of the Remote Site; comma-separated values of (backup |
disaster_recovery). Backup sites only allow data backup, whereas disaster
recovery allows the user to run VMs in the event of a disaster.
enable-proxy
Boolean parameter to indicate whether the addresses specified in address-list
can be used as a proxy to communicate with other Nutanix components on the
remote site
enable-ssh-tunnel
Boolean parameter to indicate whether the addresses specified in address-list
can be used as a SSH tunnel to communicate with other Nutanix components on
the remote site. Enabling SSH tunnel mode will also enable proxy mode
enable-compression
Enable or disable compression of data during replication
address-add
Address to be included in the remote site address list. Address should be of the
format <ip> or of the format <ip:port> and should conform to the format of the
current remote site address list
address-del
Address to be removed from the remote site address list. Port number, if
provided, is ignored

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 174

address-list
List of comma-separated addresses of the remote site. All addresses should be of
format <ip> or of format <ip:port>. Default port is used if the port number is not
specified
vstore-map-add
Entry of the form <local vStore>:<target vStore> to be included in the vStore
replication map. If mapping for a local vStore already exists, mapping is updated
with the the new target vStore
vstore-map-del
Entry of the form <local vStore>:<target vStore> to be removed from the vStore
replication map
enable-bandwidth-policy
Enable or Disable bandwidth policy

List Remote Sites

ncli> remote-site { list | ls }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Remote Site

List schedules for bandwidth throttling.

ncli> remote-site { list-bandwidth-schedules } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Remote Site

List network mapping(s) corresponding to a remote site

ncli> remote-site { list-network-mapping } remote-site-name="remote_site_name"
Required arguments
remote-site-name
Name of the Remote Site

List networks corresponding to the local cluster or a remote site. If remote-site-name is

provided then networks corresponding to that remote site are returned else local cluster's
networks are returned
ncli> remote-site { list-networks }[ remote-site-name="remote_site_name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
remote-site-name
Name of the Remote Site

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 175

List Snapshots of a Remote Site
ncli> remote-site { list-snapshots | ls-snaps }[ name="name" ][ pd-
name="pd_name" ][ snap-id="snap_id" ][ state="state" ][ oob-schedule-
id="oob_schedule_id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Remote Site
pd-name
Name of the Protection domain
snap-id
Id of the Snapshot
state
State of the Snapshot
oob-schedule-id
Id of the out of band schedule that created the Snapshot

Mark a Remote Site for removal. Site will be removed from the appliance when all outstanding
operations that are using the remote site are cancelled
ncli> remote-site { remove | rm } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Remote Site

Remove a bandwidth schedule

ncli> remote-site { remove-bandwidth-schedule } name="name" [ schedule-
id="schedule_id" ][ remove-all-schedules="remove_all_schedules" ][ remove-default-
bandwidth-policy="remove_default_bandwidth_policy" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Remote Site
Optional arguments
schedule-id
Id of bandwidth schedule
remove-all-schedules
Remove all bandwidth schedules
Default: false
remove-default-bandwidth-policy
Remove default bandwidth policy
Default: false

Remove a network mapping

ncli> remote-site { remove-network-mapping } remote-site-name="remote_site_name"
src-network="src_network" dest-network="dest_network"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 176

Required arguments
remote-site-name
Name of the Remote Site
src-network
Name of the source network
dest-network
Name of the destination network

Remove snapshots of a Protection domain

ncli> remote-site { rm-snapshot | rm-snap } name="name" pd-name="pd_name"
snap-ids="snap_ids"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Remote Site
pd-name
Name of the Protection domain
snap-ids
List of comma-separated identifier of Snapshots

rsyslog-config: RSyslog Configuration

Description Configuration information to send logs to remote servers
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 177

Operations
• Create RSyslog Server Module : create-module | add-module
• Create RSyslog Configuration : create-server | add-server
• Remove RSyslog Server Module : delete-module | remove-module
• Remove RSyslog Server : delete-server | remove-server
• Update RSyslog Server : edit-server | update-server
• Returns the status of RSyslog service : get-status
• List RSyslog Servers : list | ls
• List RSyslog Server Modules : list-modules | ls-modules
• List RSyslog Servers : list-servers | ls-servers
• Sets the status of RSyslog service : set-status

Create RSyslog Server Module

ncli> rsyslog-config { create-module | add-module } server-name="server_name"
module-name="module_name" level="level" [ include-monitor-logs="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
server-name
Log Server Name
module-name
Name of the RSyslog Server Module
level
Log level for RSyslog Server Module
Optional arguments
include-monitor-logs
Include monitor logs for the given RSyslog Server Module

Create RSyslog Configuration

ncli> rsyslog-config { create-server | add-server } name="name" ip-
address="ip_address" port="port" [ network-protocol="network_protocol" ][ relp-
enabled="relp_enabled" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the RSyslog Server
ip-address
Ip address of the RSyslog Server
port
port number
Optional arguments
network-protocol
Protocol for RSyslog server configuration
relp-enabled
Reliable Event Logging Protocol option

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 178

Remove RSyslog Server Module
ncli> rsyslog-config { delete-module | remove-module } server-name="server_name"
module-name="module_name"
Required arguments
server-name
Name of the RSyslog Server
module-name
Name of the RSyslog Server Module

Remove RSyslog Server

ncli> rsyslog-config { delete-server | remove-server } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the log server

Update RSyslog Server

ncli> rsyslog-config { edit-server | update-server } name="name" [ ip-
address="ip_address" ][ port="port" ][ network-protocol="network_protocol" ][ relp-
enabled="relp_enabled" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the RSyslog Server
Optional arguments
ip-address
Ip address of the RSyslog Server
port
port number
network-protocol
Protocol for RSyslog server configuration
relp-enabled
Reliable Event Logging Protocol option

Returns the status of RSyslog service

ncli> rsyslog-config { get-status }
Required arguments
None

List RSyslog Servers

ncli> rsyslog-config { list | ls }
Required arguments
None

List RSyslog Server Modules

ncli> rsyslog-config { list-modules | ls-modules } server-name="server_name"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 179

Required arguments
server-name
Name of the log server

List RSyslog Servers

ncli> rsyslog-config { list-servers | ls-servers }
Required arguments
None

Sets the status of RSyslog service

ncli> rsyslog-config { set-status } enable="{ true | false }"
Required arguments
enable
Enable RSyslog Status

smb-server: Nutanix SMB server

Description The Nutanix SMB file server
Alias
Operations
• Disable Kerberos security services in the SMB server : disable-kerberos
• Enable Kerberos security services in the SMB server : enable-kerberos
• Get the status of Kerberos for the SMB server : get-kerberos-status

Disable Kerberos security services in the SMB server. This operation is only valid for clusters
having hosts running Hyper-V.
ncli> smb-server { disable-kerberos } logon-name="logon_name" [
password="password" ]
Required arguments
logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation
Optional arguments
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name

Enable Kerberos security services in the SMB server. This operation is only valid for clusters
having hosts running Hyper-V.
ncli> smb-server { enable-kerberos } logon-name="logon_name" [
password="password" ]
Required arguments
logon-name
Logon name (domain\username) of a domain user/administrator account that
has privileges to perform the operation

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 180

Optional arguments
password
Password for the account specified by the logon account name

Get the status of Kerberos for the SMB server. This operation is only valid for clusters having
hosts running Hyper-V.
ncli> smb-server { get-kerberos-status }
Required arguments
None

snapshot: Snapshot
Description Snapshot of a Virtual Disk
Alias snap

Operations
• Create a (fast) clone based on a Snapshot : clone
• Create a new Snapshot of a Virtual Disk or a NFS file : create | add
• List Snapshots : list | ls
• Get stats data for Snapshots : list-stats | ls-stats
• Delete a Snapshot : remove | rm

Create a (fast) clone based on a Snapshot

ncli> snapshot { clone }[ name="name" ][ clone-names="clone_names" ][ src-
file="src_file" ][ dest-files="dest_files" ][ allow-overwrite="allow_overwrite" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Snapshot
clone-names
A comma-separated list of names for the newly created Snapshots
src-file
Absolute path of the NFS snapshot file
dest-files
Absolute path(s) of the clone(s) to be created
allow-overwrite
Enable overwriting if a NFS file already exists in the destination path
Default: false

Create a new Snapshot of a Virtual Disk or a NFS file

ncli> snapshot { create | add }[ name="name" ][ vdisk-name="vdisk_name" ][ src-
file="src_file" ][ dest-file="dest_file" ][ allow-overwrite="allow_overwrite" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 181

Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Snapshot. If name is not specified, format snap_<vDisk-
name>_YYYY_MM_DD_HH_MM_SS is used to generate the name
vdisk-name
Name of the Virtual Disk
src-file
Absolute path of the NFS snapshot file
dest-file
Absolute path of the snapshot file to be created
allow-overwrite
Enable overwriting if a NFS file already exists in the destination path
Default: false

List Snapshots
ncli> snapshot { list | ls }[ name="name" ][ vdisk-name="vdisk_name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Snapshot
vdisk-name
Name of the corresponding Virtual Disk

Get stats data for Snapshots

ncli> snapshot { list-stats | ls-stats }[ name="name" ][ vdisk-name="vdisk_name"
]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Snapshot
vdisk-name
Name of the corresponding Virtual Disk

Delete a Snapshot
ncli> snapshot { remove | rm } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Snapshot

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 182

snmp: SNMP
Description An SNMP agent
Alias
Operations
• Add a transport to the list of snmp transports : add-transport
• Add a trap sink to the list of trap sinks : add-trap
• Add an snmp user along with its authentication and privacy keys : add-user
• Edit one of the trap sinks from the list of trap sinks : edit-trap | update-trap
• Modify the authentication and encrytption information of an existing snmp
user : edit-user | update-user
• Returns the status of the snmp service : get-status
• List all the transports specified for the snmp agent : list-transports | ls-
transports

• List all the configured trap sinks along with their user information : list-
traps | ls-traps

• Lists all the snmp users along with their properties like authentication and
privacy information : list-users | ls-users
• Remove a transport from the list of snmp transports : remove-transport |
delete-transport

• Remove a trap from the list of snmp traps : remove-trap | delete-trap

• Remove a user from the list of snmp users : remove-user | delete-user
• Sets the status of the snmp service : set-status

Add a transport to the list of snmp transports. Each transport is a protocol:port pair
ncli> snmp { add-transport } protocol="protocol" port="port"
Required arguments
protocol
Protocol for the snmp agent or trap sink. Currently supported protocols are UDP,
TCP and UDP_6
port
Port number on which an snmp agent listens for requests or on which a trap sink
is waiting traps

Add a trap sink to the list of trap sinks. Each trap sink is a combination of trap sink address,
username and authentication information
ncli> snmp { add-trap } address="address" [ username="username" ][ port="port"
][ protocol="protocol" ][ version="version" ][ community="community" ][ engine-
id="engine_id" ][ inform="inform" ]
Required arguments
address
Address of an snmp trap sink. This should be an IP address or FQDN

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 183

Optional arguments
username
Identity of an snmp user. It is required for version snmpv3. It is not used for
version snmpv2c.
port
Port number on which an snmp agent listens for requests or on which a trap sink
is waiting traps
protocol
Protocol for the snmp agent or trap sink. Currently supported protocols are UDP,
TCP and UDP_6
version
SNMP version [snmpv2c, snmpv3]
community
SNMP community string. Used for snmpv2c only. If not set, default to "public"
engine-id
Engine id of the snmp trap sink. This must be a hex string starting with 0x. It is
set for snmpv3, not used for snmpv2c.
inform
Flag that specifies whether a trap sink is actually an inform sink
Default: false

Add an snmp user along with its authentication and privacy keys
ncli> snmp { add-user } username="username" auth-key="auth_key" auth-
type="auth_type" [ priv-key="priv_key" ][ priv-type="priv_type" ]
Required arguments
username
Identity of an snmp user. It is required for version snmpv3. It is not used for
version snmpv2c.
auth-key
Authentication key for an snmp user
auth-type
Authentication type for snmp user. Can be SHA
Optional arguments
priv-key
Encryption key for an snmp user
priv-type
Encryption type for an snmp user. Can be AES

Edit one of the trap sinks from the list of trap sinks. Editable properties are username,
authentication and privacy settings and protocol
ncli> snmp { edit-trap | update-trap } address="address" [ port="port" ][
protocol="protocol" ][ version="version" ][ community="community" ][ engine-
id="engine_id" ][ inform="inform" ][ username="username" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 184

Required arguments
address
Address of an snmp trap sink. This should be an IP address or FQDN
Optional arguments
port
Port number on which an snmp agent listens for requests or on which a trap sink
is waiting traps
protocol
Protocol for the snmp agent or trap sink. Currently supported protocols are UDP,
TCP and UDP_6
version
SNMP version [snmpv2c, snmpv3]
community
SNMP community string. Used for snmpv2c only. If not set, default to "public"
engine-id
Engine id of the snmp trap sink. This must be a hex string starting with 0x. It is
set for snmpv3, not used for snmpv2c.
inform
Flag that specifies whether a trap sink is actually an inform sink
username
Identity of an snmp user. It is required for version snmpv3. It is not used for
version snmpv2c.

Modify the authentication and encrytption information of an existing snmp user

ncli> snmp { edit-user | update-user } username="username" [ auth-key="auth_key"
][ auth-type="auth_type" ][ priv-key="priv_key" ][ priv-type="priv_type" ]
Required arguments
username
Identity of an snmp user. It is required for version snmpv3. It is not used for
version snmpv2c.
Optional arguments
auth-key
Authentication key for an snmp user
auth-type
Authentication type for snmp user. Can be SHA
priv-key
Encryption key for an snmp user
priv-type
Encryption type for an snmp user. Can be AES

Returns the status of the snmp service

ncli> snmp { get-status }
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 185

List all the transports specified for the snmp agent. Each transport is a protocol:port pair
ncli> snmp { list-transports | ls-transports }
Required arguments
None

List all the configured trap sinks along with their user information.
ncli> snmp { list-traps | ls-traps }[ address="address" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
address
Address of an snmp trap sink. This should be an IP address or FQDN

Lists all the snmp users along with their properties like authentication and privacy information
ncli> snmp { list-users | ls-users }[ username="username" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
username
Identity of an snmp user. It is required for version snmpv3. It is not used for
version snmpv2c.

Remove a transport from the list of snmp transports

ncli> snmp { remove-transport | delete-transport } protocol="protocol" port="port"
Required arguments
protocol
Protocol for the snmp agent or trap sink. Currently supported protocols are UDP,
TCP and UDP_6
port
Port number on which an snmp agent listens for requests or on which a trap sink
is waiting traps

Remove a trap from the list of snmp traps

ncli> snmp { remove-trap | delete-trap } address="address"
Required arguments
address
Address of an snmp trap sink. This should be an IP address or FQDN

Remove a user from the list of snmp users

ncli> snmp { remove-user | delete-user } username="username"
Required arguments
username
Identity of an snmp user. It is required for version snmpv3. It is not used for
version snmpv2c.

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 186

Sets the status of the snmp service
ncli> snmp { set-status } enable="{ true | false }"
Required arguments
enable
Enable or disable snmp agent on a cluster

software: Software
Description NOS Software Release
Alias
Operations
• Toggle automatic download of a Software : automatic-download
• Download a Software : download
• List Software : list | ls
• Pause Downloading / Uploading a Software : pause
• Delete a Software : remove | rm | delete
• Upload a Software : upload

Toggle automatic download of a Software

ncli> software { automatic-download }[ enable="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
enable
Enable/Disable automatic downloads

Download a Software
ncli> software { download } name="name" software-type="software_type"
Required arguments
name
Name of the software
software-type
Type of the software ( NOS | HYPERVISOR | FIRMWARE_DISK | NCC |
FILE_SERVER | PRISM_CENTRAL_DEPLOY)

List Software
ncli> software { list | ls }[ name="name" ][ software-type="software_type" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the software

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 187

Pause Downloading / Uploading a Software

ncli> software { pause } name="name" software-type="software_type"
Required arguments
name
Name of the software
software-type
Type of the software ( NOS | HYPERVISOR | FIRMWARE_DISK | NCC |
FILE_SERVER | PRISM_CENTRAL_DEPLOY)

Delete a Software
ncli> software { remove | rm | delete } name="name" software-type="software_type"
Required arguments
name
Name of the software
software-type
Type of the software ( NOS | HYPERVISOR | FIRMWARE_DISK | NCC |
FILE_SERVER | PRISM_CENTRAL_DEPLOY)

Upload a Software
ncli> software { upload } file-path="file_path" software-type="software_type" [
hypervisor-type="hypervisor_type" ][ meta-file-path="meta_file_path" ]
Required arguments
file-path
Path to the software to be uploaded
software-type
Type of the software ( NOS | HYPERVISOR | FIRMWARE_DISK | NCC |
FILE_SERVER | PRISM_CENTRAL_DEPLOY)
Optional arguments
hypervisor-type
Type of the Hypervisor
meta-file-path
Path to the metadata file of the software to be uploaded

ssl-certificate: SSL Certificate

Description Manage SSL certificates
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 188

Operations
• Change password for pfx file : change-pfx-file-password
• Generates SSL Certificate with cipher Strength 2048 bits and replaces the
existing certificate : generate
• Import SSL Certificate, key and CA certificate or chain file : import

Change password for pfx file

ncli> ssl-certificate { change-pfx-file-password }
Required arguments
None

Generates SSL Certificate with cipher Strength 2048 bits and replaces the existing certificate
ncli> ssl-certificate { generate }
Required arguments
None

Import SSL Certificate, key and CA certificate or chain file. This import replaces the existing
certificate
ncli> ssl-certificate { import } certificate-path="certificate_path" cacertificate-
path="cacertificate_path" key-path="key_path" key-type="key_type"
Required arguments
certificate-path
Path of the SSL certificate
cacertificate-path
Path of the CA certificate or chain file
key-path
Path of the private key
key-type
Type of Private key. Must be either RSA_2048 or ECDSA_256 or ECDSA_384 or
ECDSA_521

storagepool: Storage Pool

Description A Pool of Physical Disks
Alias sp

Operations
• Create a new Storage Pool : create | add
• Edit a Storage Pool : edit | update
• List Storage Pools : list | ls
• Get stats data for Storage Pools : list-stats | ls-stats

Create a new Storage Pool

ncli> storagepool { create | add } name="name" [ disk-ids="disk_ids" ][ add-all-
free-disks="add_all_free_disks" ][ force="force" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 189

Required arguments
name
Name of the Storage Pool
Optional arguments
disk-ids
IDs of Physical Disk in the Storage Pool
add-all-free-disks
Add all free disks that are not part of any storage pool?
force
Forcefully perform the requested operation skipping any constraint validation
Default: false

Edit a Storage Pool

ncli> storagepool { edit | update }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ][ new-
name="new_name" ][ add-all-free-disks="add_all_free_disks" ][ add-disk-
ids="add_disk_ids" ][ rm-disk-ids="rm_disk_ids" ][ force="force" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Pool
name
Name of the Storage Pool
new-name
Name of the Storage Pool
add-all-free-disks
Add all free disks that are not part of any storage pool?
add-disk-ids
A comma-separated list of Physical Disk IDs to be added to the Storage Pool
rm-disk-ids
A comma-separated list of Physical Disk IDs to be removed from the Storage
Pool
force
Forcefully perform the requested operation skipping any constraint validation
Default: false

List Storage Pools

ncli> storagepool { list | ls }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Pool

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 190

name
Name of the Storage Pool

Get stats data for Storage Pools

ncli> storagepool { list-stats | ls-stats }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of the Storage Pool
name
Name of the Storage Pool

storagetier: Storage Tier

Description A Tier of physical storage
Alias tier

Operations
• List the (global) default I/O priority order of Storage Tiers : get-default-io-
priority-order | get-def-io-pri

• List Storage Tiers : list | ls

• List types of Storage Tiers : list-supported-types | ls-supported-types
• Remove a Storage Tier : remove | rm
• Set the (global) default I/O priority order of Storage Tiers : set-default-io-
priority-order | set-def-io-pri

List the (global) default I/O priority order of Storage Tiers

ncli> storagetier { get-default-io-priority-order | get-def-io-pri }
Required arguments
None

List Storage Tiers

ncli> storagetier { list | ls }[ name="name" ][ type="type" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Storage Tier
type
Type of Storage Tier (as provided by the 'list-supported-types' operation)

List types of Storage Tiers

ncli> storagetier { list-supported-types | ls-supported-types }

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 191

Required arguments
None

Remove a Storage Tier

ncli> storagetier { remove | rm } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Storage Tier

Set the (global) default I/O priority order of Storage Tiers

ncli> storagetier { set-default-io-priority-order | set-def-io-pri }
random-io-priority-order="random_io_priority_order" sequential-io-priority-
order="sequential_io_priority_order"
Required arguments
random-io-priority-order
Random I/O priority order (high to low) of Storage Tiers
sequential-io-priority-order
Sequential I/O priority order (high to low) of Storage Tiers

task: Tasks
Description A Task
Alias
Operations
• Inspect Task : get
• List all Tasks : list | ls
• Poll Task to completion : wait-for-task

Inspect Task
ncli> task { get } taskid="taskid" [ include-entity-names="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
taskid
Id of the task
Optional arguments
include-entity-names
Include entity names

List all Tasks

ncli> task { list | ls }[ entity-types="entity_types" ][ entity-uuids="entity_uuids"
][ operation-type-list="operation_type_list" ][ include-completed="{ true | false }"
][ epoch-cut-off-time="epoch_cut_off_time" ][ count="count" ][ include-entity-
names="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 192

Optional arguments
entity-types
Comma separated Entity types
entity-uuids
Comma separated Entity types
operation-type-list
Comma separated Operation types
include-completed
Include Completed Tasks
epoch-cut-off-time
Tasks greater than cut off epoch time in microseconds will be returned. This is
applicable only when include completed is set to True.
count
Maximum number of tasks
include-entity-names
Include entity names

Poll Task to completion

ncli> task { wait-for-task } taskid="taskid" [ timeoutseconds="timeoutseconds" ][
include-entity-names="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
taskid
Id of the task
Optional arguments
timeoutseconds
Timeout seconds
include-entity-names
Include entity names

user: User
Description A User
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 193

Operations
• Change the password of a User : change-password
• Add a new User : create | add
• Delete a User : delete | remove | rm
• Disable a User : disable
• Edit a User : edit | update
• Enable a User : enable
• Get the IP Addresses and browser details of a user who is currently logged
in : get-logged-in-user | get-logged-in-user
• Get a list of all users who are currently logged in to the system along with
their IP Addresses and browser details : get-logged-in-users | get-logged-in-
users

• Grant cluster administration role to a User : grant-cluster-admin-role

• Grant user administration role to a User : grant-user-admin-role
• List Users : list | ls
• Reset the password of a User : reset-password
• Revoke cluster administration role from a User : revoke-cluster-admin-role
• Revoke user administration role from a User : revoke-user-admin-role
• Show profile of current User : show-profile

Change the password of a User

ncli> user { change-password } current-password="current_password" new-
password="new_password"
Required arguments
current-password
Current password of the user
new-password
New password of the user

Add a new User

ncli> user { create | add } user-name="user_name" user-password="user_password"
first-name="first_name" last-name="last_name" email-id="email_id" [ middle-
initial="middle_initial" ]
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user
user-password
Password of the user
first-name
First name of the user

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 194

last-name
Last name of the user
email-id
Email address of the user
Optional arguments
middle-initial
Middle Initial of the user

Delete a User
ncli> user { delete | remove | rm } user-name="user_name"
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user

Disable a User
ncli> user { disable } user-name="user_name"
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user

Edit a User
ncli> user { edit | update } user-name="user_name" [ first-name="first_name" ][
last-name="last_name" ][ middle-initial="middle_initial" ][ email-id="email_id" ]
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user
Optional arguments
first-name
First name of the user
last-name
Last name of the user
middle-initial
Middle Initial of the user
email-id
Email address of the user

Enable a User
ncli> user { enable } user-name="user_name"
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user

Get the IP Addresses and browser details of a user who is currently logged in
ncli> user { get-logged-in-user | get-logged-in-user } username="username"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 195

Required arguments
username
UserName of the Logged in User

Get a list of all users who are currently logged in to the system along with their IP Addresses
and browser details
ncli> user { get-logged-in-users | get-logged-in-users }
Required arguments
None

Grant cluster administration role to a User

ncli> user { grant-cluster-admin-role } user-name="user_name"
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user

Grant user administration role to a User

ncli> user { grant-user-admin-role } user-name="user_name"
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user

List Users
ncli> user { list | ls }[ user-name="user_name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
user-name
User name of the user

Reset the password of a User

ncli> user { reset-password } user-name="user_name" password="password"
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user
password
password

Revoke cluster administration role from a User

ncli> user { revoke-cluster-admin-role } user-name="user_name"
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 196

Revoke user administration role from a User
ncli> user { revoke-user-admin-role } user-name="user_name"
Required arguments
user-name
User name of the user

Show profile of current User

ncli> user { show-profile }
Required arguments
None

vdisk: Virtual Disk

Description A Virtual Disk
Alias
Operations
• Create a (fast) clone of a Virtual Disk : clone
• Create a new Virtual Disk : create | add
• Edit a Virtual Disk : edit | update
• List Virtual Disks : list | ls
• List Snapshots : list-snapshots | ls-snaps
• Get stats data for Virtual Disks : list-stats | ls-stats
• Delete a Virtual Disk : remove | rm
• Remove reserved capacity of vdisks in a given container : remove-
reservation

• Create a new Snapshot of a Virtual Disk : snapshot | snap

Create a (fast) clone of a Virtual Disk

ncli> vdisk { clone } name="name" clone-names="clone_names" [ snap-
name="snap_name" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Virtual Disk
clone-names
A comma-separated list of names for the newly created Snapshots
Optional arguments
snap-name
Name of the Snapshot on which the clone is based

Create a new Virtual Disk

ncli> vdisk { create | add } name="name" max-capacity="max_capacity" [ ctr-
id="ctr_id" ][ ctr-name="ctr_name" ][ res-capacity="res_capacity" ][ fingerprint-
on-write="fingerprint_on_write" ][ on-disk-dedup="on_disk_dedup" ][ erasure-code-
delay="erasure_code_delay" ][ shared="shared" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 197

Required arguments
name
Name of the Virtual Disk
max-capacity
Max Capacity (GiB) of the Virtual Disk
Optional arguments
ctr-id
ID of the Storage Container for the Virtual Disk
ctr-name
Name of the Storage Container for the Virtual Disk
res-capacity
Reserved Capacity (GiB) of the Virtual Disk
fingerprint-on-write
Fingerprint on writes to the Virtual Disk {on, off, none}. This VDisk level setting
overrides the Storage Container level setting
on-disk-dedup
On-disk dedup of the Virtual Disk {off, post-process, none}. This VDisk level
setting overrides the Storage Container level setting.
erasure-code-delay
Erasure code delay (secs) of the Virtual Disk
shared
Is this a shared Virtual Disk?
Default: false

Edit a Virtual Disk

ncli> vdisk { edit | update } name="name" [ max-capacity="max_capacity" ][ res-
capacity="res_capacity" ][ fingerprint-on-write="fingerprint_on_write" ][ on-disk-
dedup="on_disk_dedup" ][ erasure-code-delay="erasure_code_delay" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Virtual Disk
Optional arguments
max-capacity
Max Capacity (GiB) of the Virtual Disk
res-capacity
Reserved Capacity (GiB) of the Virtual Disk
fingerprint-on-write
Fingerprint on writes to the Virtual Disk {on, off, none}. This VDisk level setting
overrides the Storage Container level setting
on-disk-dedup
On-disk dedup of the Virtual Disk {off, post-process, none}. This VDisk level
setting overrides the Storage Container level setting.
erasure-code-delay
Erasure code delay (secs) of the Virtual Disk

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 198

List Virtual Disks
ncli> vdisk { list | ls }[ names="names" ][ vm-id="vm_id" ][ ctr-id="ctr_id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
names
A comma-separated list of the names of the Virtual Disks
vm-id
ID of a Virtual Machine that the Virtual Disk is mapped to
ctr-id
Get Virtual Disks in the specified Storage Container

List Snapshots
ncli> vdisk { list-snapshots | ls-snaps }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Virtual Disk or Snapshot

Get stats data for Virtual Disks

ncli> vdisk { list-stats | ls-stats }[ names="names" ][ vm-id="vm_id" ][ ctr-
id="ctr_id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
names
A comma-separated list of the names of the Virtual Disks
vm-id
ID of a Virtual Machine that the Virtual Disk is mapped to
ctr-id
Get Virtual Disks in the specified Storage Container

Delete a Virtual Disk

ncli> vdisk { remove | rm } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the Virtual Disk

Remove reserved capacity of vdisks in a given container. If container id not specified,

reserved capacity will be removed for all vdisks
ncli> vdisk { remove-reservation }[ ctr-id="ctr_id" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 199

Optional arguments
ctr-id
ID of the Storage Container

Create a new Snapshot of a Virtual Disk

ncli> vdisk { snapshot | snap } name="name" [ snap-name="snap_name" ]
Required arguments
name
Name of the Virtual Disk
Optional arguments
snap-name
Name of the Snapshot

virtual-disk: Virtual Disk

Description Commands for performing different actions on Virtual Disks.
Alias
Operations
• List Virtual Disk : list | ls

List Virtual Disk

ncli> virtual-disk { list | ls }[ id="id" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
Id of the Virtual Disk

virtualmachine: Virtual Machine

Description A Virtual Machine
Alias vm

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 200

Operations
• Attach a disk from file level restore capable snapshot to a VM : attach-flr-
disk

• Detach a file level restore disk from a VM : detach-flr-disk

• List Virtual Machine : list | ls
• Get all file level restore capable snapshots attached to a VM : list-attached-
flr-snapshots

• Get file level restore capable snapshots of a VM : list-flr-snapshots | ls-

flr-snaps

• Get snapshots of a VM : list-snapshots | ls-snaps

• Get stats data for Virtual Machine : list-stats | ls-stats
• Update FingerPrintOnWrite on all vdisks of a VM : update-fingerprint-on-
write

• Update OnDiskDedup on all vdisks of a VM : update-on-disk-dedup

Attach a disk from file level restore capable snapshot to a VM

ncli> virtualmachine { attach-flr-disk } vm-id="vm_id" snap-id="snap_id" disk-
label="disk_label"
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine
snap-id
Id of the Snapshot
disk-label
Label for disk to be attached

Detach a file level restore disk from a VM

ncli> virtualmachine { detach-flr-disk } vm-id="vm_id" attached-disk-
label="attached_disk_label"
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine
attached-disk-label
Attached disk label

List Virtual Machine

ncli> virtualmachine { list | ls }[ name="name" ][ id="id" ][ host-id="host_id" ][
get-unprotected-cbr-vms-only="get_unprotected_cbr_vms_only" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the Virtual Machine

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 201

id
ID of the Virtual Machine
host-id
ID of the Physical Host running Virtual Machines
get-unprotected-cbr-vms-only
Get only unprotected Virtual Machines that can participate in Nutanix Converged
Backup and Recovery?
Default: false

Get all file level restore capable snapshots attached to a VM.

ncli> virtualmachine { list-attached-flr-snapshots } vm-id="vm_id" [ snap-
id="snap_id" ]
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine
Optional arguments
snap-id
Id of the Snapshot

Get file level restore capable snapshots of a VM.

ncli> virtualmachine { list-flr-snapshots | ls-flr-snaps } vm-id="vm_id" [
snapshot-count="snapshot_count" ]
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine
Optional arguments
snapshot-count
Number of snapshots to be fetched. A value of 0 indicates all snapshots will be
returned.

Get snapshots of a VM.

ncli> virtualmachine { list-snapshots | ls-snaps } vm-id="vm_id" [ snap-
id="snap_id" ]
Required arguments
vm-id
ID of the Virtual Machine
Optional arguments
snap-id
Id of the Snapshot

Get stats data for Virtual Machine

ncli> virtualmachine { list-stats | ls-stats }[ name="name" ][ id="id" ][ host-
id="host_id" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 202

Optional arguments
name
Name of the Virtual Machine
id
ID of the Virtual Machine
host-id
ID of the Physical Host running Virtual Machines

Update FingerPrintOnWrite on all vdisks of a VM

ncli> virtualmachine { update-fingerprint-on-write } vm-id="vm_id" fingerprint-
on-write="fingerprint_on_write"
Required arguments
vm-id
Uuid of Virtual machine
fingerprint-on-write
Finger Print on Write

Update OnDiskDedup on all vdisks of a VM

ncli> virtualmachine { update-on-disk-dedup } vm-id="vm_id" on-disk-
dedup="on_disk_dedup"
Required arguments
vm-id
Uuid of Virtual machine
on-disk-dedup
On Disk Dedup

volume-group: Volume Groups

Description A Volume Group
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 203

Operations
• Attach Volume Group to VM : attach-to-vm
• Clone VM Disk for Volume Group : clone-disk
• Closes Volume Group for iSCSI initiators : close | detach-external
• Create Volume Group : create
• Create VM Disk for Volume Group : create-disk
• Delete Volume Group : delete
• Delete VM Disk from Volume Group : delete-disk
• Detach Volume Group to VM : detach-from-vm
• Inspect Volume Group : get
• List all Volume Groups : list | ls
• Show unprotected Volume Groups : list-unprotected
• Opens Volume Group for iSCSI initiators : open | attach-external
• Update Volume Group : update
• Update VM Disk for Volume Group : update-disk

Attach Volume Group to VM

ncli> volume-group { attach-to-vm } uuid="uuid" vm-uuid="vm_uuid" [ index="index"
]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
vm-uuid
Virtual machine UUID
Optional arguments
index
Volume Group index of the disk

Clone VM Disk for Volume Group

ncli> volume-group { clone-disk } uuid="uuid" [ vmdisk-uuid="vmdisk_uuid" ][ adsf-
filepath="adsf_filepath" ][ index="index" ][ size-mib="size_mib" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
Optional arguments
vmdisk-uuid
VM Disk UUID to clone from
adsf-filepath
ADSF file path to VM Disk to clone from
index
Volume Group index of the disk

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 204

size-mib
Size (MiB) to create a VM Disk for Volume Group

Closes Volume Group for iSCSI initiators

ncli> volume-group { close | detach-external } uuid="uuid" [ iscsi-
initiator="iscsi_initiator" ][ iscsi-client-ip="iscsi_client_ip" ][ iscsi-
client="iscsi_client" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
Optional arguments
iscsi-initiator
iSCSI qualified name
iscsi-client-ip
iSCSI client ip address
iscsi-client
List of supported authentication types

Create Volume Group

ncli> volume-group { create } name="name" [ description="description"
][ shared="shared" ][ iscsi-target="iscsi_target" ][ iscsi-target-
prefix="iscsi_target_prefix" ][ iscsi-initiator-name-list="iscsi_initiator_name_list" ][
attached-clients="attached_clients" ][ enabled-authentications="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
name
Volume Group name
Optional arguments
description
Volume Group description
shared
True or false indicating whether volume is shared across multiple iSCSI initiators
iscsi-target
iSCSI target name
iscsi-target-prefix
iSCSI target prefix name
iscsi-initiator-name-list
iSCSI qualified name list
attached-clients
List of the attached clients
enabled-authentications
List of supported authentication types

Create VM Disk for Volume Group

ncli> volume-group { create-disk } uuid="uuid" size-mib="size_mib" [ container-
id="container_id" ][ container-uuid="container_uuid" ][ index="index" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 205

Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
size-mib
Size (MiB) to create a VM Disk for Volume Group
Optional arguments
container-id
ID of Storage Container to create VM Disk
container-uuid
UUID of the Storage Container
index
Volume Group index of the disk

Delete Volume Group

ncli> volume-group { delete } uuid="uuid"
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group

Delete VM Disk from Volume Group

ncli> volume-group { delete-disk } uuid="uuid" index="index"
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
index
Volume Group index of the disk

Detach Volume Group to VM

ncli> volume-group { detach-from-vm } uuid="uuid" vm-uuid="vm_uuid" [
index="index" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
vm-uuid
Virtual machine UUID
Optional arguments
index
Volume Group index of the disk

Inspect Volume Group

ncli> volume-group { get }[ uuid="uuid" ][ name="name" ][ include-disk-
size="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
None

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 206

Optional arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
name
Name of the Volume Group
include-disk-size
Whether to include disk sizes, true by default

List all Volume Groups

ncli> volume-group { list | ls }[ include-disk-size="{ true | false }" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
include-disk-size
Whether to include disk sizes, true by default

Show unprotected Volume Groups

ncli> volume-group { list-unprotected }[ uuids="uuids" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
uuids
Volume Group UUIDs

Opens Volume Group for iSCSI initiators

ncli> volume-group { open | attach-external } uuid="uuid" [ iscsi-
initiator="iscsi_initiator" ][ iscsi-client-ip="iscsi_client_ip" ][ iscsi-
client="iscsi_client" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
Optional arguments
iscsi-initiator
iSCSI qualified name
iscsi-client-ip
iSCSI client ip address
iscsi-client
List of supported authentication types

Update Volume Group

ncli> volume-group { update } uuid="uuid" [ name="name" ][
description="description" ][ shared="shared" ][ iscsi-target="iscsi_target" ][ iscsi-
target-prefix="iscsi_target_prefix" ][ attached-clients="attached_clients" ][ enabled-
authentications="{ true | false }" ]

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 207

Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
Optional arguments
name
Volume Group name
description
Volume Group description
shared
True or false indicating whether volume is shared across multiple iSCSI initiators
iscsi-target
iSCSI target name
iscsi-target-prefix
iSCSI target prefix
attached-clients
List of the attached clients
enabled-authentications
List of supported authentication types

Update VM Disk for Volume Group

ncli> volume-group { update-disk } uuid="uuid" index="index" size-
mib="size_mib" [ preserve-data="preserve_data" ][ vmdisk-uuid="vmdisk_uuid" ][ adsf-
filepath="adsf_filepath" ]
Required arguments
uuid
UUID of the Volume Group
index
Volume Group index of the disk
size-mib
Size (MiB) to create a VM Disk for Volume Group
Optional arguments
preserve-data
Whether to preserve data of the volume disk, true by default
vmdisk-uuid
VM Disk UUID to clone from
adsf-filepath
ADSF file path to VM Disk to clone from

vstore: VStore
Description A file namespace in a Storage Container
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 208

Operations
• List VStores : list | ls
• Protect a VStore : protect
• Unprotect a VStore : unprotect

List VStores
ncli> vstore { list | ls }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of a VStore
name
Name of a VStore

Protect a VStore. Files in a protected VStore are replicated to a Remote Site at a defined
frequency and these protected files can be recovered in the event of a disaster
ncli> vstore { protect }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of a VStore
name
Name of a VStore

Unprotect a VStore
ncli> vstore { unprotect }[ id="id" ][ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
id
ID of a VStore
name
Name of a VStore

vzone: vZone
Description A vZone
Alias

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 209

Operations
• Add Physical Hosts to a vZone : add-hosts
• Add Virtual Disks to a vZone : add-vdisks
• Create a new vZone : create | add
• List vZones : list | ls
• Delete avZone : remove | rm
• Remove allVirtual Disks from a vZone : remove-all-vdisks
• Remove Virtual Disks from a vZone : remove-vdisks

Add Physical Hosts to a vZone

ncli> vzone { add-hosts } name="name" host-ids="host_ids"
Required arguments
name
Name of the vZone
host-ids
A comma-separated list of the ids of the Physical Hosts

Add Virtual Disks to a vZone

ncli> vzone { add-vdisks } name="name" vdisk-names="vdisk_names"
Required arguments
name
Name of the vZone
vdisk-names
A comma-separated list of the names of the Virtual Disks

Create a new vZone

ncli> vzone { create | add } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the vZone

List vZones
ncli> vzone { list | ls }[ name="name" ]
Required arguments
None
Optional arguments
name
Name of the vZone

Delete avZone
ncli> vzone { remove | rm } name="name"

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 210

Required arguments
name
Name of the vZone

Remove allVirtual Disks from a vZone

ncli> vzone { remove-all-vdisks } name="name"
Required arguments
name
Name of the vZone

Remove Virtual Disks from a vZone

ncli> vzone { remove-vdisks } name="name" vdisk-names="vdisk_names"
Required arguments
name
Name of the vZone
vdisk-names
A comma-separated list of the names of the Virtual Disks

AOS | Nutanix Command-Line Interface (nCLI) | 211

3
CONTROLLER VM COMMANDS
Specifying Credentials
When specifying a password on the command line, always enclose the password in single
quotes. For example:--hypervisor_password='nutanix/4u'

• To display all user name and password options for diagnostics.py, type /home/nutanix/
diagnostics/diagnostics.py --help | egrep -A1 'password|user'
--hypervisor_password: Default hypervisor password.
(default: 'nutanix/4u')

--hyperv_hypervisor_username: The username to use when logging into the local

Hyper-V node.

--hypervisor_username: The username to use when logging into the local

hypervisor.

--ipmi_password: The password to use when logging into the local IPMI device.
(default: 'ADMIN')
--ipmi_username: The username to use when logging into the local IPMI device.
(default: 'ADMIN')

--kmip_user_id: Username to insert into certificate signing request.

(default: 'nutanix')

--nsc_username: User name that provides services through SSH at Nutanix

service center.

• You can find all user name and password options for cluster, genesis, and setup_hyperv.py
by also typing --help | egrep -A1 'password|user' as part of the command. For example,
setup_hyperv.py --help | egrep -A1 'password|user'

cluster

Usage
Usage: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/bin/cluster [flags] [command]

commands:

add_public_key
convert_cluster
create
destroy
disable_auto_install
enable_auto_install
firmware_upgrade
foundation_upgrade
host_upgrade

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 212

ipconfig
lite_upgrade
migrate_zeus
pass_shutdown_token
reconfig
remove_all_public_keys
remove_public_key
reset
restart_genesis
set_two_node_cluster_leader
start
status
stop
upgrade
upgrade_node

/usr/local/nutanix/cluster/bin/cluster
--add_dependencies
Include Dependencies.
Default: false
--backplane_netmask
Backplane netmask
--backplane_network
Backplane network config
Default: false
--backplane_subnet
Backplane subnet
--backplane_vlan
Backplane VLAN id
Default: -1
--block_aware
Set to True to enable block awareness.
Default: false
--bundle
Bundle for upgrading host in cluster.
--clean_debug_data
If 'clean_debug_data' is True, then when we destroy a cluster we will also remove
the logs, binary logs, cached packages, and core dumps on each node.
Default: false
--cluster_external_ip
Cluster ip to manage the entire cluster.
--cluster_function_list
List of functions of the cluster (use with create). Accepted functions are
['minerva', 'multicluster', 'two_node_cluster', 'jump_box_vm', 'ags_cluster',
'one_node_cluster', 'xi_vm', 'iam_cluster', 'ndfs', 'extension_store_vm',
'witness_vm', 'cloud_data_gateway']
Default: ndfs

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 213

--cluster_name
Name of the cluster (use with create).
--cluster_uuid
Cluster uuid for cluster in string format.
--config
Path to the cluster configuration file.
--container_name
Name of the default container on the cluster.
--dns_servers
Comma separated list of one or more DNS servers.
--domain_password
Domain password of the hosts.
--domain_username
Domain username of the hosts.
--enable_lite_upgrade
Set to False to disable lite upgrade before it is ready.
Default: true
--firmware_upgrade
Operation specified will be done in context of firmware upgrade
Default: false
--force_install_genesis
Installs the infrastructure package on all of the nodes.
Default: true
--foundation_upgrade
Operation specified will be done in context of foundation upgrade
Default: false
--hardware_device_type
Type of hardware device. Please specify one of the following: disk nic hba bios
bmc. (Currently supported: disk, bios, bmc.)
--help
show this help
Default: 0
--helpfull
Show flags for all modules
Default: false
--helpshort
show usage only for this module
Default: 0
--helpxml
like --help, but generates XML output
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 214

--host_upgrade
Operation specified will be done in context of host_upgrade
Default: false
--hyperv_sku
Hypervisor sku to which the HyperV host is being upgraded.
--hypervisor
Hypervisor that needs to be upgraded. Possible values: esx, kvm, hyperv.
--ignore_preupgrade_tests
Perform preupgrade tests
Default: false
--ignore_vm_conversion_warnings
Ignore vm conversion errors during cluster conversion.
Default: false
--inline_firmware_upgrade
Firmware upgrade will be done inline
Default: false
--installer_dir_path
Location of the Nutanix installer directory.
--ip_specification_json
JSON file with IP configuration.
--key_file
Nutanix default SSH public key.
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys/nutanix.pub
--key_name
Identifier of the public ssh key in the cluster.
Default: legacy_nos_compatibility
--license_file_zknode
Path to the zookeeper node that contains the cluster license information.
Default: /appliance/logical/license/license_file
--lockdown_mode
Flag for lockdown mode
Default: false
--manual_upgrade
Manual upgrade method.
Default: false
--md5sum
Md5sum of the bundle.
--migrate_from
The old zeus node IP address for Zeus migration.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 215

--migrate_to
The new zeus node IP address for Zeus migration.
--no_verification
Skip verification for package integrity.
Default: true
--ntp_servers
Comma separated list of one or more NTP servers.
--nutanix_default_password_salt
Seed prism admin password only if the password hash does not contain this salt.
Default: $6$Mkd8T74/$
--password_lockdown_mode
Flag for password lockdown mode
Default: false
--python_proto_egg_path
Path of protobuf egg relative to the install dir.
Default: lib/py/protobuf-2.6.1-py2.6-linux-x86_64.egg
--rack_aware
Set to True to enable rack awareness.
Default: false
--rack_config_json_path
Path to the json file containing svm_ips to rack namemapping. Json file will
contain svm_ips as the keys and the name of the rack they belong to, as values
--redundancy_factor
Max redundancy factor supported by the cluster. 'redundancy_factor - 1'
determines the number of node failures that the cluster should be able to
tolerate.
Default: -1
--remove_installer_dir
Whether or not to remove the installer directory automatically when finished.
Default: true
--reset_gflags_on_destroy
When performing cluster destroy, remove all gflag files.
Default: false
--seed_prism_password
Seed Prism admin password to be the same as the nutanix user if nutanix user
has non-default password.
Default: true
--shutdown_token_ip
IP address of intended shutdown token holder SVM.
--skip_discovery
Skip mdns discovery.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 216

Default: false
--skip_reconfig
Skip CVM reconfig.
Default: false
--skip_upgrade
Skip actual upgrade.
Default: false
--stand_alone_upgrade_timeout
Timeout for stand-alone upgrade.
Default: 600
--svm_ips
Comma separated list of IP addresses of one or more SVMs in the target cluster.
Not required if cluster.cfg is being used.
--svm_login
User name for logging into SVM.
Default: nutanix
--target_hypervisor
Target hypervisor type for cluster conversion. Valid types esx/kvm.
--timeout
Number of seconds each command to SVMs should take.
Default: 180
--upgrade_node_ip
Ipv4 or IPv6 address of node to be upgraded.
--vcenter_json_file
File containing vcenter details for dial workflow. The json has host, username and
password keys.
--vcenter_not_required
Set it to true if vcenter is not used to manage ESX cluster.
Default: false
--verification_file
Metadata file for package integrity, upgrade info.
--version
Version to which upgrade needs to be performed.
--wait
Wait for action to complete.
Default: true

cluster.ce_helper
--ce_version_map_znode_path
Zookeeper node containing the CE version mapping.
Default: /appliance/logical/community_edition/version_map

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 217

cluster.cluster_upgrade
--svm_reboot_timeout
Maximum time expected for SVM to reboot/shutdown.
Default: 420

cluster.consts
--allow_hetero_sed_node
Flag that can be set by an SRE to let a node have a mix of sed and non-sed disks.
Default: true
--app_deployment_progress_zknode
Zknode to use for deployment state machine
Default: /appliance/logical/app_deployment_progress
--app_deployment_proto_zknode
Zknode to use for deployment state machine
Default: /appliance/logical/app_deployment_info
--authorized_certs_file
Path to file containing list of permitted SSL certs.
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys/AuthorizedCerts.txt
--auxiliary_config_json_path
Path to the auxiliary_config.json file
Default: /etc/nutanix/auxiliary_config.json
--build_last_commit_date_path
Path to the file that contains the local release version's last commit date.
Default: /etc/nutanix/build_last_commit_date
--cassandra_health_znode
Zookeeper node where each cassandra creates an ephmeral node indicating it is
currently available.
Default: /appliance/logical/health-monitor/cassandra
--cluster_disabled_services
Zookeeper node where a service profile is represented asthe set of services to
disable.
Default: /appliance/logical/cluster_disabled_services
--command_timeout_secs
Number of seconds to spend retrying an RPC request.
Default: 180
--compute_only_enabled
Boolean signifying CO feature support in current NOS
Default: true
--convert_cluster_zknode
Holds information about cluster conversion operations and current status for
each node.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 218

Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/convert_cluster
--csr_cn_entry
Common name to use instead of <node_uuid>.nutanix.com
Default: None
--csr_cn_suffix
Suffix to use instead of nutanix.com when creating CSR
Default: nutanix.com
--cvm_certs_file
File containing SSL certs of all CVMs in the cluster.
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys/cvm_certs
--cx4_rdma_support
Boolean to control whether to enable/disable CX4 RDMA feature
Default: true
--default_cvm_password
Default password for the CVM.
Default: nutanix/4u
--default_disable_services_file
Path to the default_disabled_services.json file.
Default: /home/nutanix/config/genesis/service_profiles/
default_disabled_services.json
--default_host_password
Default password for the hypervisor.
Default: nutanix/4u
--default_remote_shell_receive_timeout_secs
The default timeout for idle connections after which the connection is terminated
if there is no activity.
Default: 3600
--default_remote_shell_socket_timeout_secs
Timeout for the socket connecting to NutanixHostAgent.
Default: 300
--default_remote_shell_timeout_secs
The default timeout for completion of a powershell command made by calling
the execute method.
Default: 3600
--default_upgrade_info_zknode
Location in a zookeeper where we keep the Upgrade node information.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/nos
--degraded_node_policy_dir
Zookeeper directory where we store the degraded_node_policy
Default: /appliance/logical/zookeeper-monitor

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 219

--degraded_node_policy_path
Zookeeper location to store the degraded node shutdown policy.
Default: /appliance/logical/zookeeper-monitor/degraded_node_policy
--dell_ptagent_password
Password for dell ptagent user 'ptuser'
Default: Dellam123
--dell_ptagent_port
Port of dell PTagent REST service
Default: 8086
--dell_ptagent_user_name
User name for dell ptagent
Default: ptuser
--deployment_container_name
Name for the private container for app images.
Default: NutanixManagementShare
--deployment_info_zknode
Zknode to keep download info related to uvm deployments
Default: /appliance/logical/deployment_info
--disable_cluster_sync_marker_path
Path of the marker to disable Cluster Sync.
Default: /home/nutanix/.disable_cluster_sync
--disk_diagnostics_asup_path
Path for disk diagnostics ASUP data.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/serviceability/disk_diagnostics_run.json
--enable_hyperv_internal_switch_ha_monitoring
Flag that can be set by an SRE to disable the HyperV HA algorithm of monitoring
the internal switch health.
Default: false
--enable_legacy_aplos_uwsgi_stack
If True, then the legacy Aplos stack with uwsgi is started. If False, v3 APIs are
routed through Mercury.
Default: true
--ergon_register_name
Name of component to be registered with ergon service.
Default: Genesis
--esx_cvm_backplane_portgroup
Portgroup for backplane interface created in CVM.
Default: CVM Backplane Network
--esx_external_vswitch
External vswitch name in ESX host.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 220

Default: vSwitch0
--esx_host_backplane_portgroup
Portgroup for backplane interface created in ESXi host.
Default: Backplane Network
--expand_cluster_info_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep the info for nodes to be added.
Default: /appliance/logical/expand_cluster_info
--expand_cluster_status_znode
Location in Zookeeper where the list for nodes which are currently being added
by Genesis are kept.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/expand_cluster_status
--expand_cluster_whitelist_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep the whitelist containing allowed
hypervisors for imaging new nodes.
Default: /appliance/logical/expand_cluster_whitelist
--factory_config_json_path
Path to the factory_config.json file.
Default: /etc/nutanix/factory_config.json
--firmware_config_json_path
Path to json file storing information about firmware of hardware devices such as
BIOS and BMC.
Default: /etc/nutanix/firmware_config.json
--firmware_installer_storage
Directory where the firmware installer is located.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/installer/firmware
--firmware_upgrade_fatal_failure
Firmware upgrade failed and hardware is not working.
Default: fatal
--firmware_upgrade_params_znode
Zookeeper location to store firmware upgrade parameters.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/firmware_upgrade_params
--firmware_upgrade_recoverable_failure
Firmware upgrade failed but hardware is functioning ok.
Default: recoverable
--firmware_znode
Zookeeper node where we keep firmware upgrade information.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/firmware
--foundation_port
Port on which foundation service listens.
Default: 8000

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 221

--foundation_upgrade_flock_path
Path to the flock in order that must be acquired before running the foundation
upgrade script.
Default: /home/nutanix/foundation_upgrade_lock
--foundation_upgrade_info_znode
Location in a zookeeper where we keep the foundationUpgrade node
information.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/foundation
--foundation_upgrade_installer_dir
Directory where all foundation upgrade related packages are stored.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/installer/foundation
--foundation_upgrade_params_znode
Zookeeper location to store foundation upgrade paramteters.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/foundation_upgrade_params
--foundation_url_port
Foundation service port.
Default: 8000
--foundation_version
Zookeeper location to store foundation version.
Default: /appliance/logical/foundation/version
--frozen_mounts_file
Path to the file that indicates that Nutanix mountpoints are currently frozen.
Default: /tmp/frozen_nutanix_mounts
--genesis_bin_dir
Directory where all of the Genesis scripts are located.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/bin
--genesis_jsonrpc_url
URL of the JSON RPC handler on the Genesis HTTP server.
Default: /jsonrpc
--genesis_libs
Directory where genesis libraries are located.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/lib
--genesis_path
Path to genesis command on SVMs.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/bin/genesis
--genesis_port
Port that Genesis listens on.
Default: 2100
--genesis_rpc_timeout_secs
Timeout for each Genesis RPC.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 222

Default: 60
--genesis_wal_zk_path
Path to zknode that will be used as a wal to implement any genesis operations
idempotently.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/_genesis_wal
--hades_config_znode_dir
Parent zookeeper directory for hades config per CVM.
Default: /appliance/physical/hades/configuration
--hades_location
Location of Hades binary.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/bootstrap/bin/hades
--hades_znode_dir
Parent zookeeper directory for hades information.
Default: /appliance/physical/hades
--hardware_config_json_path
Path to the hardware_config.json file.
Default: /etc/nutanix/hardware_config.json
--hardware_config_znode_path
Zookeeper node base path containing the hardware configurations of each node.
Default: /appliance/physical/hardware_configs
--hcl_json_path
Path to the hcl.json file.
Default: /etc/nutanix/hcl.json
--health_monitor_znode
Zookeeper node where ephmeral nodes of services are created.
Default: /appliance/logical/health-monitor
--host_bootdisk_repair_preprocess_znode
Location in Zookeeper where the status of the host bootdisk repair preprocess is
kept.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/host_bootdisk_preprocess
--host_bootdisk_repair_status_znode
Location in Zookeeper where the status of the host bootdisk repair is kept.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/host_bootdisk_repair_status
--host_bundle_name
Base name of the host bundle to be copied to other CVM and hosts.
Default: host-bundle
--host_ssh_key
Location of ssh key for accessing the CVM's host.
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys/host

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 223

--host_ssl_cert
Location of ssl cer for accessing the CVM's Hyperv host.
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys/host.cer
--host_upgrade_flock_path
Path to the flock in order that must be acquired before running host upgrade
Default: /tmp/host_upgrade_lock
--host_upgrade_installer_dir
Directory where all hypervisor upgrade related bundle are stored.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/installer/hypervisor/
--host_znode
Zookeeper node where we keep the host related dataof the cluster.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/hypervisor
--hpssacli_location
Location of hpssacli utility.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/lib/hp/hpssacli
--hyperv_details_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep the HyperV details, like domain info,
failover cluster info, used when adding new hyperv nodes to cluster.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/hyperv_details
--hyperv_external_vswitch_name
Default name of the network switch for Hyper-V's external network.
Default: ExternalSwitch
--hyperv_failed_internal_switch_health_znode
Zookeeper node where genesis on each node monitors the health of their internal
switch and publishes if bad.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/hyperv_failed_internal_switch_health
--hyperv_host_backplane_adapter
Backplane Adapter created in Hyperv host.
Default: Backplane
--hyperv_hypervisor_username
The username to use when logging into the local Hyper-V node.
Default: Administrator
--hyperv_internal_adapter_macaddr
MAC address of the internal network adapter connected to the CVM in Hyper-V
nodes.
Default: 00:15:5D:00:00:80
--hyperv_internal_vswitch_name
Default name of the network switch for Hyper-V's internal network.
Default: InternalSwitch

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 224

--hyperv_ipmicfg_relative_path
Path of the ipmicfg utility in a Hyper-V node relative to the Nutanix directory.
Default: \ipmicfg\IPMICFG-Win.exe
--hyperv_lsiutil_relative_path
Path of the LSIUtil utility in a Hyper-V node relative to the Nutanix directory.
Default: \Utils\LSIUtil.exe
--hyperv_megacli64_relative_path
Path of the MegaCli64 utility in a Hyper-V node relative to the Nutanix directory.
Default: \Utils\MegaCli64.exe
--hyperv_powershell_path
The path to the powershell binary on the Hyper-V host.
Default: ${env:windir}\System32\WindowsPowerShell\v1.0\powershell.exe
--hyperv_sas2ircu_relative_path
Path of the sas2ircu utility in a Hyper-V node relative to the Nutanix directory.
Default: \Utils\sas2ircu.exe
--hyperv_sas3ircu_relative_path
Path of the sas3ircu utility in a Hyper-V node relative to the Nutanix directory.
Default: \Utils\sas3ircu.exe
--hyperv_sg_raw_path
Path to the utility to allow sg_raw on Hyper-V clusters.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/winsg_raw
--hyperv_sg_scan_relative_path
Path of the sg_scan utility in a Hyper-V node relative to the Nutanix directory.
Default: \Utils\sg_scan.exe
--hyperv_sg_ses_relative_path
Path of the sg_ses utility in a Hyper-V node relative to the Nutanix directory.
Default: \Utils\sg_ses.exe
--hyperv_upgrade_min_space
Minimum space required for hyperv host upgrade.
Default: 6291456
--hyperv_upgrade_status_znode
Location where the status of the hyperv upgrade is kept.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/hyperv_upgrade_status
--hypervisor_esxi_smartctl_path
Path to the smartctl binary on ESX.
Default: /scratch/smartctl
--hypervisor_esxi_smartctl_wrapper_path
Path to the smartctl wrapper script on ESX.
Default: /smartctl

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 225

--hypervisor_imaging_foundation_zknode
Holds IP address of CVM which needs to be reimaged using foundation service.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/hypervisor_imaging/foundation
--hypervisor_imaging_zknode
Holds details of the node which needs to be reimaged using foundation service.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/hypervisor_imaging
--hypervisor_installer_dir
Path at which various hypervisor installer tarballs are kept.
Default: /home/nutanix/software_downloads/hypervisor
--hypervisor_installer_info_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep the info about the hypervisor installers.
Default: /appliance/logical/software_info/hypervisor_installer
--hypervisor_internal_ip
Internal IP address of the hypervisor.
Default: 192.168.5.1
--hypervisor_ipmicfg_menu_path
Path to the ipmicfg Menu.dat on hypervisor.
Default: /Menu.dat
--hypervisor_ipmicfg_path
Path to the ipmicfg binary on hypervisor.
Default: /ipmicfg
--hypervisor_release_version_path
File on hypervisor that contains the local AHV version.
Default: /etc/nutanix-release
--hypervisor_username
The username to use when logging into the local hypervisor.
Default: root
--installer_storage
Directory where the installer is located.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/installer
--ip6tables_backup_path
Path to the backup of ip6tables file
Default: /home/nutanix/config/salt_templates/ip6tables.backup
--ip6tables_path
Path to the ip6tables file
Default: /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables
--ipmi_password
The password to use when logging into the local IPMI device.
Default: ADMIN

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 226

--ipmi_username
The username to use when logging into the local IPMI device.
Default: ADMIN
--iptables_backup_path
Path to the backup of iptables file
Default: /home/nutanix/config/salt_templates/iptables.backup
--iptables_path
Path to the iptables file
Default: /etc/sysconfig/iptables
--key_management_server_test_result
Path to zknode that will store key management server test results.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/kms_test_result
--kmip_user_id
Username to insert into certificate signing request.
Default: nutanix
--kvm_external_vswitch
External vswitch name in KVM host.
Default: br0
--kvm_host_backplane_interface
Backplane interface created in KVM host.
Default: br0-backplane
--la_jolla_destroy_info_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep La Jolla destroy specific info.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/la_jolla_destroy_info
--la_jolla_destroy_mount_path
Location of mount path for la_jolla_destroy.
Default: /tmp/la_jolla_destroy
--la_jolla_directory_name
Name of the directory where LaJolla contents will besaved on disk.
Default: lajolla
--la_jolla_info_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep La Jolla specific info.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/la_jolla_info
--la_jolla_marker_file
Marker file name for la_jolla.
Default: workload.json
--la_jolla_mount_path
Location of mount path for la_jolla.
Default: /tmp/la_jolla

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 227

--la_jolla_pre_deploy_info_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep La Jolla pre deployment specific info.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/la_jolla_pre_deploy_info
--la_jolla_share
Name of the share containing La Jolla contents.
Default: /ManagementShare
--local_esxi_smartctl_path
Local path to the smartctl binary for ESX.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/bootstrap/lib/smartctl.esx
--local_esxi_smartctl_wrapper_path
Local path to the smartctl wrapper for ESX.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/bootstrap/lib/smartctl.esx.sh
--local_ipmicfg_menu_path
Path to the ipmicfg Menu.dat on the local host.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/lib/esx5/Menu.dat
--local_ipmicfg_path
Path to the ipmicfg binary on the local host.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/lib/esx5/IPMICFG-Linux.x86_64
--local_timezone_path
Path to the file that contains the local timezone.
Default: /etc/localtime
--logpipe_path
Path to logpipe.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/logpipe
--low_water_mark_file
File where the time manager logs the time every minute
Default: /home/nutanix/.low_water_mark.json
--maintenance_mode_history_file
The path of maintenance mode history file which records the time when CVM
entered maintenance mode.
Default: /home/nutanix/config/maintenance_mode.history
--manual_discovery_timeout_secs
Timeout for manual discovery API.
Default: 30
--mount_dir
Path of storage dir where disk should be mounted
Default: /home/nutanix/data/stargate-storage/disks
--ndp_timeout_secs
Timeout for hitting NDP manually.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 228

Default: 20
--network_segmentation_enable_znode
Location in Zookeeper where the network segmentation enable parameters and
status are kept.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/network_segmentation_params
--node_in_firmware_upgrade_znode
This node exists if some node is undergoing firmware upgrade of hardware
components. It stores information about that node.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/firmware/upgrade_node
--node_shutdown_token_priority_list
Location in Zookeeper where we keep list of svm ips which are given preference
for token.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/node_shutdown_priority_list
--node_ssh_key
Location of ssh key for accessing remote CVMs and hosts.
Default: /home/nutanix/.ssh/id_rsa
--node_ssl_cert
Location of ssl cer for accessing remote Hyperv hosts.
Default: /home/nutanix/.ssh/id_rsa.cer
--non_ha_vm_info
Location where the non-HA VMs configuration file path is stored
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/non_ha_vm_info
--nos_installer_dir
Path at which NOS installer tarballs are kept.
Default: /home/nutanix/software_downloads/nos
--ntp_external_netif
Network interface of SVM for communicating with NTP server.
Default: all
--ntpd_driftfile_path
Path to the NTPD daemon's drift file.
Default: /var/lib/ntp/drift
--nutanix_bin_dir
Path to the nutanix bin folder.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin
--nutanix_binary_log_dir
Directory containing binary logs.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/binary_logs
--nutanix_core_dir
Directory containing core dumps of all Nutanix binaries.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/cores

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 229

--nutanix_data_dir
Path to the nutanix data folder.
Default: /home/nutanix/data
--nutanix_default_ssh_key
Nutanix default SSH key used for logging into SVM.
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys/nutanix
--nutanix_home
Nutanix home directory.
Default: /home/nutanix
--nutanix_host_agent_port
The port on which the NutanixHostAgent service listens on the Hyper-V host.
Default: 3071
--nutanix_lock_dir
Directory containing Nutanix service lock files.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/locks
--nutanix_storage_dir
Nutanix storage directory
Default: /home/nutanix/data/stargate-storage/disks
--pc_deployment_ephemeral
Zknode to use for task tracking
Default: /appliance/logical/pc_deployment_ephemeral
--persistent_foundation_cvms_zk_path
Zookeeper node to track which cvms have foundation started in a 'persistent'
mode
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/persistent_foundation
--phoenix_firmware_installer_path
Path to the module in phoenix image which does firmware install.
Default: /phoenix/firmware_installer.py
--phoenix_firmware_installer_sh_path
Path to the shell script in phoenix image which triggers firmware install.
Default: /phoenix/firmware_installer.sh
--planned_outage_zk_path
Expect ZK child nodes under this path that are IP addresses of nodes that are
going down.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/planned_outage
--prism_monitor_port
Default port used by Prism Monitor.
Default: 2019
--release_tag_path
Path to the file that contains the local release tag.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 230

Default: /etc/nutanix/release_tag
--release_version_path
Path to the file that contains the local release version.
Default: /etc/nutanix/release_version
--rolling_restart_znode
Location in Zookeeper where the intent of rollingrestart is committed.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/rolling_restart_znode
--rolling_svm_update_znode
Location in Zookeeper where the intent of rollingsvm update is committed.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/rolling_svm_update_znode
--salt_command_path
Path to the script to run salt related state changes.
Default: /srv/salt/statechange
--salt_state_configuration_directory
Directory where the current salt states are maintained.
Default: /home/saltstates
--sas3ircu_location
Location of sas3ircu utility.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/lib/lsi-sas/sas3ircu
--sasircu_location
Location of sas2ircu utility.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/lib/lsi-sas/sas2ircu
--secure_files_zkpath
Path of the Zookeeper node storing Azure certificates.
Default: /appliance/logical/secure_files
--sed_certs_file_name
Name of the file containing list of signed certs of the node.
Default: SEDCerts.txt
--sed_flock_path
File to use as a lock to ensure orderly trusted_storage_device calls to the drives.
Default: /tmp/sed_tool_lock
--sed_status_flush_seconds
Number of seconds to wait before flushing the status of a self encrypting drive
operation.
Default: 10
--sed_tool_path
Path to the self_encrypting_drive binary.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/bootstrap/bin/self_encrypting_drive

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 231

--self_encrypting_drive_config_zkpath
Path to the zookeeper node where self encrypting drive configuration is stored.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/sed_state
--self_encrypting_drives_operation_status
Path to the zookeeper node where each drive will store it's status after an
operation was issued
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/sed_operation_status
--service_vm_config_json_path
Path to the service_vm_config.json file.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/stargate-storage/service_vm_config.json
--services_definition
Zookeeper node where a service profile stored.
Default: /appliance/logical/services_definition
--sg_raw_path
Path to the sg_raw binary.
Default: /usr/bin/sg_raw
--sg_ses_location
Location of sg_ses utility.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/lib/sg3utils/bin/sg_ses
--single_ssd_repair_status_znode
Location in Zookeeper where the status for node which is currently being
repaired by Genesis is kept.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/single_ssd_repair_status
--ssd_threshold_to_enable_multiqueue_nic
Number of SSDs needed to be on the node to enable features like multi-queue
Default: 4
--ssh_key_dir
Location of ssh keys and ssl certificates
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys
--stargate_disk_config
JSON file on stargate disk holding disk config
Default: disk_config.json
--stargate_ha_term_conn_ack_timeout_msecs
The stargate NfsTerminate ACK timeout value to be set. This is used only when
there are hyper-v nodes in the cluster. This value is set on all stargates before
upgrade and also set persistently in stargate.gflags
Default: 30000
--stargate_health_znode
Zookeeper node where each stargate creates an ephmeral node indicating it is
currently available.
Default: /appliance/logical/health-monitor/stargate

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 232

--stargate_port
Port for Stargate.
Default: 2009
--storcli64_location
Path to storcli utility.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/lib/storcli/storcli64
--svm_backplane_netif
Backplane network interface of SVM to communicate with other nodes within
cluster.
Default: eth2
--svm_ca_bundle_path
Path to the CA certificate bundle file.
Default: /home/nutanix/certs/ca.pem
--svm_ca_certs_dir
Directory where CA certificates are cached on the filesystem.
Default: /home/nutanix/certs/CA_certs
--svm_certs_dir
Directory where certificates are cached on the filesystem.
Default: /home/nutanix/certs
--svm_csr_path
Path to local Svm's certificate signing request file.
Default: /home/nutanix/certs/svm.csr
--svm_eth1_mtu_size
eth1 MTU size configured in the SVMs.
Default: 1500
--svm_external_netif
External network interface of SVM to communicate with other SVMs.
Default: eth0
--svm_internal_ip
IP address of the SVM IP address on the internal Nutanix vSwitch.
Default: 192.168.5.2
--svm_internal_netif
Internal network interface of the SVM to communicate with local hypervisor.
Default: eth1
--svm_internal_sub_netif
Internal network sub-interface of the SVM to communicate with local hypervisor.
Default: eth1:1
--svm_mtu_size
eth0 MTU size configured in the SVMs.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 233

Default: 1500
--svm_non_ha_internal_ip
Internal IP address of SVM that is not redirected for HA.
Default: 192.168.5.254
--svm_os_version
The default version of SVM os
Default: centos
--svm_private_key_path
Path to local Svm's digital certificates private key.
Default: /home/nutanix/certs/svm.key
--svm_self_signed_cert_path
Path to local Svm's self signed certificate.
Default: /home/nutanix/certs/svm.crt
--svmboot_iso_upgraded
Name of the customized svmboot iso used during AOS upgrade
Default: svmboot.iso.upgraded
--svmboot_xenserver_iso
xenserver specific svmboot -- to workaround kexec issues
Default: svmboot-415-xenserver.iso
--tentative_backplane_ips
Location in Zookeeper where the node tentative ips used for network
segmentation would be kept.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/tentative_backplane_ips
--test_lcm_rpc_enable
Flag that can be set to allow lcm to expose rpc call to automation test.
Default: false
--upgrade_finish_flock_path
Path to the flock in order that must be acquired before running the finish script.
Default: /tmp/upgrade_finish_lock
--upgrade_flock_path
Path to the flock in order that must be acquired before running the upgrade
install script.
Default: /tmp/upgrade_lock
--upgrade_info_firmware_znode
Location in a zookeeper where we keep the upgrade information for firmware
upgrades published by Prism.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/firmware
--upgrade_info_znode
Location in a zookeeper where we keep the Upgrade node information.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/nos

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 234

--upgrade_info_znode_dir
Parent Directory of location in a zookeeper where we keep the Upgrade node
information.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info
--upgrade_params_znode
Zookeeper location to store upgrade paramteters.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/upgrade_params
--vcenter_info
zk node of host to vcenter info
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/vcenter_info
--vmxnet3_rx_queue_size
RX buffer size for vmxnet3.
Default: 2048
--vmxnet3_tx_queue_size
TX buffer size for vmxnet3.
Default: 512
--witness_config_cache_path
Path to the witness configuration cache kept in sync by witness manager
Default: /home/nutanix/config/witness_config_proto.dat
--witness_config_zknode
Zookeeper node containing the witness config once it is created.
Default: /appliance/witness_config
--xen_details_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep the Xen details, like credentials, etc when
adding new xen nodes to cluster.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/xen_details
--xi_cluster_ssh_key
Xi Cluster SSH key used to login using the cluster vipcreated by DCM
Default: /home/nutanix/xi_ssh_key_dir/nutanix
--xi_ssh_key_dir
Location of ssh keys specific to the cluster created by DCM
Default: /home/nutanix/xi_ssh_key_dir
--zeus_config_cache_path
Path to the zeus configuration cache kept in sync by Genesis.
Default: /home/nutanix/config/configuration_proto.dat
--zkmigration_wal_path
Path to the zookeeper migration local WAL.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper_monitor/zookeeper_migration.wal
--zkquorum_change_wal_path
Path to the zookeeper quorum change local WAL.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 235

Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper_monitor/quorum_change.wal
--zookeeper_ca_certs_zkdir
Path to the zookeeper directory node where CA certificates are stored.
Default: /appliance/logical/certs/CA_certs
--zookeeper_certs_zkdir
Path to the zookeeper directory node where Svm certificates are stored.
Default: /appliance/logical/certs
--zookeeper_host_port_list
Host port pair list for zookeeper.
Default: zk1:9876,zk2:9876,zk3:9876
--zookeeper_migration_zknode
Path to the zookeeper migration status zknode.
Default: /appliance/logical/zookeeper_migration

cluster.container.docker.utils
--default_volume_plugin_name
Name of default docker nutanix volume plugin
Default: pc/nvp
--default_volume_plugin_type
Default docker volume plugin type
Default: default
--docker_systemd_service
Name of the systemd docker service
Default: docker-latest
--docker_volume_plugin_binary_path
Path to volume plugin install script
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/create_plugin_from_tar.sh
--docker_volume_plugin_image_path
Path to docker volume plugin image
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/volume-plugin/dvp.tar.gz
--volume_plugin_install_timeout_secs
Timeout in secs for volume plugin installation
Default: 60
--volume_plugin_version_znode
Path to docker volume plugin image
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/volume_plugin

cluster.deployment.deployment_utils
--default_password_reset_timeout
Timeout in seconds for the executing the password reset script on the PC VM.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 236

Default: 90

cluster.disk_flags
--clean_disk_log_path
Path to the logs from the clean_disks script.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/clean_disks.log
--clean_disk_script_path
Path to the clean_disks script.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/bin/clean_disks
--disk_partition_margin
Limit for the number of bytes we will allow to be unpartitioned on a disk.
Default: 2147483648
--disk_size_threshold_percent
Percentage of available disk space to be allocated to stargate
Default: 95
--enable_all_ssds_for_oplog
DEPRECATED: Use all ssds attached to this node for oplog storage.
Default: true
--enable_fio_realtime_scheduling
Use realtime scheduling policy for fusion io driver.
Default: false
--fio_realtime_priority
Priority for fusion io driver, when realtime scheduling policy is being used.
Default: 10
--format_fusion_percent
The percentage of total capacity of fusion-io drives that should be formatted as
usable
Default: 60
--max_ssds_for_oplog
Maximum number of ssds used for oplog per node. If value is -1, use all ssds
available. If only_select_nvme_disks_for_oplog gflag is true and NVMe disks are
present, only NVMe disks are used for selecting oplog disks.
Default: 8
--metadata_maxsize_GB
Maximum size of metadata in GB
Default: 30
--only_select_nvme_disks_for_oplog
If true and NVMe disks are present, only use NVMe disks for selecting oplog disks.
Default: true

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 237

--path_to_setscheduler_binary
Path to setscheduler binary, which is used to set realtime priority for fusion io
driver.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/setscheduler
--skip_metadata_link_setup
Skip creation of metadata links (Use rootfs for storing metadata
Default: false
--skip_scsi_bus_rescan
Skip rescanning scsi bus while running disk prep
Default: false
--striped_models_csv
A comma-separated list of disk models that should be striped together to form a
single logical device.
Default: SSD_910_200GB

cluster.esx_upgrade_helper
--esx_vib_extraction_dir
Directory where ESXi vibs are extracted on CVM before copying to host.
Default: /home/nutanix/tmp/.esx_upgrade
--foundation_esx_vib_path
Path in foundation package where ESX VIBs are stored.
Default: /home/nutanix/foundation/lib/driver/esx/vibs
--poweroff_uvms
Power off UVMs during hypervisor upgrade if Vmotion is not enabled or Vcenter
is not configured for cluster.
Default: false
--update_foundation_vibs
Update VIBS which are present in foundation during ESX hypervisor upgrade.
Default: true

cluster.firewall.consts
--cluster_function_temp_file
Path to temporary file which has the cluster function
Default: /home/nutanix/tmp/cluster_function
--consider_salt_framework
Whether to consider salt framework or not
Default: true
--execute_concurrent_salt_call
Indicate if salt call should be executed concurrently.
Default: true

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 238

--iptables_command_timeout_secs
Timeout in seconds for any iptables command.
Default: 10
--iptables_salt_blacklist_path
Path to salt config for iptables state.
Default: /srv/pillar/blacklist.sls
--iptables_salt_config_path
Path to salt config for iptables state.
Default: /srv/pillar/iptables.sls
--iptables_temp
Path to temporary iptables file
Default: /home/nutanix/tmp/iptables.temp
--jumpbox_vm_deployments
Comma separated list of deployments where Jumpbox rules are applied
Default: 512
--prism_client_key
Client key value for prism
Default: prism.nfs_whitelists
--salt_call_command_path
Path to the salt-call command.
Default: /usr/bin/salt-call
--salt_call_command_timeout_secs
Timeout in seconds for the salt-call command.
Default: 30
--salt_dynamic_blacklist
Path to the dynamic template
Default: /home/nutanix/config/salt_templates/dynamic_blacklist.json
--salt_dynamic_blacklist_temp
Path to the temporary dynamic blacklist template
Default: /home/nutanix/config/salt_templates/dynamic_blacklist_temp.json
--salt_dynamic_template
Path to the dynamic template
Default: /home/nutanix/config/salt_templates/dynamic_open_list.json
--salt_dynamic_template_temp
Path to the temporary dynamic template
Default: /home/nutanix/config/salt_templates/dynamic_open_list_temp.json
--salt_jinja_template
Path to salt ipv4 jinja template.
Default: /srv/salt/security/CVM/iptables/iptables4.jinja

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 239

--salt_pc_jinja_template
Path to salt ipv4 jinja template on PC.
Default: /srv/salt/security/PC/iptables/iptables4.jinja
--salt_states_templates_dir
Path to dir holding the salt templates.
Default: /home/nutanix/config/salt_templates
--unsupported_firewall_deployments
Comma separated list of deployments where firewall will FATAL out
Default: 128,64,8
--valid_firewall_deployments
Comma separated list of deployments where firewall uses salt
Default: 1,16,2,4,256,512,32,4096

cluster.genesis.breakfix.host_bootdisk_graceful
--clone_bootdisk_default_timeout
The default timeout for completion of cloning of bootdisk.
Default: 28800
--restore_bootdisk_default_timeout
The default timeout for completion of restore of bootdisk.
Default: 14400
--wait_for_phoenix_boot_timeout
The maximum amount of time for which the state machine waits after cloning for
the node, to be booted in phoenix environment.
Default: 36000

cluster.genesis.breakfix.host_bootdisk_utils
--host_boot_timeout
The maximum amount of time for which the state machine waits for host to be
up.
Default: 36000

cluster.genesis.breakfix.ssd_breakfix
--ssd_repair_copy_svmrescue_timeout
Timeout for copying svmrescue.iso from CVM to host
Default: 600

cluster.genesis.breakfix.ssd_breakfix_esx_helper
--svm_regex
Regular expression used to find the SVM vmx name.
Default: ServiceVM

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 240

cluster.genesis.cluster_manager
--agave_dir
Identify if agave is running on cluster.
Default: /home/nutanix/agave
--cloud_start_dynamic_ring_changer
Whether to start Dynamic ring changer for cloud nodes.Dynamic Ring changer is
required to run for some time to add new metadata disk. This may be required in
customer escalations if existing metadata disk becomes full.
Default: false
--cluster_firmware_upgrade_params
Zookeeper location to store upgrade parameters for firmware upgrades.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/firmware_upgrade_params
--cluster_state_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep whether a node start or stop.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/cluster_state
--cluster_upgrade_method
Location in Zookeeper where we keep upgrade method.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/cluster_upgrade_method
--cluster_versions_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep the desired software versions map.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/cluster_versions
--cvm_reboot_wait
Timeout for waiting for cvm reboot.
Default: 100
--firmware_preupgrade_path
Location to store script that runs preupgrade tests before running firmware
upgrade.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/bin/
--force_disable_blackbox
File to disable blackbox mode completely.
Default: /home/nutanix/.force_disable_blackbox
--foundation_uncompress_path
Location for uncompressing foundation package.
Default: /home/nutanix/software_uncompressed/foundation/
--node_shutdown_token_state_znode
Location in Zookeeper where we keep state of which node has currently
requested to go down for maintenance.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/node_shutdown_token
--node_upgrade_status
Location in Zookeeper where we store upgrade status of nodes.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 241

Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/node_upgrade_status
--prism_user_repository_znode
Zookeeper node of the Prism user repository
Default: /appliance/physical/userrepository
--rdma_config_timeout
Timeout for waiting for RDMA configuration to complete.
Default: 300
--release_tag_znode
Zookeeper node where we keep the current release tag of the cluster.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/release_tag
--release_version_znode
Zookeeper node where we keep the current release version of the cluster.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/release_version
--shutdown_token_timeout
Timeout for waiting for shutdown token.
Default: 60
--uncompress_path
Location for uncompressing nutanix binaries.
Default: /home/nutanix/software_uncompressed/nos/

cluster.genesis.compute_only.client
--configured_marker_file
Path to the marker file containing cluster id if node is part of a cluster
Default: /root/configured

cluster.genesis.compute_only.consts
--factory_config_json_path_on_host
Path to factory_config.json on the CO host
Default: /root/factory_config.json
--hardware_config_json_path_on_host
Path to hardware_config.json on the CO host
Default: /root/hardware_config.json

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 242

--convert_cluster_disable_marker
Marker file to disable hypervisor conversion on node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.convert_cluster_disable
--convert_cluster_node_ids
List of node ids which will be converted to target hypervisor
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/convert_cluster/converting_node_ids
--converting_vm_info
Path to zk node where the reg info of all VMs undergoing conversion is stored
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/convert_cluster/converting_vm
--default_vcenter_port
Default port to register with Vcenter.
Default: 443
--fail_vm_uuids_conversion
Comma separated list of VM UUIDs which will fail vm conversion
--fail_vm_uuids_power_off
Comma separated list of VM UUIDs which will fail vm power off operation during
conversion
--fail_vm_uuids_power_on
Comma separated list of VM UUIDs which will fail vm power on operation during
conversion
--ignore_reverse_conversion_checks
Ignore checks performed in reverse conversion eg. presence of ESXi cluster
name in Vcenter and existence of metadata zknode, etc.
Default: false

cluster.genesis.convert_cluster.vm_migration
--disable_vm_migration
Disable VM migration for the node. This is used for error injection and testing.
Default: false

cluster.genesis.expand_cluster.expand_cluster
--node_up_retries
Number of retries for node genesis rpcs to be up after reboot
Default: 40

cluster.genesis.expand_cluster.utils
--nos_packages_file
File containing packages present in the nos software
Default: install/nutanix-packages.json
--nos_tar_timeout_secs
Timeout in secs for tarring nos package
Default: 3600

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 243

cluster.genesis.la_jolla.la_jolla
--add_la_jolla_disk
Flag to add La Jolla disk back
Default: true

cluster.genesis.la_jolla.la_jolla_utils
--nfs_buf_size
NFS buffer size
Default: 8388608

cluster.genesis.network_segmentation_helper
--disable_wait_time
Time to wait (in seconds), between removing network segmentation
configuration in zeus and removing the interface configuration on cvms
Default: 5
--ns_state_machine_timeout
The timeout for completion of network segmentation state machine.
Default: 600
--retry_count_zk_map_publish
Retry count for publishing new zk mapping.
Default: 3
--revert_ns_config_on_failure
Revert the network segmentation configuration in the case of a failure.
Default: true

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 244

--foundation_disable_auto_upgrade_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that automatic foundation upgrade should not be
performed on this node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.foundation_disable_auto_upgrade
--genesis_restart_required_path
Marker file to indicate that genesis restart is required during upgrade.
Default: /home/nutanix/.genesis_restart_required_path
--genesis_restart_timeout
Time we wait for the genesis to restart.
Default: 120
--gold_image_version_path
Path to the file that contains the version of the gold image.
Default: /etc/nutanix/svm-version
--hcl_znode_path
Zookeeper node containing the hcl.
Default: /appliance/physical/hcl
--la_jolla_unconfigure_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that LaJolla is ready to be unconfigured.
Default: /home/nutanix/.la_jolla_unconfigure
--mdns_service_type
Avahi service type to publish under.
Default: _nutanix._tcp
--mdns_timeout_secs
Timeout for mdns browse service.
Default: 1
--move_time_back
The flag is set to allow time to be moved back by more than
time_rollback_tolerance_secs.
Default: false
--nagios_config_path
Path to the nagios configuration file.
Default: /home/nutanix/serviceability/config/nagios3/nutanix_nagios.cfg
--node_disable_auto_upgrade_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that automatic software upgrade should not be
performed on this node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.node_disable_auto_upgrade
--node_reconfigure_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that this node should be reconfigured.
Default: /home/nutanix/.node_reconfigure

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 245

--node_ssh_key_dir
Path for node specific ssh keys on local disk
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys/.blackbox
--node_unconfigure_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that node is ready to be unconfigured.
Default: /home/nutanix/.node_unconfigure
--raid_sync_default_wait
Default retry count for firmware upgrade.
Default: 60
--raid_sync_retry_count
Default retry count for firmware upgrade.
Default: 1000
--rpm_genesis_log_file
Path to rpm log file during Genesis self install.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/rpm.genesis.out
--sshd_config_path
Path to sshd config file.
Default: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
--stop_service_zknode
Start services upto but not including the service specified in this zk node.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/stop_service
--svm_internal_ips
Internal IP addresses on eth1. The first one is the primary IP address, and the
remaining are aliases.
Default: 192.168.5.2,192.168.5.254
--svm_internal_netif_netmask
The netmask for the internal IP addresses on eth1.
Default: 255.255.255.128
--svm_non_ha_internal_netmask
The netmask for the non-data internal IP aliases on eth1.
Default: 255.255.255.0
--timezones_dir
Directory where all of the valid timezones exist.
Default: /usr/share/zoneinfo
--vlan_sniffer_log
Path to vlan_sniffer log.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/vlan_sniffer.log
--vlan_sniffer_path
Path to vlan sniffer proxy.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 246

Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/bin/vlan_sniffer_proxy
--zookeeper_server_config_file
zookeeper server config file.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper_monitor/zk_server_config_file
--zookeeper_start_timeout_secs
Timeout for waiting on Zookeeper connection on startup.
Default: 120

cluster.genesis.rdma_helper
--check_rdma_switch_config_script
Script to check RDMA interface and port config
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/bin/check_rdma_switch_config
--mellanox_tc_wrap
Path to the Mellanox's tc_wrap.py script
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/bin/tc_wrap.py
--rdma_nic_config_file
Path to json containing the mac of the nic to be used for rdma
Default: /etc/nutanix/nic_config.json

cluster.genesis.resource_management.rm_helper
--common_pool_map
Mapping of node with its common pool memory in kb
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/common_pool_map
--common_pool_mem_for_low_mem_nodes_gb
Common pool memory reservation for nodeswith cvm memory less than 20gb
Default: 8
--default_common_pool_memory_in_gb
Stargate default common pool memory reservation
Default: 12
--memory_update_history
File containing history of memory update on node
Default: /home/nutanix/config/memory_update.history
--memory_update_resolution
Minumum amount of memory difference for update
Default: 2097152
--rolling_restart_memory_update_reason
Reason set in rolling restart for memory update
Default: cvm_memory_update
--target_memory_zknode
CVM target memory map zk node

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 247

Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/target_memory_map

cluster.genesis.resource_management.rm_prechecks
--cushion_memory_in_kb
Cushion Memory required in nodes before update
Default: 2097152
--delta_memory_for_nos_upgrades_kb
Amount of CVM memory to be increased during NOS upgrade
Default: 4194304
--host_memory_threshold_in_kb
Min host memory for memory update , set to 62 Gb
Default: 65011712
--max_cvm_memory_upgrade_kb
Maximum allowed CVM memory for update during upgrade
Default: 31457280

cluster.genesis.resource_management.rm_tasks
--cvm_reconfig_component
Component for CVM reconfig
Default: kGenesis
--cvm_reconfig_operation
Component for CVM reconfig
Default: kCvmreconfig

cluster.genesis.service_management.service_mgmt_utils
--core_services_managed
This Flag will be used to force service mgmt to enable/disable core services.
Default: false

cluster.genesis_utils
--orion_config_path
Path to orion config
Default: /appliance/logical/orion/config
--svm_default_login
User name for logging into SVM.
Default: nutanix
--timeout_HA_route_verification
Timeout for setting HA route.
Default: 180
--timeout_zk_operation
Timeout for zk operation like write
Default: 120

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 248

--upgrade_fail_marker
Marker to indicate upgrade has failed.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/upgrade_failed

cluster.hades.client
--hades_jsonrpc_url
URL of the JSON RPC handler on the Hades HTTP server.
Default: /jsonrpc
--hades_port
Port that Hades listens on.
Default: 2099
--hades_rpc_timeout_secs
Timeout for each Hades RPC.
Default: 30

cluster.hades.disk_diagnostics
--hades_retry_count
Default retry count.
Default: 5
--max_disk_offline_count
Maximum error count for disk after which disk is to removed.
Default: 3
--max_disk_offline_timeout
Maximum time value where disk offline events areignored.
Default: 3600

cluster.hades.disk_manager
--aws_cores_partition
Partition in which core files are stored on AWS.
Default: /dev/xvdb1
--boot_part_size
The size of a regular boot partition in 512-byte sectors.
Default: 20969472
--device_mapper_name
A name of the device mapper that is to be created in case striped devices are
discovered.
Default: dm0
--disk_unmount_retry_count
Number of times to retry unmounting the disk.
Default: 60

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 249

--firmware_upgrade_default_wait
Default wait time after issuing firmware upgrade.
Default: 10
--hdparm_path
Location of hdparm.
Default: /sbin/hdparm
--home_nutanix_size
Size of the /home/nutanix partition in 512-byte sectors.
Default: 83884032
--lsiutil_location
Location of lsiutil utility.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/lib/lsi-sas/lsiutil
--sas3flash_location
Location of sas3flash utility.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/lib/lsi-sas/sas3flash
--sas3flash_target_runtime
Approximate time taken by sas3flash for upgrading HBA
Default: 300
--sas_disk_firmware_upgrade_retry_count
Numter of times to retry SAS disk firmware upgrade.
Default: 60
--sata_disk_firmware_upgrade_retry_count
Default retry count for firmware upgrade.
Default: 12
--sg_start_path
Location of sg_start binary.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/lib/sg3utils/bin/sg_start
--sg_write_buffer_path
Location of sg_write_buffer. The version of the current binary used is 1.18
20141107.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/lib/sg3utils/bin/sg_write_buffer
--skip_disk_remove_reboot
Skip reboot for bad or removed disk.
Default: false
--skip_disk_remove_reboot_marker
Skip reboot marker for bad or removed disk.
Default: /home/nutanix/.skip_disk_remove_reboot_marker
--ssd_read_ahead_size_kb
Read ahead size in KB for SSDs. Min: 0 Max: 256 KB

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 250

Default: 16
--ssd_rules_path
Location of the SSD udevadm rules file.
Default: /etc/udev/rules.d/99-ssd.rules
--stargate_directory
Directory where stargate disks should be mounted.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/stargate-storage
--unmount_timeout
Default wait time for unmounting to succeed.
Default: 120

cluster.hades.raid_utils
--min_raid_sync_speed
Minimum raid sync speed
Default: 50000

cluster.host_upgrade_common
--host_poweroff_uvm_file
File containing list of UVM which are powered off for host upgrade.
Default: /home/nutanix/config/.host_poweroff_vm_list
--upgrade_delay
Seconds to wait before runninguprgade script in Esx Host.
Default: 0

cluster.host_upgrade_helper
--host_disable_auto_upgrade_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that automatic host upgrade should not be
performed on this node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.host_disable_auto_upgrade
--hypervisor_upgrade_history_file
File path where hypervisor upgrade history is recorded.
Default: /home/nutanix/config/hypervisor_upgrade.history
--hypervisor_upgrade_info_znode
Location in a zookeeper where we keep the Hypervisor upgrade information.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/hypervisor

cluster.hyperv_upgrade
--vmms_setting_info
Location where the vmms settings are stored
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/vmms_setting_info

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 251

cluster.hyperv_upgrade_helper
--perpetual_container
Container name to test if hypervisors have access to storage.
Default: NutanixManagementShare
--upgrade_helper_rshell_timeout
The default timeout for RemoteShell connection made by HyperVHostObject.
Default: 600

cluster.ipv4config
--end_linklocal_ip
End of the range of link local IP4 addresses.
Default: 169.254.254.255
--esx_cmd_timeout_secs
Default timeout for running a remote command on an ESX host.
Default: 120
--hyperv_cmd_timeout_secs
Default timeout for running a remote command on an hyperv host.
Default: 120
--ipmi_apply_config_retries
Number of times to try applying an IPMI IPv4 configuration before failing.
Default: 6
--kvm_cmd_timeout_secs
Default timeout for running a remote command on an KVM host.
Default: 120
--kvm_external_network_interface
Default name of the network device for KVM's external network.
Default: br0
--linklocal_netmask
End of the range of link local IP4 addresses.
Default: 255.255.0.0
--start_linklocal_ip
Start of the range of link local IP4 addresses.
Default: 169.254.1.0
--xen_external_network_interface
Default name of the network device for Xen's external network.
Default: xapi1

cluster.kvm_upgrade_helper
--ahv_enter_maintenance_mode_retry_max_delay_secs
Max delay time for exponential backoff retries to enter maintenance
Default: 720

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 252

--ahv_enter_maintenance_mode_retry_slot_time_secs
Slot time for exponential backoff retries to enter maintenance
Default: 120
--ahv_enter_maintenance_mode_timeout_secs
Seconds to wait before retrying enter maintenance mode operation on failures
Default: 7200
--ahv_remove_unknown_packages_on_upgrade
Remove RPMs not in AHV manifest file on upgrade
Default: false
--kvm_reboot_delay
Seconds to delay before reboot KVM host
Default: 30

cluster.license_config
--license_config_file
Zookeeper path where license configuration is stored.
Default: /appliance/logical/license/configuration
--license_config_proto_file
License configuration file shipped with NOS.
Default: configuration.cfg
--license_dir
License feature set files directory shipped with NOS.
Default: /home/nutanix/serviceability/license
--license_public_key
License public key string shipped with NOS.
Default: /appliance/logical/license/public_key
--license_public_key_str
License public key string shipped with NOS.
Default: public_key.pub
--zookeeper_license_root_path
Zookeeper path where license information is stored.
Default: /appliance/logical/license

cluster.lite_upgrade.core.consts
--cluster_sync_path
Path to cluster_sync command on SVMs.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/bin/cluster_sync
--hades_path
Path to hades command on SVMs.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/bin/hades

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 253

--lite_upgrade_running_zknode
Zk node that tracks if lite upgrade is running.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/lite_upgrade/active

cluster.lite_upgrade.interfaces.genesis_interface
--genesis_lu_intent_zknode
Lite upgrade zk node, set with target version.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/lite_upgrade/genesis_intent

cluster.multihome_utils
--multihome_zkpath
Marker to indicate if any node of cluster is multihome.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/multihome

cluster.ncc_upgrade_helper
--cluster_health_shutdown_max_retries
Max number of retries to shutdown cluster health.
Default: 5
--cluster_health_shutdown_threshold_ms
Time threshold (ms) between cluster health shutdown retries.
Default: 2000
--ncc_installation_path
Location where NCC is installed on a CVM.
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc
--ncc_num_nodes_to_upload
Number of nodes to upload the NCC installer directory to.
Default: 2
--ncc_uncompress_path
Location for uncompressing nutanix NCC binaries.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/ncc/installer
--ncc_upgrade_info_znode
Location in a zookeeper where we keep the Upgrade node information.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/ncc
--ncc_upgrade_params_znode
Zookeeper location to store NCC upgrade parameters.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/ncc_upgrade_params
--ncc_upgrade_status
Location in Zookeeper where we store upgrade status of nodes.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/ncc_upgrade_status
--ncc_upgrade_timeout_secs
Timeout in seconds for the NCC upgrade module.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 254

Default: 30
--ncc_version_znode
Zookeeper node where we keep the current release version of NCC.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/ncc_version

cluster.preupgrade_checks
--arithmos_binary_path
Path to the arithmos binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/arithmos
--cluster_external_state
Cluster external state zk path
Default: /appliance/physical/clusterexternalstate
--connected_cluster_path
Connected cluster zk path
Default: /appliance/physical/zeusconfig
--license_config_path
The path to the license configuration.
Default: /appliance/logical/license/configuration
--min_disk_space_for_upgrade
Minimum space (KB) required on /home/nutanix for upgrade to proceed.
Default: 3600000
--min_replication_factor
Minimum replication factor required per container.
Default: 2
--minimum_memory_for_prism_pro_in_kb
Minimum memory needed for prism pro features.
Default: 16777216
--mountsfile
Path to the mounts file in proc.
Default: /proc/mounts
--prism_gateway_port
The port on which prism gateway is running.
Default: 9440
--role_mapping_path
Role mapping zk path
Default: /appliance/logical/prism/rolemapping
--signature_file_extension
Extension of the signature file.
Default: .asc

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 255

--signature_verification_available_version
Release version in which gpg signature validation is supported.
Default: 5.8
--stargate_mount_prefix
Mount point prefix for stargate disks
Default: /home/nutanix/data/stargate-storage/disks/

cluster.preupgrade_checks_ncc_helper
--ncc_temp_location
Location to extract NCC.
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc_preupgrade

cluster.rsyslog_helper
--lock_dir
Default path for nutanix lock files.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/locks/
--log_dir
Default path for nutanix log files.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs
--module_level
Level of syslog used for sending module logs
Default: local0
--rsyslog_conf_file
Default Configuration file for Rsyslog service.
Default: /etc/rsyslog.d/rsyslog-nutanix.conf
--rsyslog_configure_queue
Boolean indicating whether to configure action queue for rsyslog.
Default: true
--rsyslog_queue_memory_size
Size of rsyslog remote logging action queue in bytes.
Default: 104857600
--rsyslog_rule_header
Nutanix specified rsyslog rules are appended only below this marker.
Default: # Nutanix remote server rules
--rsyslog_rule_header_end
Nutanix specified rsyslog rules are added above this marker.
Default: # Nutanix remote server rules end
--rsyslog_work_dir
Default path for syslog state files. This stores thestate of rsyslog across restarts.
Default: /var/lib/rsyslog

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 256

--syslog_module
Dummy module name to denote non nutanix default syslog.
Default: syslog_module

cluster.service.cluster_config_service
--cluster_config_path
Path to the Cluster Config binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/cluster_config
--cluster_config_server_rss_mem_limit
Maximum amount of resident memory Cluster Config may use on an Svm with
8GB memory configuration.
Default: 268435456

cluster.service.curator_service
--curator_config_json_file
JSON file with curator configuration
Default: curator_config.json
--curator_data_dir_size
Curator data directory size in MB (80 GB).
Default: 81920
--curator_data_dir_symlink
Path to curator data directory symlink.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/curator
--curator_data_disk_subdir
Path to curator subdirectory in data disk.
Default: curator
--curator_oom_score
If -1, OOM is disabled for this component. If in [1, 1000], it is taken as the OOM
score to be applied for this component.
Default: -1
--curator_path
Path to the curator binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/curator
--curator_rss_mem_limit
Maximum amount of resident memory Curator may use on an Svm with 8GB
memory configuration.
Default: 536870912

cluster.service.foundation_service
--foundation_path
Path to the foundation service script.
Default: /home/nutanix/foundation/bin/foundation

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 257

--foundation_rss_mem_limit
Maximum amount of resident memory Foundation may use on a CVM with 8GB
memory configuration.
Default: 1073741824

cluster.service.ha_service
--def_stargate_stable_interval
Default number of seconds a stargate has to be alive to be considered asstable
and healthy.
Default: 30
--hyperv_internal_switch_health_timeout
Timeout for how long we should wait before waking up the thread that monitors
internal switch health on HyperV.
Default: 30
--num_worker_threads
The number of worker threads to use for running tasks.
Default: 8
--old_stop_ha_zk_node
When this node is created the old ha should not take any actions on the cluster.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/ha_stop
--stargate_aggressive_monitoring_secs
Default number of seconds a stargate is aggressively monitored after it is down.
Default: 3
--stargate_aggressive_monitoring_two_node_multiplier
Multiplier to the --stargate_aggressive_monitoring_secsfor the two node cluster.
Default: 4
--stargate_exit_handler_aggressive_timeout_secs
Aggressive timeout for accessing the Stargate exit handler page during an
unplanned failover.
Default: 3
--stargate_exit_handler_timeout_secs
Default timeout for accessing the Stargate exit handler page.
Default: 10
--stargate_health_watch_timeout
Timeout for how long we should wait before waking up the thread that monitors
stargate health.
Default: 30
--stargate_initialization_secs
Number of seconds to wait for stargate to initialize.
Default: 30
--stop_ha_zk_node
When this node is created ha 2.0 should not take any actions on the cluster.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 258

Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/ha_2_stop
--tcpkill_el6_path
Path to el6 tcpkill binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/lib/el6/tcpkill
--tcpkill_log
Path to tcpkill binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/tcpkill.log
--tcpkill_path
Path to el7 tcpkill binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/lib/el7/tcpkill

cluster.service.kafka_service
--kafka_bootstrap_binary
Path to binary which will start kafka on PC in docker container
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/bin/bootstrap_kafka
--kafka_data_volume_mode
Volume mode to provide data volume to kafka. If host attached, vmdisk is
attached to PC VM. Else, docker volume plugin is used to conenct to remote PE
cluster iscsi endpoint
Default: host_attached
--kafka_disk_size_factor_wrt_data_disk
Kafka disk size = data disk size / <this constant>
Default: 7
--kafka_disks_base_dir
Base directory of kafka data disks. Each disk is mounted with directory name
being disk serial on this base dir. Applicable to host attached disks
Default: /home/nutanix/data/kafka/disks/
--kafka_pc_deployed_disk_scsi_id
When PC is deployed, kafka disk is attached at this scsi id
Default: 4
--kafka_rss_mem_limit
Maximum amount of resident memory Kafka may use on an svm with 8 GB
memory configuration.
Default: 268435456

cluster.service.service_utils
--auto_set_cloud_gflags
If true, recommended gflags will be automatically set for cloud instances.
Default: true
--cgroup_subsystems
Default subsystems used for cgroup creation.
Default: cpu,cpuacct,memory,freezer,net_cls

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 259

--containersvcmon_path
Path to container service monitor binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/containersvcmon
--enable_service_monitor
If true, C based service_monitor will re-spawn the service process upon exit, else
Python based self_monitor will be used.
Default: true
--memory_limits_base_size_kb
Total memory size of the standard Svm based on which memory limits are
derived.
Default: 8388608
--path_to_cgclassify_binary
Path to cgclassify binary, which is used to add a process into cgroup.
Default: /bin/cgclassify
--path_to_cgcreate_binary
Path to cgcreate binary, which is used to create a cgroup.
Default: /bin/cgcreate
--path_to_cgset_binary
Path to cgset binary, which is used to set parameter for cgroup.
Default: /bin/cgset
--path_to_chrt_binary
Path to chrt binary, which is used to set realtime priority for a process.
Default: /usr/bin/chrt
--path_to_root_cgroup
Path to root cgroup directory.
Default: /dev/cgroup
--path_to_taskset_binary
Path to taskset binary, which is used to set cpu affinity for a process.
Default: /bin/taskset
--service_monitor_path
Path to the service monitor binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/service_monitor
--service_start_as_container
Flag to indicate service can start as containers
Default: true
--service_stop_wait
Wait time for how long we should wait before we start issuing SIGKILL instead of
SIGTERM.
Default: 5

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 260

cluster.service.zookeeper_service
--zookeeper_client_port
TCP port number for zookeeper service clients.
Default: 9876
--zookeeper_config_template
Path to zookeeper configuration template.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/config/zoo.cfg.template
--zookeeper_cpuset_exclude_cpu_default
Default CPU affinity. This is a comma seperated list of cpus to be excluded for
this component. If specified as -1 then cpuset exclude cpu is disabled for this
component.
Default: 0
--zookeeper_data_dir
Path to zookeeper data directory.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper
--zookeeper_env_path
Path to shell script with zookeeper environment.
Default: /etc/profile.d/zookeeper_env.sh
--zookeeper_init
Path to the zookeeper_init tool.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/zookeeper_init
--zookeeper_init_max_retry_attempts
The number of times zookeeper_init would retry if it fails. -1 means that it would
retry indefinitely
Default: 10
--zookeeper_leader_election_port
TCP port number for zookeeper service leader election.
Default: 3888
--zookeeper_lib_dir
Path to zookeeper jars.
Default: /home/nutanix/lib/zookeeper
--zookeeper_max_snapshots
Maximum number of snapshots to retain when compacting the zookeeper data
Default: 5
--zookeeper_monitor
Path to the zookeeper monitor binary.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/zookeeper_monitor
--zookeeper_monitor_component_id_file_path
Path to file where the local zookeeper component id is stored.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 261

Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper_monitor/
zookeeper_monitor_config.json
--zookeeper_monitor_data_dir
Path to zookeeper monitor data directory.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper_monitor
--zookeeper_monitor_self_configure_marker
Marker file to indicate that Zookeeper monitor is updated to configure itself.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper_monitor/.zkmonitor_self_configure
--zookeeper_myid_path
Path to zookeeper id file.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper/myid
--zookeeper_oom_score
If -1, OOM is disabled for this component. If in [1, 1000], it is taken as the OOM
score to be applied for this component.
Default: -1
--zookeeper_peer_port
TCP port number for zookeeper service peers.
Default: 2888
--zookeeper_realtime_priority_default
Default priority. If specified as -1 then realtime priority is disabled and default
scheduling policy is applied. If specified as positive number between 1 to 99 then
that is taken as realtime priority to be applied to this component.
Default: 6
--zookeeper_rss_mem_limit
Maximum amount of resident memory Zookeeper may use on an Svm with 8GB
memory configuration.
Default: 268435456
--zookeeper_zoo_cfg_path
Path to zookeeper config, zoo.cfg.
Default: /home/nutanix/config/zookeeper/zoo.cfg

cluster.sshkeys_helper
--authorized_keys_file
Path to file containing list of permitted RSA keys
Default: /home/nutanix/.ssh/authorized_keys2
--authorized_keys_file_admin
Path to file containing list of permitted RSA keys for admin.
Default: /home/admin/.ssh/authorized_keys2
--id_rsa_path
Nutanix default SSH key used for logging into SVM.
Default: /home/nutanix/.ssh/id_rsa

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 262

--id_rsa_public_pem_path
PEM formatted public key for this node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.pem
--ssh_client_configuration
Location of ssh client configuration file.
Default: /home/nutanix/.ssh/config
--ssh_config_server_alive_count_max
Max SSH keepalive messages missed before declaring connection dead.
Default: 3
--ssh_config_server_alive_interval
SSH keepalive message interval.
Default: 10
--ssh_path
Location of ssh folder for nutanix.
Default: /home/nutanix/.ssh
--ssh_path_admin
Location of ssh folder for admin.
Default: /home/admin/.ssh

cluster.time_manager.time_manager_utils
--ntpdate_timeout_secs
Timeout to wait for ntp server to return a valid time.
Default: 10

cluster.two_node.cluster_manager
--minimum_pass_pings_to_allow_fails
Default minimum number of pings to peer node that must pass before we allow
some pings to fail (controlled by number_of_ping_fails_to_reset_pass_counter
flag) and not reset pass counter.
Default: 10
--minimum_uptime_mins_before_starting_pings
Minimum system uptime before starting pinging the peer node.
Default: 4
--minutes_of_successful_pings_for_transition
Default number of minutes for successful pings beforeconsidering peer node
stable and moving to kSwitchToTwoNode mode.
Default: 15
--node_health_check_ping_interval_secs
Default time (in seconds) for which health thread sleeps before checking on
another node.
Default: 2

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 263

--number_of_ping_fails_to_reset_pass_counter
Default number of pings to peer node that should failto reset the pass counter.
Default: 4
--rpc_retry_timeout_seconds
Default time till when to keep retrying RPCs to peer node before claiming failure.
Default: 600
--seconds_to_wait_before_checking_ha_forwarding
Default number of seconds to wait before checking again if host is forwarding
storage traffic.
Default: 30
--seconds_to_wait_before_pinging_upgrading_node
Default number of seconds to wait before pinging a node that separated due to
upgrade.
Default: 600
--threshold_number_of_consecutive_failed_pings
Default threshold for number of times a ping to a nodecan fail before it is
assumed down.
Default: 4
--transition_to_standalone_due_to_degraded_cassandra_on_peer
If True, allow transitions to kStandAlone if peer cassandra is degraded.
transition_to_standalone_due_to_degraded_service_on_peer also needs to be
true to support this.
Default: true
--transition_to_standalone_due_to_degraded_service_on_peer
If True, allow transitions to kStandAlone if peer services are degraded. This gflag
is only used to control global support for transition due to any degraded services.
Default: true
--transition_to_standalone_due_to_degraded_stargate_on_peer
If True, allow transitions to kStandAlone if peer stargate is degraded.
transition_to_standalone_due_to_degraded_service_on_peer also needs to be
true to support this.
Default: true
--unit_test_mode
If True, running in unit test mode
Default: false

cluster.two_node.state_transitions
--witness_state_history_size
Maximum length of witness state history to keep in zeus configuration.
Default: 10

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 264

cluster.two_node.witness_manager
--witness_ping_interval_seconds
Frequency (in seconds) to check the availability of the witness VM.
Default: 60
--witness_refresh_cluster_name
If True, will check whether to update the witness with the current cluster info.
Default: true

cluster.upgrade_helper
--arithmos_rpc_timeout
Timeout for arithmos RPCs retries
Default: 180
--cluster_name_update_timeout
Default timeout for updating the cluster name in zeus.
Default: 5
--num_nodes_to_upload
Number of nodes to upload the installer directory to.
Default: 2
--nutanix_packages_json_basename
Base file name of the JSON file that contains the list of packages to expect in the
packages directory.
Default: nutanix-packages.json
--uncompress_buffer_ratio
Space Buffer ratio to uncompress a compressed file.
Default: 0.2
--upgrade_genesis_restart
Location in Zookeeper where we store if genesis restart is required or not.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/upgrade_genesis_restart

cluster.utils.device_mapper_utils
--stripe_size_sectors
Stripe chunk size in number of 512-byte sectors.
Default: 128

cluster.utils.foundation_rest_client
--foundation_ipv6_interface
Ipv6 interface corresponding to eth0
Default: 2

cluster.utils.foundation_utils
--foundation_root_dir
Root directory for foundation in CVM

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 265

Default: /home/nutanix

cluster.utils.hyperv_ha_utils
--default_internal_switch_monitor_interval
Default polling period for monitoring internal switch health
Default: 30
--default_ping_success_percent
Default percentage of success which is used to determine switch health
Default: 100
--default_total_ping_count
Default number of pings sent to determine switch health
Default: 10

cluster.utils.hypervisor_ha
--internal_nutanix_portgroup_name
Name of the internal Nutanix portgroup configured on ESX.
Default: vmk-svm-iscsi-pg
--terminate_connection_timeout_secs
Timeout in seconds for the NfsTerminateConnection RPC issued to stargate on a
failback.
Default: 15

cluster.utils.new_node_nos_upgrade
--stand_alone_upgrade_log
Log file for stand-alone upgrade.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/stand_alone_upgrade.out

cluster.xen_upgrade_helper
--xen_maintenance_mode_retries
Seconds to delay before reboot Xen host
Default: 5
--xen_reboot_delay
Seconds to delay before reboot Xen host
Default: 30
--xen_uvm_no_migration_counter
Number of retries to wait for UVMs to migrate from xen host after it is put in
maintenance mode
Default: 7
--xen_webserver_port
Port for webserver that will serve files required during xen upgrades
Default: 8999

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 266

util.cluster.consts
--azure_cert_dir
Directory in which Azure certificates are stored.
Default: /home/cloud/azure
--cloud_credentials_zkpath
Zookeeper node path to the cloud credentials node.
Default: /appliance/logical/cloud_credentials
--disable_hades_marker_path
Path of the marker to disable Hades.
Default: /home/nutanix/.disable_hades
--disk_location_json_path
Path to the disk_location.json file.
Default: /etc/nutanix/disk_location.json
--hyperv_nutanix_path
The path of the Nutanix directory on the Hyper-V host.
Default: ${env:ProgramFiles}\Nutanix
--megacli64_location
Location of MegaCli64 utility.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/lib/MegaCli/MegaCli64
--nested_esx_marker_path
Is this nested ESX?
Default: /home/nutanix/.nested_esx_marker
--nutanix_log_dir
Directory containing logs.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs
--zookeeper_timeout_secs
Zookeeper connection timeout in seconds.
Default: 60

util.infrastructure.cluster
--infra_service_vm_config_json_path
Path to the service_vm_config.json file with the svm id.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/stargate-storage/service_vm_config.json

diagnostics.py

Usage
Usage: /home/nutanix/diagnostics/diagnostics.py [command]

commands:

cleanup

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 267

delete_disks
drain_oplog
list_runtime_test_args
recreate_disks
run
run_iperf

/home/nutanix/diagnostics/diagnostics.py
--add_vms_to_pd
Whether to add Diagnostic VMs to pd.
Default: false
--cluster_external_data_services_ip
Cluster external data services IP
--collect_cassandra_latency_stats
Collect cassandra latency stats for each test.
Default: true
--collect_fio_logs
Collects fio bw and iops logs
Default: false
--collect_illuminati_stats
Grab collect_perf stats to be upload to illuminati during every test.
Default: false
--collect_iostat_info
Reads and writes to disk
Default: false
--collect_sched_stats
Collect stats related to Linux scheduling in SVM
Default: false
--collect_stargate_stats
Grab snapshot of 2009 stargate stats page before and after every test.
Default: false
--collect_stargate_stats_interval
Internal in secs to collect stargate stats.
Default: 10
--collect_stargate_stats_timeout
Max timeout in secs for stargate stats collection.
Default: 720
--collect_top_stats
Collect top stats for each test.
Default: false
--collect_uvm_stats
Collects uvm cpu and latency stats.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 268

Default: false
--ctr_name
This flag is deprecated. Please use ctr_name_prefix
Default: NTNX-NFS-DEFAULT
--ctr_name_prefix
Prefix for the container name to be created for the disks of the UVM
Default: NTNX-NFS-DEFAULT
--default_aggregator
Default script to aggregate results.
Default: fio_aggregator.py
--diagnostics_image_dir
Local directory for storing images.
Default: /usr/local/nutanix/data/images/diagnostics
--display_latency_stats
Display latency stats for each test (available in fio tests only).
Default: false
--dry_run
If True, only prints the tests it would have executed.
Default: false
--esx_disk_bus_type
Which bus to attach ESX vdisks to.
Default: pvscsi
--ext4
Tests on EXt4 for Minerva.Uses iscsi_in_guest and enables it by default.
Default: false
--ext4_stargate
Tests on EXt4 basic stargateSets up formatted vdisks.
Default: false
--external_uvm_ips
IP addresses of external UVMs. If specified, the setup step is skipped and the
tests are run on these UVMs
--fingerprint_on_write
Whether to enable fingerprint on write on container.
Default: false
--flush_svm_caches
Whether to flush svm cache before each test.
Default: true
--frodo
Turn FRODO ON (AHV Only)
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 269

--help
show this help
Default: 0
--helpshort
show usage only for this module
Default: 0
--helpxml
like --help, but generates XML output
Default: false
--hypervisor_password
Default hypervisor password.
Default: nutanix/4u
--ignore_oplog_flush_failure
Proceed even if oplog is not completely flushed.
Default: false
--inline_compression
Whether to enable inline compression on container.
Default: false
--iperf_sessions
Number of parallel iperf sessions.
Default: 1
--iscsi_in_guest
Use iscsi attached disks for the test. The virtual IP is used for discovery and
attaching targets. 4 vcpu UVMs are used with one target per UVM and 6 VGs per
target.
Default: false
--kvm_disk_bus_type
Which bus to attach KVM vdisks to.
Default: scsi
--kvm_use_vg
Whether to use VG for UVM data disks on KVM.
Default: false
--kvm_vm_extra_flags
List of semicolon separated key=value pairs for KVM
--max_oplog_flush_wait_secs
Maximum time waiting for the oplogs to flush before running a test.
Default: 1800
--memory_mb
If non-zero, override the memory size for the uvm.
Default: 0

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 270

--mix_mode_type
<esx|ahv|hyperv>: Run Diagnostics on a mixed hypervisor cluster. Specify subset
of hypervisors to create vm's on.
Default: esx
--name_server
DNS Server
Default: 10.4.8.15
--nfs_master
Run the test on the nfs master only. This is intended to be used with the
metadata test. NFS master and NFS slave have different performance
characteristics. If the --nodes parameter is set, this parameter is ignored.
Default: true
--nodes
Comma-separated list of nodes (IP addresses of the hosts) where the tests are
run. If not specified, tests are run on all nodes.
--on_disk_dedup
Whether to enable on disk dedup on a container.
Default: false
--pd_name
Name of pd to add Diagnostics VMs.
Default: diagnostics_pd
--ppc64le_uvm_image_directory
Directory having the right diagnostics uvm images
Default: diagnostics-1.0
--print_cassandra_latency_stats
Print cassandra latency stats for each test.
Default: false
--replication_factor
Replication factor of the container.
Default: 2
--results_dir_name
Name of the results directory. Leave empty for an automatically generated name.
--retry_delay_seconds
Number of seconds to wait between successive polling or command attempts.
Default: 1
--run_gxprof
Whether to run gxprof to track CPU & heap data.
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 271

--run_iperf
Whether to run Iperf bandwidth test. Cleanup will be run before Iperf, so this
incompatible with --skip_setup, since the remaining tests will have to perform
setup after Iperf is run.
Default: false
--runtime_test_args
Comma-separated list of test arguments of the form key=value, to be passed
to the test scripts. Use 'diagnostics.py list_test_args' for a list of supported test
args.
--scripts_dir
Path to the directory where the uvm tool scripts reside
Default: /home/nutanix/diagnostics
--setup_only
Only setup the test UVMs without running any actual tests. This option is
mutually exclusive with --skip_setup.
Default: false
--skip_cleanup
Skip entire diagnostics cleanup. Useful for testing purposes.
Default: false
--skip_full_clean
Skips cleaning up container and storage pool.
Default: false
--skip_setup
Skip setting up the UVMs. Useful when the setup has already been performed by
a previous run. This option is mutually exclusive with --setup_only. This option is
also incompatible with --run_iperf because Iperf requires cleanup before it can be
run and remaining tests will then require setup to be run.
Default: false
--sp_name
Name of the storage pool to be created for the disks of the UVM
Default: NTNX-SP-DEFAULT
--ssh_command_timeout_sec
Timeout in seconds, for ssh commands to finish.
Default: 90
--terse
Terse output - just prints the test name and the BW/IOPs as applicable. Note that
any pre-req cluster/uvm setup logs are still emitted.
Default: false
--test_groups
Comma-separated list of test groups to run. If not specified, the 'default' test
group is run (unless --tests is specified).
Default: default

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 272

--tests
Comma-separated list of tests to run. If not specified, all tests in the specified test
groups are run.
--tunnels_start_port
Starting port for setting up tunnels to the UVMs
Default: 17000
--uvm_identity_file
SSH identity file of the diagnostics VM
Default: diagnostics_id_rsa
--uvm_image_server
IP of the server having the diagnostics uvm images
Default: 10.4.64.11:8080
--uvm_ip
IP address of the UVM
Default: 192.168.5.253
--uvm_name_prefix
Common prefix of the names of the UVMs
Default: NTNX_diagnostics
--uvm_os_type
OS type of the diagnostics UVM to run.
Default: linux
--uvms_per_node
Number of UVMs per node.
Default: 1
--vcpus
If non-zero, override the number of vcpus for the uvm.If iscsi_in_guest flag is
used, vpcus are set to 4.
Default: 0
--verbose
If True, print verbose information to stdout.
Default: false
--x86_64_uvm_image_directory
Directory having the right diagnostics uvm images
Default: diagnostics-2.4
--zero_fill
Boolean whether to zero_fill before first seq write. Zero fill is enabled by default.
Default: true
--zfs
Tests on ZFS for Minerva.Uses iscsi_in_guest and enables it by default.
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 273

--zfs_flush_caches
Whether to flush ZFS cache before each test.
Default: true
--zfs_trim_min_ext_sz
ZFS trim minimum extent size.
Default: 4096
--zfs_txgs_per_trim
ZFS transactions per trim.
Default: 32

genesis

Usage
Usage: /usr/local/nutanix/cluster/bin/genesis start|stop [all|<service1> [<service2> ...]]|
restart|status

/usr/local/nutanix/cluster/bin/genesis
--foreground
Run Genesis in foreground.
Default: false
--genesis_debug_stack
Flag to indicate whether signal handler need to be registered for debugging
greenlet stacks.
Default: true
--genesis_self_monitoring
Genesis to do self monitoring.
Default: true
--genesis_upgrade
Flag to indicate that genesis restarted because it is upgrading itself.
Default: false
--help
show this help
Default: 0
--helpshort
show usage only for this module
Default: 0
--helpxml
like --help, but generates XML output
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 274

cluster.genesis.compute_only.client
--configured_marker_file
Path to the marker file containing cluster id if node is part of a cluster
Default: /root/configured

cluster.genesis.convert_cluster.utils
--cluster_conversion_preserve_mac
Preserve MAC addresses of VM NICs in conversion
Default: true
--convert_cluster_blacklisted_vms
List of VM UUIDs which won't be converted during cluster conversion
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/convert_cluster/blacklisted_vms
--convert_cluster_disable_marker
Marker file to disable hypervisor conversion on node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.convert_cluster_disable
--convert_cluster_node_ids
List of node ids which will be converted to target hypervisor
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/convert_cluster/converting_node_ids
--converting_vm_info
Path to zk node where the reg info of all VMs undergoing conversion is stored
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/convert_cluster/converting_vm
--default_vcenter_port
Default port to register with Vcenter.
Default: 443
--fail_vm_uuids_conversion
Comma separated list of VM UUIDs which will fail vm conversion
--fail_vm_uuids_power_off
Comma separated list of VM UUIDs which will fail vm power off operation during
conversion
--fail_vm_uuids_power_on
Comma separated list of VM UUIDs which will fail vm power on operation during
conversion

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 275

--ignore_reverse_conversion_checks
Ignore checks performed in reverse conversion eg. presence of ESXi cluster
name in Vcenter and existence of metadata zknode, etc.
Default: false

cluster.genesis.convert_cluster.vm_migration
--disable_vm_migration
Disable VM migration for the node. This is used for error injection and testing.
Default: false

cluster.genesis.la_jolla.la_jolla_utils
--nfs_buf_size
NFS buffer size
Default: 8388608

cluster.genesis.node_manager
--auto_discovery_interval_secs
Number of seconds to sleep when local node can't join any discovered cluster.
Default: 5
--co_nodes_unconfigure_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that node has to unconfigure CO nodes as part of
unconfiguring itself. The contents of the marker file containsspace seperated IPs
of the CO nodes to unconfigure
Default: /home/nutanix/.co_nodes_unconfigure
--download_staging_area
Directory where we will download directories from other SVMs.
Default: /home/nutanix/tmp
--firmware_disable_auto_upgrade_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that automatic firmware upgrade should not be
performed on this node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.firmware_disable_auto_upgrade
--foundation_disable_auto_upgrade_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that automatic foundation upgrade should not be
performed on this node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.foundation_disable_auto_upgrade
--genesis_restart_required_path
Marker file to indicate that genesis restart is required during upgrade.
Default: /home/nutanix/.genesis_restart_required_path
--genesis_restart_timeout
Time we wait for the genesis to restart.
Default: 120
--gold_image_version_path
Path to the file that contains the version of the gold image.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 276

Default: /etc/nutanix/svm-version
--hcl_znode_path
Zookeeper node containing the hcl.
Default: /appliance/physical/hcl
--la_jolla_unconfigure_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that LaJolla is ready to be unconfigured.
Default: /home/nutanix/.la_jolla_unconfigure
--mdns_service_type
Avahi service type to publish under.
Default: _nutanix._tcp
--mdns_timeout_secs
Timeout for mdns browse service.
Default: 1
--move_time_back
The flag is set to allow time to be moved back by more than
time_rollback_tolerance_secs.
Default: false
--nagios_config_path
Path to the nagios configuration file.
Default: /home/nutanix/serviceability/config/nagios3/nutanix_nagios.cfg
--node_disable_auto_upgrade_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that automatic software upgrade should not be
performed on this node.
Default: /home/nutanix/.node_disable_auto_upgrade
--node_reconfigure_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that this node should be reconfigured.
Default: /home/nutanix/.node_reconfigure
--node_ssh_key_dir
Path for node specific ssh keys on local disk
Default: /home/nutanix/ssh_keys/.blackbox
--node_unconfigure_marker
Path to marker file to indicate that node is ready to be unconfigured.
Default: /home/nutanix/.node_unconfigure
--raid_sync_default_wait
Default retry count for firmware upgrade.
Default: 60
--raid_sync_retry_count
Default retry count for firmware upgrade.
Default: 1000

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 277

--rpm_genesis_log_file
Path to rpm log file during Genesis self install.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/rpm.genesis.out
--sshd_config_path
Path to sshd config file.
Default: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
--stop_service_zknode
Start services upto but not including the service specified in this zk node.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/stop_service
--svm_internal_ips
Internal IP addresses on eth1. The first one is the primary IP address, and the
remaining are aliases.
Default: 192.168.5.2,192.168.5.254
--svm_internal_netif_netmask
The netmask for the internal IP addresses on eth1.
Default: 255.255.255.128
--svm_non_ha_internal_netmask
The netmask for the non-data internal IP aliases on eth1.
Default: 255.255.255.0
--timezones_dir
Directory where all of the valid timezones exist.
Default: /usr/share/zoneinfo
--vlan_sniffer_log
Path to vlan_sniffer log.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/vlan_sniffer.log
--vlan_sniffer_path
Path to vlan sniffer proxy.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/bin/vlan_sniffer_proxy
--zookeeper_server_config_file
zookeeper server config file.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/zookeeper_monitor/zk_server_config_file
--zookeeper_start_timeout_secs
Timeout for waiting on Zookeeper connection on startup.
Default: 120

cluster.genesis.resource_management.rm_helper
--common_pool_map
Mapping of node with its common pool memory in kb
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/common_pool_map

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 278

--common_pool_mem_for_low_mem_nodes_gb
Common pool memory reservation for nodeswith cvm memory less than 20gb
Default: 8
--default_common_pool_memory_in_gb
Stargate default common pool memory reservation
Default: 12
--memory_update_history
File containing history of memory update on node
Default: /home/nutanix/config/memory_update.history
--memory_update_resolution
Minumum amount of memory difference for update
Default: 2097152
--rolling_restart_memory_update_reason
Reason set in rolling restart for memory update
Default: cvm_memory_update
--target_memory_zknode
CVM target memory map zk node
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/target_memory_map

cluster.genesis.resource_management.rm_tasks
--cvm_reconfig_component
Component for CVM reconfig
Default: kGenesis
--cvm_reconfig_operation
Component for CVM reconfig
Default: kCvmreconfig

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 279

cluster.genesis.server.server
--genesis_document_root
Document root where static files are served from.
Default: /home/nutanix/cluster/www
--genesis_server_timeout_secs
Timeout for rpc made through http server.
Default: 30

ncc

Usage
nutanix@cvm$ /home/nutanix/ncc/bin/ncc [flags]

/home/nutanix/ncc/bin/ncc
--generate_plugin_config_template
Generate plugin config for the plugin
Default: false
--health_checks_and_log_collector
Flag to run health_checks and log_collector together.
Default: false
--help
show this help
Default: 0

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 280

--helpshort
show usage only for this module
Default: 0
--helpxml
like --help, but generates XML output
Default: false
--ncc_logging_dir
Directory where script log files are stored.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs
--ncc_run_on_dev_vm
Whether NCC is running on dev vm or not.
Default: false
--ncc_version
Show script version.
Default: false
--show_version
Show detailed NCC version.
Default: false
--version
Show script version.
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 281

Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/ncc
--ncc_upgrade_params_znode
Zookeeper location to store NCC upgrade parameters.
Default: /appliance/logical/upgrade_info/ncc_upgrade_params
--ncc_upgrade_status
Location in Zookeeper where we store upgrade status of nodes.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/ncc_upgrade_status
--ncc_upgrade_timeout_secs
Timeout in seconds for the NCC upgrade module.
Default: 30
--ncc_version_znode
Zookeeper node where we keep the current release version of NCC.
Default: /appliance/logical/genesis/ncc_version

ncc.cluster_checker
--auto_log_coll
If true, ncc runs the periodic log collector and panacea.
Default: false
--auto_log_coll_output_location
The location where periodic log collector stores the log files.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/periodic_log_collector
--ignore_frequency_check
If set, NCC frequency check is ignored.
Default: false
--max_ncc_lock_checks
Maximum number of times to check if ncc lock is acquired.
Default: 5
--ncc_email_subject
Subject of the email to be sent.
Default: NCC Email Digest
--ncc_failed_plugins_file
Zookeeper path where the list of last failed plugins is stored.
Default: /appliance/logical/serviceability/last_failed_plugins
--ncc_lock_sleep
Sleep for these manys seconds if ncc lock is not acquired.
Default: 5
--ncc_send_email
If True, ncc tries to sends an email from Zookeeper leader if configured time
constraints are met.
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 282

--ncc_task_timeout_secs
The timeout for the ncc task.
Default: 600
--send_email_force
If set, NCC always sends an email.
Default: false
--send_email_local
If set, NCC sends emails from local node.
Default: false
--zk_auto_log_coll_config
Zk node having configuration for log collector and panacea runs.
Default: /appliance/logical/analytics/log_collector_panacea
--zk_ncc_email
Zk node having NCC email configuration.
Default: /appliance/logical/analytics/ncc_email
--zk_ncc_lock
Ephemeral node for acquiring NCC execution lock.
Default: /appliance/logical/analytics/ncc_lock

ncc.ncc_utils.cluster_utils
--hcl_file_path
The path of file hcl.json on CVM.
Default: /etc/nutanix/hcl.json
--hyperv_ncc_cmd_timeout_secs
Timeout seconds for some commands run on HyperV
Default: 120
--ipmiutil_lock_file
ipmiutil.exe does not behave correctly when multuple parallel instances are
running at the same time. This file will be used for flock around ipmiutil.exe
invocations to protect against concurrent NCC and cluster_health instances.
Default: /tmp/.ipmiutil_lock
--ipmiutil_max_num_retries
Max number of times ipmiutil is run to get error free output
Default: 10
--ipmiutil_retry_interval
Time in seconds after which ipmiutil is run again after an unsuccessful run
Default: 10
--prism_secure_key_zk_path
Znode containing the PrismSecureKey.
Default: /appliance/logical/prismsecurekey

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 283

ncc.ncc_utils.config_utils
--ncc_config_dir
Directory path where ncc config files are kept
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/config
--ncc_node_config_file_name
Config file name for keeping node specific info
Default: node_config.json

ncc.ncc_utils.esx_utils
--fix_high_perf_policy
Fix high performance policy.
Default: False
--temp_cvm_vmx
Temporary path to store the CVM vmx file.
Default: /tmp/ServiceVM.vmx

ncc.ncc_utils.hyperv_utils
--ncc_server_port
Port that the HTTP server started by NCC listens on.
Default: 2101

ncc.ncc_utils.hypervisor_logs
--copy_from_host_timeout
Timeout used while copying log files from host.
Default: 300

ncc.ncc_utils.hypervisor_utils
--nic_link_down_job_state
Path to the job state for nic status.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/serviceability/check_cvm_health_job_state.json
--nic_link_down_timeout
Nic link down timeout. It means that if a nic link's down time is longer than the
timeout time, this nic is regarded as disconnected and will be removed from
the nic status list saved in nic status file, which means this nic will no longer be
checked until its status becomes Up that makes it reenter the nic status list. The
default timeout time is one day.If timeout time is 0, it means the nic will always
be in the nic status list, thus always be checked, just like before.
Default: 86400
--raw_sel_log_file_path
Path to file storing raw sel log information.
Default: /tmp/raw_sel.log

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 284

ncc.ncc_utils.network_utils
--ping_command_timeout_secs
Ping command timeout secs for checking reachable hosts
Default: 10

ncc.plugins.log_collector.alerts_collector
--max_query_alerts
The maximum number of alerts that should be queried at a time.
Default: 100

ncc.plugins.log_collector.binary_log_collector
--binary_log_tool
The binary log analyzer tool to retrieve binary logs.
Default: /home/nutanix/bin/binary_log_analyzer
--chunk_time
The number of hours for which binary logs are collected at once. Binary logs are
collected in chunks to avoid overfilling the memory.
Default: 1

ncc.plugins.log_collector.component_data_collector
--chronos_master_port
The port on which chronos master activity traces should be collected.
Default: 2011
--chronos_node_port
The port on which chronos node activity traces should be collected.
Default: 2012
--component_data_acropolis_port
The port on which acropolis activity traces should becollected.
Default: 2030
--component_data_cerebro_port
The port on which cerebro activity traces should be collected.
Default: 2020
--component_data_curator_port
The port on which curator activity traces should be collected.
Default: 2010
--component_data_ip
The IP address from where activity traces should be collected.
Default: http://127.0.0.1
--component_data_stargate_port
The port on which stargate activity traces should be collected.
Default: 2009

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 285

--component_data_uhura_port
The port on which uhura activity traces should be collected.
Default: 2037
--high_secs
The limit on the high secs for activity tracer.
Default: 86400
--http_timeout_secs
Timeout for HTTP requests.
Default: 15

ncc.plugins.log_collector.cvm_kernel_logs_collector
--kernel_logs_subcomponent_list
Comma seperated list of subcomponents for which kernel logs are to
becollected. The valid values are: ['audit', 'dmesg', 'secure', 'dmesg.old',
'salt_minion', 'journal', 'messages', 'salt_master', 'wtmp']
Default: all

ncc.plugins.log_collector.cvm_logs_collector
--collect_zookeeper_transaction_logs
Flag to specify if zookeeper transaction logs should be collected.
Default: false

ncc.plugins.log_collector.fileserver_logs_collector
--end_time_epoch
End Time in epoch for minerva log collection.
Default: 0
--fsvm_cmd_timeout_secs
Command timeout in seconds for FSVM.
Default: 15
--fsvm_log_copy_timeout_secs
File Server VM log copy timeout in seconds.
Default: 300
--minerva_collect_cores
Whether to collect sysstats logs
Default: true
--minerva_collect_sysstats
Whether to collect sysstats logs
Default: true
--minerva_timeout_secs
Timeout in secs for minerva log collection.
Default: 1800

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 286

--nvm_log_collector_path
Path where FSVM collects log data
Default: /home/nutanix/data/log_collector
--nvm_retry_count
Retry count for nvm date command
Default: 3
--start_time_epoch
Start Time in epoch for minerva log collection.
Default: 0

ncc.plugins.log_collector.log_utils.hyperv_log
--hyperv_cluster_logs
Collect HyperV cluster logs
Default: false

ncc.plugins.log_collector.vpn_log_collector
--vpn_log_files_filter
Log files to capture expressed as <folder-path>:<shell-file-pattern>
Default: /var/log/ocx-vpn:vpn.log*,/var/log:charon.log,/var/log:auth.log,/var/log/
nginx/:error.log
--vpn_timeout_secs
Timeout in secs for vpn log collection.
Default: 1800

util.ncc.config_module.config
--min_nos_version_with_impact_type
Minimum NOS version for which we move category_list members to
impact_type_list, classification_list.
Default: 5.0
--template_checks_max_id
The last ID to be used for template checks.
Default: 220000
--template_checks_min_id
The first ID to be used for template checks.
Default: 210000

util.ncc.data_access.insights_data_access
--batch_entity_cnt
Batch cnt of entities read and written to Entity DB
Default: 50
--batch_entity_cnt_long_term
Batch cnt of entities read and written to Entity DBfor long term data

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 287

Default: 10
--overwrite_metric_schema
If set we force overwrite the metric schema for capacity metrics.
Default: true
--resample_hourly_data
If we want to resample daily data using hourly values.
Default: true
--updated_gap_in_hours
The gap for updating the non-overwritten-historical data in hours.
Default: 0

util.ncc.ncc_async_task_service.async_task_interface.async_task_base_manager
--use_ergon_interface
Flag to specify if the code should use ergon as the task interface.
Default: true

util.ncc.ncc_logger
--enable_plugin_wise_logging
Enabling this flag will add plugin name to log record during plugin run
Default: true

util.ncc.ncc_utils.arithmos_interface
--use_new_arithmos_interface
If true, use the new arithmos interface.
Default: true

util.ncc.ncc_utils.arithmos_interface.arithmos_interface_new
--arithmos_update_interval
Time in seconds between updates to arithmos.
Default: 30
--cos_update_interval
Interval measured in arithmos cycles during which check.overall_score is
updated.
Default: 2

util.ncc.ncc_utils.arithmos_utils
--cluster_cpu_usage_sampling_interval_sec
Sampling interval for CPU usage for a cluster.
Default: 300
--cluster_memory_usage_sampling_interval_sec
Sampling interval for Memory usage for a cluster.
Default: 300

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 288

--cpu_capacity_data_path
The file containing the cpu capacity of a cluster in hz.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/ncc/cpu_capacity.json
--cpu_usage_processed_data_path
The file containing the cpu usage of a cluster in hz.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/ncc/cpu_usage.json
--cpu_usage_raw_data_path
The file containing the cpu usage of a cluster in cycles along with timestamp.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/ncc/cpu_usage_raw.json
--is_compute_only_node_supported
Turn on to support compute only node specific checks.
Default: true
--memory_capacity_data_path
The file containing the memory capacity of a cluster in bytes.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/ncc/memory_capacity.json
--memory_usage_processed_data_path
The file containing the Memory usage of a cluster in bytes.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/ncc/memory_usage.json
--memory_usage_raw_data_path
The file containing the memory usage of a cluster in bytes along with timestamp.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/ncc/memory_usage_raw.json

util.ncc.ncc_utils.checkpoint
--ignore_checkpoints
Whether to force execution even when previous checkpoints exists.
Default: true

util.ncc.ncc_utils.cluster_utils
--cmd_timeout_secs
Timeout seconds for commands run on ESX and CVMs
Default: 60
--copy_timeout_secs
Timeout seconds for file copy operations.
Default: 600
--cvm_timeout_cmd
Timeout for any command executed on cvms via ssh
Default: /usr/bin/timeout -s 9 %d
--cvm_uname
Username used to authenticate with cluster CVMs
Default: nutanix

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 289

--dummy_target_for_local_ip
Dummy ip to which socket is connected in order to get local ip address
Default: 1.1.1.1
--ncc_max_rss_mem_mb
Maximum memory used by ncc for heap or data segment.
Default: 256
--ping_cmd_timeout_secs
Timeout secs for ping command to check alive nodes
Default: 10
--zkserver_config_proto_path
Path to the zookeeper server config proto in Zookeeper.
Default: /appliance/logical/zkserver_config

util.ncc.ncc_utils.gflags_definition
--alert_severity_list
Comma separated list of severity types for alerts to retrieve. The valid values are:
['kInfo', 'kWarning', 'kCritical', 'kAudit', 'kAll']
Default: kAll
--anonymize_output
Flag to specify if the output of log collector should be anonymized.
Default: false
--auto_log_coll_frequency_hour
If set log collector and panacea will run periodically. E.g Run every 1hr: <--
auto_log_coll_frequency_hour=1>
Default: 0
--case_number
The case number for which logs are collected. If specified, logs are stored in this
directory on FTP server.
--collect_activity_traces
Boolean flag to specify whether to collect the activity traces.
Default: 1
--collect_all_hypervisor_logs
Flag to specify if all /var/log/* files should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_binary_logs
Boolean flag to specify wheteher to collect binary logs or not.
Default: 0
--collect_boot_log
Flag to specify if the /var/log/boot.log should be collected.
Default: true

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 290

--collect_component_page
Boolean flag to specify whether to collect snapshots of the component pages
Default: 1
--collect_cores
Boolean flag to specify whether to collect cores files of the given components
Default: 0
--collect_corrupted_egroup_info
Collect information about corrupted egroups
Default: false
--collect_cvm_service_log
Flag to specify if ServiceVM_Centos.*.out from cvm vm should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_cvm_vmware_log
Flag to specify if vmware.log from cvm vm should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_cvm_vmx_log
Flag to specify if ServiceVM_Centos.vmx from cvm vm should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_dbserver_log
Flag to specify if the /var/log/openvswitch/ovsdb-server.log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_dmesg
Flag to specify if the /var/log/dmesg should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_fdm
Flag to specify if the fdm log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_firstboot_log
Flag to specify if first boot log of hypervior should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_gflags
Boolean flag to specify whether to collect the gflags.
Default: 1
--collect_heap_dumps
Boolean flag to specify whether to collect heap dumps of the given components
Default: 1
--collect_host_upgrade
Flag to specify if the host_upgrade logs should be collected.
Default: true

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 291

--collect_hostd
Flag to specify if the hostd log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_installer_log
Flag to specify if the /var/log/installer.log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_isci_redirector_log
Flag to specify if /var/log/isci_redirector files should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_kernel_log
Flag to specify if the kernel log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_libvirtd_log
Flag to specify if /var/log/libvirt/libvirtd.log should be collected
Default: true
--collect_memory_dumps
Boolean flag to specify whether to collect memfiles of the given components
Default: 1
--collect_messages
Flag to specify if the /var/log/messages should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_microseg_logs
If the flag is set to true, then only micro-segmentation related logs are collected
Default: false
--collect_openvswitch_log
Flag to specify if the /var/log/openvswitch/ovs-vswitchd.log should be
collected.
Default: true
--collect_qemu_files
Flag to specify if /var/log/libvirt/qemu/* files should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_root_install_log
Flag to specify if /root/install.log* files should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_root_post_install_log
Flag to specify if /root/post-install*.log* files should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_shell_log
Flag to specify if the shell log should be collected.
Default: true

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 292

--collect_stack_traces
Boolean flag to specify whether to collect stack_trace files of the given
components
Default: 1
--collect_vmkernel_psod_dumps
Flag to specify if the vmkernel psod logs should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_vmksummary
Flag to specify if the vmksummary log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_vmkwarning
Flag to specify if the vmkwarning log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_vobd
Flag to specify if the vobd log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_vpxa
Flag to specify if the vpxa log should be collected.
Default: true
--collect_yum_log
Flag to specify if /var/log/yum.log files should be collected.
Default: true
--collector_plugin_timeout
Flag to specify timeout in seconds for the collection of logs.
Default: 86400
--component_list
List of components to collect logs from. E.g. <--
component_list="syslog_relay,serviceability">. The valid values are:
['syslog_relay', 'serviceability', 'misc', 'minerva', 'cluster_config', 'magneto',
'neuron', 'localhost_access_log', 'hades', 'cadmus', 'mantle', 'karbon_ui',
'cim_service', 'nuclei_history', 'ergon', 'microseg', 'kafka', 'scavenger', 'anduril',
'connection_splicer', 'cfs', 'cassandra', 'mercury', 'hyperint', 'lcm', 'kanon',
'pithos', 'ncli', 'delphi', 'alerts', 'prism', 'setup_hyperv', 'unregistration_cleanup',
'aesdb', 'uhura', 'ntp', 'atlas', 'acropolis', 'core_data_path', 'email', 'athena',
'preupgrade', 'foundation', 'metropolis', 'network_segment', 'consolidated_audit',
'snmp_manager', 'epsilon', 'arithmos', 'firmware_upgrade', 'cerebro',
'cpu_unblock', 'polaris', 'catalog', 'dynamic_ring_changer', 'svm_boot',
'stats', 'vip_service', 'ha', 'cluster_sync', 'insights', 'search', 'host_upgrade',
'nutanix_guest_tools', 'convert_cluster', 'bootstrap', 'tunnel_manager', 'curator',
'genesis', 'karbon_core', 'lazan', 'janus', 'vulcan', 'zookeeper', 'cluster_health',
'xtrim', 'stargate', 'nucalm'].
Default: all

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 293

--cvm_list
List of CVMs on which the plugin should be run. E.g. if the cvm ips are 10.4.45.54
and 10.4.45.55: <--cvm_list="10.4.45.54,10.4.45.54">
--delete_auto_log_coll_config
If true, delete the periodic debug config
Default: false
--delete_email_config
If True, ncc email configuration is deleted.
Default: false
--enable_log_bundling
If set to false the node level log bundle files are preserved at node level
Default: true
--end_time
End time till when logs should be collected. Time format is : %Y/%m/%d-%H:%M:
%S E.g. <--end_time=2019/04/09-16:25:54>
--enhanced_log_collector
Flag to specify if the files needs to be collected by enhanced log collector mode.
Default: false
--file_server_name_list
List of file server names to collect minerva_nvm logs as part of minerva
component.
--file_server_vm_list
List of file server vms to selectively collectminerva_nvm logs as part of minerva
component.
--force
Boolean to specify if the logs should be written even if there is more than 90%
disk space used.
Default: 0
--force_run
The flag to run the server even when cluster is down.
Default: true
--force_run_auto_log_coll
If True, auto log collector is triggered on this node immediately without any
checks.
Default: false
--ftp_password
Password of the server where files are to be uploaded. E.g. if password is 123: <--
ftp_password=123>
Default: nutanix/4u
--ftp_server
Nutanix FTP server where the collected logs should be uploaded. E.g.: if server
name is my_server: <--ftp_server=my_server>

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 294

Default: ftp.nutanix.com
--ftp_target_location
Target location where the files are uploaded, the location path is relative
to home dir of the sftp/ftp user, absolute paths are not allowed e.g. --ftp-
target_location='abc/def', then the files are uploaded to ~/abc/def/LogCollector
path
--ftp_timeout
The timeout for ftp plugin
Default: 5400
--ftp_username
Username of the server where files are to be uploaded. E.g. if username is 123: <--
ftp_username=123>
Default: inbound
--hardware_info_timeout
Timeout in secs for collecting the hardware info.
Default: 1200
--hyperv_log_level
List of log levels to be collected on Hyper-v E.g. collect all CRITICAL and
ERROR: <--hyperv_log_level=CRITICAL,ERROR>. Valid values:CRITICAL, ERROR,
WARNING, INFO, VERBOSE.
Default: CRITICAL,ERROR,WARNING,INFO,VERBOSE
--last_no_of_days
Number of days for which logs should be collected. E.g. collect 3 days of logs: <--
last_no_of_days=3>
Default: 0
--last_no_of_hours
Number of hours for which logs should be collected. By default, 4 hrs of logs are
collected. E.g. collect 3 hours of logs: <--last_no_of_hours=3>
Default: 4
--log_type_list
List of log types to be collected. E.g. collect all ERROR and FATAL logs: <--
log_type_list="ERROR,FATAL">. Valid values: INFO, WARNING, ERROR, FATAL.
Default: all
--max_alerts_file_size
The maximum size in mb for the alerts file.
Default: 500
--max_log_file_collection_size
Upper limit(in MB) on the file size of the logs that are collected directly
Default: 500
--min_collector_plugin_timeout
Flag to specify timeout in seconds for the collection of logs.
Default: 3600

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 295

--nfs_ls_timeout
Timeout in secs for running the nfs_ls commands.
Default: 300
--not_unzip_file
Flag to specify if the .gz files will be decompressed.
Default: true
--parallel
The flag specifies the number of plugins to be run concurrently. The value should
be at most 4.
Default: 1
--plugin_list
List of plugins under the same module to be run. E.g. <--plugin_list=p1,p2,p3>
--qemu_logs_timeout
Timeout in secs for copying the qemu logs.
Default: 300
--rerun_failing_plugins
If set, run the plugins from the previous run which had status among ERROR,
FAIL, WARN
Default: false
--secure_file_transfer
Boolean flag to specify if the file should be transfered using Secure File Transfer
Protocol (SFTP); True/False.
Default: false
--segregate_msgtype
Flag to specify if the log files needs to be collected/segregated based on log
message type.
Default: true
--set_email_frequency
Frequency in hours at which NCC should periodically run. E.g Run ncc every 24
hours: <--set_email_frequency=24>
Default: 0
--show_auto_log_coll_config
If True, display periodic debug config.
Default: false
--show_email_config
If set, display NCC email configuration
Default: false
--start_time
Start time from when logs should be collected. Time format is : %Y/%m/%d-%H:
%M:%S E.g. <--start_time=2019/04/09-16:25:54>

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 296

--sub_component
The sub components of sysstats which are to be collected. E.g. <--
sub_component="cassandra_admctl_stats,cassandra_cfstats">. The valid
values are: ['cassandra_admctl_stats', 'cassandra_cfstats', 'df', 'disk_usage',
'fio_stats', 'fio_status', 'interrupts', 'iostat', 'iotop', 'ipmi_event', 'ipmi_sensor',
'lsof', 'meminfo', 'metadata_disk_usage', 'mpstat', 'ntpq', 'ping_gateway',
'ping_hosts', 'ping_remotes', 'sar', 'top', 'zeus_config', 'hardware_info', 'netstat',
'tcp_socket', 'cassandra_perfstats', 'host_connectivity', 'ping_cvm_hosts',
'top_host', 'meminfo_host'].
Default: all
--upload_file
Flag to specify if the collected logs should be uploaded on the remote server;
True/False. E.g. enable upload: <--upload_file=True>
Default: false
--use_hardlinks
Flag to specify if the logs should be collected using hardlinks
Default: true
--use_npyscreen
If true, uses npyscreen for output.
Default: false
--use_start_time_filter
Flag to specify if the files will be filtered based on start time from file name regex
and end time from last modified time.
Default: true

util.ncc.ncc_utils.globals
--insights_rpc_server_ip
The IP address of Insights RPC server.
Default: 127.0.0.1
--insights_rpc_server_port
The port where the Insights RPC server listens.
Default: 2027

util.ncc.ncc_utils.progress_monitor
--progress_sleep_duration_sec
Time duration for which progress monitor should sleep between retries.
Default: 4
--rsync_max_retry_count
Number of retries when rsync fails to fetch remote progress file.
Default: 3

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 297

util.ncc.ncc_utils.rogue_plugin_utils
--greenlet_switch_time
If the greenlet executes continously for more then the given seconds then it is a
CPU intensive greenlet.
Default: 20
--rogue_plugin_file
This file stores the rogue plugins before they are stored in insights.
Default: /tmp/rogue_plugin.txt
--rogue_retries_threshold
The number of retries after which check is marked as rogue.
Default: 5

util.ncc.plugins.base_plugin
--accumulate_pagination_results
If we want to collect results from the pagination calls.
Default: false
--default_cluster_uuid
The flags specifies default_cluster_uuid
Default: Unknown
--is_run_all
Is this a run_all run ?
Default: false
--ncc_plugin_para_file_dir
Directory path where ncc plugin parameter files are kept
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/plugin_config/plugin_param
--waiting_plugin_sleep_time
The flags specifies the amount of time the waiting plugins should sleep before
checking for idle threads
Default: 0.05

util.ncc.plugins.consts
--HDD_latency_threshold_ms
HDD await threshold (ms/command) to determine Disk issues.
Default: 500
--SSD_latency_threshold_ms
SSD await threshold (ms/command) to determine Disk issues.
Default: 50
--autocomplete
If true, recreate autocomplete bash script.
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 298

--autocomplete_dir
Directory to store the auto-generated completion file.
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc
--avg_io_latency_threshold_ms
Average I/O Latency threshold (ms) for a VM.
Default: 5000
--cas_failures_threshold
Threshold count for cas failure log warnings.
Default: 5
--cassandra_column_families
Comma separated list of column families to check against size thresholds.
Default: historical_stats
--cassandra_crashes_threshold
Threshold for number of cassandra crashes.
Default: 5
--cassandra_gc_activity_threshold
Threshold for garbage collection related messages.
Default: 5
--cassandra_high_heap_usage_threshold
Threshold for number of heap usage log messages.
Default: 5
--cassandra_init_json_file_path
Path to find cassandra_init.json file.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/cassandra/conf/cassandra_init.json
--cassandra_load_threshold
Threshold for cassandra load-related messages.
Default: 5
--cassandra_progress_timeout_threshold
Threshold for number of cassandra progress timeout log messages.
Default: 5
--cassandra_restarts_threshold
Threshold for cassandra restarts.
Default: 5
--cassandra_retries_threshold
Threshold count for cassandra retry log warnings.
Default: 5
--cassandra_ring_cluster_version
Cluster version of the nodetool_ring_file
Default: None

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 299

--cassandra_stage_counters_threshold
Threshold for number of missing stage counter messages.
Default: 5
--cassandra_token_precision
Maximum chars in the cassandra token that are expected to be unique.
Default: 8
--cassandra_unavailability_threshold
Threshold count for cassandra unavailability log warnings.
Default: 5
--check_cloud_cvm_services
Comma-separated list of services which are checked on cloud CVM.
Default: cassandra,pithos,hera,stargate,insights_server,ergon,cerebro,chronos,curator,alert_manag
--check_max_failure_score
Health score to indicate check failure.
Default: 24
--check_max_info_score
Health score to indicate check info.
Default: 98
--check_max_warning_score
Health score to indicate check warning.
Default: 74
--config_file_dir
The base directory contains all plugin configs
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/plugin_config
--ctr_ec_ideal_delay_threshold
Current ideal EC delay value setting for better Erasure coding benefits.
Default: 604800
--cvm_avg_mem_util_threshold
CVM memory average usage threshold (%) to determine memory contention.
Default: 90
--cvm_commit_memory_threshold_pct
CVM Memory Commit Threshold(%).
Default: 90
--cvm_load_average_threshold
CVM Load level.
Default: 10
--cvm_load_average_threshold_critical
CVM Load level.
Default: 100

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 300

--cvm_mem_min_threshold
Minimum threshold for CVM memory for NOS > 2.6.4
Default: 15728640
--cvm_peak_cpu_util_threshold_pct
Peak utilization threshold (%) to determine CVM CPU contention.
Default: 90
--detect_rogue_plugin
Flag to decide if the rogue plugin detection should get triggered.
Default: true
--disk_abort_rate_threshold
Disk read/write abort threshold. (aborts/sec)
Default: 0
--disk_corruptions_threshold
Threshold count for disk corruption log warnings.
Default: 5
--disk_read_latency_threshold
Latency threshold (ms/command) to determine storage issues.
Default: 10
--disk_read_write_errors_threshold
Threshold count for disk read/write log warnings.
Default: 5
--disk_usage_threshold_pct_critical
Threshold for disk usage (percentage) from being labeled as critical.
Default: 90
--disk_usage_threshold_pct_warning
Threshold for disk usage (percentage) from being labeled as a warning.
Default: 75
--disk_write_latency_threshold
Latency threshold (ms/command) to determine storage issues.
Default: 10
--display_details_for_num_moves
Displays the effect on the ring by applying the suggested node moves.
The default is not to display any, the value of 0 is to display all until
max_number_of_node_moves.
Default: -1
--email_asup_external_contact_list
External contact list to send email asups.
Default: [email protected]
--email_from_address
Default senders email addresses.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 301

Default: [email protected]
--email_human_readable_format
Whether emails are to be sent in text or binary format.
Default: true
--end_time_secs
End point of time range.
Default: 1554827153
--entity_id
The id of the entity.
Default: None
--entity_type
The type of entity.
Default: cluster
--error_id_json_path
The file containing the error ids
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/plugin_config/error_ids.json
--ext4_journal_sequence_threshold
Threshold for high ext4 journal sequence id as it approaches 2^31.
Default: 1879048192
--field
Field of data to be trained. E.g. CPU usage, disk usage.
Default: hypervisor_cpu_usage_ppm
--file_path
Full path of file to copy.
--forced_reschedule_interval_sec
Reschedule interval if the check execution falls in maintenance window.
Default: 300
--future_end_time_secs
End point of a future time range.
Default: 1555431953
--future_start_time_secs
Start Point of a future time range.
Default: 1554827153
--garbage_egroups_size_critical_threshold_pct
Default threshold for reporting size (percentage) occupied by garbage egroups
as critical event
Default: 20
--garbage_egroups_size_warning_threshold_pct
Default threshold for reporting size (percentage) occupied by garbage egroups
as warning event

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 302

Default: 10
--generate_node_add_order
Generate the order for node adds specified in the operations file, which results in
the minimal token skew.
Default: false
--gx_cpuprofile_frequency
Number of interrupts per second the pprof cpu-profiler uses to sample.
Default: 100
--gx_mysql_db
MySQL database that is used to store the profiles.
Default: profiles
--gx_mysql_host
MySQL server's IP address.
Default: 10.1.56.13
--gx_mysql_hostname
MySQL server's host name.
Default: gxprof.eng.nutanix.com
--gx_mysql_passwd
MySQL password for the given 'gx_mysql_user'.
Default: password
--gx_mysql_user
MySQL user name that was granted access to 'gx_mysql_db'.
Default: nutanix
--gx_output_file
Output filename without extension where gx write profiling data.
Default: None
--gx_output_type
Specify whether the output file is in `html` or `text` format.
Default: html
--gx_pprof_file
Specify the pprof file that is to be translated to gxprof format.
Default: None
--gx_profile_description
A text string of other important notes about the profile.
Default: None
--gx_profile_detail_json
A dictionary json of additional details about the profile.
Default: None
--gx_profile_id
Numeric identifier of the profile in the database.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 303

Default: None
--gx_profile_name
Name of the profile in the database.
Default: no name
--gx_profile_recorder
Name of the person who run the profiler.
Default: unknown
--gx_program
Specify the program that is being run.
Default: None
--gx_program_build_date
Version timestamp of the program that was being profiled
Default: Build date is unspecified
--gx_program_build_id
Version number of the program that was being profiled
Default: Build version is unspecified
--gx_regression_id
Numeric identifier of a regression in the database.
Default: None
--gx_run_duration
The duration it takes to complete a run of the program or test. The unit of the
duration is dependent on which program is being run. It could be second, mili-
second, micro-second or others.
Default: 0
--gx_run_status
Current status of the execution being profiled.
Default: Running pprof.
--gx_sample_excluded_symbols
Comma-separated list of symbols to be excluded from profiling data.
Default: __restore_rt,std::_Function_handler::_M_invoke,std::_Bind::__call,std::function::operator
--gx_total_seconds
The pprof sampling duration in seconds.
Default: None
--gx_verbose
Log the progress for all gx commands to help trouble-shooting.
Default: false
--health_disk_latency_threshold_ms
Latency threshold (ms/command) to determine Disk issues.
Default: 50

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 304

--helpshort
show usage only for this module
Default: 0
--high_disk_usage_threshold
Threshold count for disk usage log warnings.
Default: 5
--home_nutanix_usage_threshold_pct_critical
Critical threshold for high disk usage on /home/nutanix as well as other disks
that are not in Arithmos (percentage).
Default: 90
--home_nutanix_usage_threshold_pct_warning
Warn threshold for high disk usage on /home/nutanix as well as other disks that
are not in Arithmos (percentage).
Default: 75
--host_avg_cpu_util_threshold_pct
Host utilization threshold (%) to determine host CPU contention.
Default: 75
--host_balloon_threshold
Balloon threshold to determine host memory bottlenecks.
Default: 0
--host_disk_usage_threshold_pct_critical
Threshold for host disk usage (percentage) being labeled as critical.
Default: 95
--host_disk_usage_threshold_pct_warning
Threshold for host disk usage (percentage) being labeled as warning.
Default: 90
--host_peak_cpu_util_threshold_pct
Host utilization threshold (%) to determine host CPU contention.
Default: 90
--host_preupgrade_log_path
The log path of hypervisor preupgrade checks.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/host_preupgrade.out
--host_rcv_drop_threshold
Receive packets drop threshold at host to determine network issues.
Default: 0
--host_swap_in_threshold
Swap in threshold (mbytes/sec) to determine host memory bottlenecks.
Default: 0
--host_swap_out_threshold
Swap out threshold (mbytes/sec) to determine host memory bottlenecks.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 305

Default: 0
--host_swap_threshold_mbps
Swap rate threshold (mbytes/sec) to determine host memory bottlenecks.
Default: 0
--host_swap_used_threshold_bytes
Swap used threshold (bytes) to determine host memory bottlenecks.
Default: 0
--host_tx_drop_threshold
Transmitted packets drop threshold at host to determine network issues.
Default: 0
--hyperv_host_external_vswitch_name
Default name of the network switch for Hyper-V's external network.
Default: ExternalSwitch
--hyperv_host_internal_ip_address
IP address of internal interface on the Hyper-V host
Default: 192.168.5.1
--hyperv_user_name
User name to use to connect to the Hyper-V host
Default: administrator
--hyperv_user_password
Password to use to connect to the Hyper-V host
Default: nutanix/4u
--hypervisor_pre_upgrade_check_enable
The flag to specify if the current ncc run is for hypervisor pre-upgrade
Default: false
--hypervisor_pre_upgrade_check_list_path
The flag to specify the path of all hypervisor pre_upgrade checks
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/config/hypervisor_pre_upgrade_check_list.json
--hypervisor_sample_period
Hypervisor monitoring sampling interval.
Default: 300
--ignore_negative_slope
Whether ignore the negative slope or not.
Default: true
--inode_usage_threshold_pct_critical
Threshold for inode usage (percentage) being labeled as critical.
Default: 90
--inode_usage_threshold_pct_warning
Threshold for inode usage (percentage) being labeled as a warning.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 306

Default: 75
--insights_max_memory_usage_MB
Maximum amount of memory in MB that the insights collector can use.
Default: 256
--intel_ssd_num_bytes_written_critical_limit
Critical markers for number of bytes written into the Intel SSDs.
Default: 7e+15
--intel_ssd_num_bytes_written_warning_limit
Warning markers for number of bytes written into the Intel SSDs.
Default: 6.5e+15
--intel_ssd_warning_marker_position_below_max_celcius
Temperature warning marker position for the Intel 910 SSDs. Since maximum
temperature is retrieved from the device automatically, this value is actually the
number of celcuis below the maximum temperature allowed storagepool
Default: 7
--inter_cvm_bw_mb_sec_threshold
Minimum bandwidth between CVMs (MB/s).
Default: 800
--ip_list
List of IPs to copy the file to.
--iperf_server_timeout_secs
Timeout (in seconds) for the iperf server per client.
Default: 60
--is_periodic_run
Flag to specify if the current ncc task is async orperiodic. True if the current task
is periodic else False.
Default: false
--list_modules
List all available ncc modules.
Default: false
--log_collection_duration
Time duration for which logs are parsed.
Default: 300
--log_plugin_output
Logs the protobug generated by each plugin execution - used mainly for
debugging.
Default: false
--log_types
Log types to include within the compression.
Default: None

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 307

--log_util_ip_list
List of IPs to gather logs from.
Default: None
--max_cassandra_restart_time_secs
Maximum time for cassandra daemon to be killed and restarted.
Default: 15
--max_health_score
Maximum health score for any plugin.
Default: 100
--max_number_of_node_moves
The number of iterations to find minimum token skew. Default is to use 3 node
moves. The time taken is exponential in the number of node moves and the
number of nodes in cluster.
Default: 3
--max_retry_on_not_master
Number of retries when a rpc to cerebro returns kNotMaster
Default: 3
--max_ring_load_balance_ratio
Maximum ratio between least and greatest loaded node in cassandra ring.
Default: 3
--max_ring_token_balance_ratio
Maximum token skew allowed in cassandra ring.
Default: 2
--minimum_container_rf
Minimum replication factor for containers.
Default: 2
--monitor_log_file_name
file name of the server monitor log.
Default: cluster_health_monitor.log
--ncc_autocomplete
If true, recreate autocomplete bash script.
Default: false
--ncc_autocomplete_dir
Directory to store the auto-generated completion file.
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc
--ncc_canvas_json_dump_file
File to which canvas json of latest NCC run will be serialized.
--ncc_enable_intrusive_plugins
If true, run plugins with intrusive impacts also.
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 308

--ncc_execution_token
Execution token for the task.
Default: None
--ncc_factory_config_path
Path to factory config file.
Default: /etc/nutanix/factory_config.json
--ncc_global
If true, any local plugins invoked will be run across all nodes in the cluster.
Default: true
--ncc_global_install
Install ncc on all nodes.
Default: false
--ncc_hardware_config_path
Path to hardware config file.
Default: /etc/nutanix/hardware_config.json
--ncc_interactive
If true, the plugins will be run in an interactive mode, where the result will be
available as soon as its ready.
Default: true
--ncc_master_ip
IP of the node from where the command is run.
Default: None
--ncc_monitor_progress
Monitor progress for long running tasks.
Default: true
--ncc_plugin_dir
Directory from where plugin should be loaded.
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/bin/plugins
--ncc_plugin_output_file
File to which raw output of latest NCC run will be written (use '' to disable).
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/ncc-output-latest.log
--ncc_plugin_output_history_file
File to which raw output of all NCC runs will be written.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/ncc-output.log
--ncc_print_config
Print the plugin config and exit without running.
Default: false
--ncc_show_hidden
If true, display hidden plugins/modules.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 309

Default: false
--ncc_show_tree
If true, display all the plugins in a tree format.
Default: false
--ncc_via_rpc
Indicates if NCC is running via RPC.
Default: false
--ncli_password
Use a non-default ncli password (will be prompted for password input).
Default: true
--neuron_execution_token
Execution token for the task.
Default: None
--neuron_plugin_dir
Directory from where plugin should be loaded.
Default: /home/nutanix/neuron/bin/plugins
--neuron_plugin_output_file
File to which raw output of latest NCC run will be written (use '' to disable).
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/neuron-output-latest.log
--neuron_port
The base server directory
Default: 2800
--nfs_abort_rate_threshold
NFS read/write abort threshold (aborts/sec).
Default: 0
--nfs_command_latency_threshold
Latency threshold (ms/command) to determine storage issues.
Default: 10
--nfs_file_count_threshold
Upper threshold on the number of NFS files and directories per datastore.
Default: 20000
--nic_error_check_period_secs
Period over which to monitor NIC errors (seconds).
Default: 3600
--nic_error_threshold_info
Maximum errors permissible for any NIC.
Default: 5
--nic_error_threshold_warning
Maximum errors permissible for any NIC before warning is issued.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 310

Default: 100
--nodetool_ring_file
Path to the 'nodetool' ring output file. Default is to use the nodetool command on
the cluster
Default: None
--non_shell_vdisk_count_safe_threshold
Safe threshold for max number of regular vdisks in versions > 5.5
Default: 600000
--non_shell_vdisk_count_threshold
Maximum number of non-shell vdisks in cluster.
Default: 200000
--nutanix_model_config_file_dir
The base directory contains all nutanix models
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/config
--nvm_peak_cpu_util_threshold_pct
Peak utilization threshold (%) to determine FSVM CPU contention.
Default: 90
--operations_file
Path to node operations add/remove/no-op file
Default: None
--oplog_episode_count_threshold
Threshold for the number of episodes per vdisk.
Default: 1200
--oplog_episode_count_threshold_pre_4_6
Threshold for the number of episodes for a vdisk in a cluster which has a version
lower than 4.6.
Default: 100
--override_existing_plugin_config
Over-ride the plugin configuration stored in Zookeeper with the default NCC
plugin configuration.
Default: false
--ping_time_threshold_ms
Maximum ping time (in milli-seconds) between any two nodes.
Default: 15
--plugin_output_history_file
File to which raw output of all NCC runs will be written.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/ncc-output.log
--pre_upgrade_check_enable
The flag to specify if the current ncc run is for pre-upgrade
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 311

--pre_upgrade_check_list_path
The flag to specify the path of all pre_upgrade checks
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/config/pre_upgrade_check_list.json
--preupgrade_log_path
The log path of all preupgrade checks.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/preupgrade.out
--progress_timeout
Timeout for getting progress updates from plugins by progress monitor.
Default: 2500
--remote_site_ping_warn_threshold_ms
Threshold for ping latency to remote beyond which the remote will be labeled as
warning.
Default: 300
--remote_site_socket_timeout_secs
Timeout for creating a socket to Stargate running on the remote site.
Default: 5
--remote_site_sync_critical_threshold_sec
Threshold for remote cluster time (in seconds) being out of sync with source
cluster to be labeled as critical.
Default: 300
--remote_site_sync_warn_threshold_sec
Threshold for remote cluster time (in seconds) being out of sync with source
cluster to be labeled as warning.
Default: 180
--replication_lag_critical_threshold
Maximum number of pending replications beyond which a protection domain will
be labeled as critical.
Default: 5
--replication_lag_warn_threshold
Maximum number of pending replications beyond which a protection domain will
be labeled as warning.
Default: 2
--root_nutanix_usage_threshold_pct_critical
Critical threshold for high disk usage on /(percentage).
Default: 90
--root_nutanix_usage_threshold_pct_warning
Warn threshold for high disk usage on /(percentage).
Default: 80
--rpc_timeouts_threshold
Threshold count for rpc timeout log warnings.
Default: 5

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 312

--run_using_gevent
Run scheduler using gevent
Default: true
--sampling_interval_secs
The length of sampling interval.
Default: 600
--scheduler_type_list
List of scheduler type.
--server_execution_token
Execution token for the task.
Default: None
--server_global
If true, any local plugins invoked will be run across all nodes in the cluster.
Default: true
--server_global_install
Install server on all nodes.
Default: false
--server_log_file_name
file name of the server log.
Default: health_server.log
--server_logging_dir
Directory where script log files are stored.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs
--server_name
name of the server.
Default: ncc
--server_plugin_dir
Directory from where plugin should be loaded.
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc/bin/plugins
--server_plugin_output_file
File to which raw output of latest NCC run will be written (use '' to disable).
Default: /home/nutanix/data/logs/ncc-output-latest.log
--server_port
The base server directory
Default: 2700
--server_print_config
Print the plugin config and exit without running.
Default: false

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 313

--server_watch_client_name
name of the server.
Default: ClusterHealth
--shell_vdisk_count_threshold
Maximum number of shell vdisks in cluster.
Default: 1000000
--smtp_tunnel_port
Local port number for the SMTP tunnel on the zookeeper leader.
Default: 2525
--snapshot_chain_height_threshold
Default snapshot chain height threshold to determine if snapshot chains are not
getting severed.
Default: 25
--snapshot_usage_bytes_stat
Generic stat name to get the space used by snapshots of a protection domain
Default: dr.exclusive_snapshot_usage_bytes
--snapshot_usage_crit_threshold_pct
Default threshold for reporting size (percentage) occupied by snapshots as
critical event
Default: 40
--snapshot_usage_warn_threshold_pct
Default threshold for reporting size (percentage) occupied by snapshots as
warning event
Default: 30
--sstable_size_thresholds_bytes
Comma separated list of SSTable file size threshold.
Default: 2147483648
--stargate_retries_threshold
Threshold count for stargate retry log warnings.
Default: 5
--stargate_vars
List of stargate variables to store in arithmos (empty list returns all). Stats will
only be stored if they are supported by the relevant plugin.
--stargate_vars_url
Url where stargate stats can be queried.
Default: http://127.0.0.1:2009/h/vars
--start_time_secs
Start Point of time range.
Default: 0
--stats_collection_interval
Default stats collection gathering interval.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 314

Default: 300
--stats_default_email_addresses
Default target email addresses for sending stats.
Default: [email protected]
--test_data_config_file
The path to the file containing the test data config
Default: None
--transport_errors_threshold
Threshold count for transport error log warnings.
Default: 5
--update_plugin_config
Update the plugin configuration stored in Zookeeper with the default NCC plugin
configuration.
Default: true
--use_esxtop
Use esxtop to get stats. Otherwise use Arithmos
Default: false
--vdisk_count_threshold
Maximum number of vdisks in cluster.
Default: 80000
--vm_avg_cpu_util_threshold
Average utilization threshold (%) to determine VM CPU contention.
Default: 75
--vm_avg_mem_util_threshold_pct
VM memory average usage threshold (%) to determine memory contention.
Default: 80
--vm_balloon_reclaim_threshold_mb
Threshold to determine memory pressurefor a VM.
Default: 0
--vm_balloon_threshold
Balloon threshold to determine memory bottlenecks.
Default: 0
--vm_cpu_util_threshold
Utilization threshold (%) to determine VM CPU contention.
Default: 75
--vm_peak_cpu_util_threshold_pct
Peak utilization threshold (%) to determine VM CPU contention.
Default: 90
--vm_peak_mem_util_threshold
Peak utilization threshold (%) to determine VM memory bottlenecks.

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 315

Default: 90
--vm_rcv_drop_threshold
Receive packets drop threshold at a VM to determine network issues.
Default: 4096
--vm_swap_in_threshold
Swap in threshold (mbytes/sec) to determine memory bottlenecks.
Default: 0
--vm_swap_out_threshold
Swap out threshold (mbytes/sec) to determine memory bottlenecks.
Default: 0
--vm_swap_threshold_mbps
Swap out threshold (mbytes/sec) to determine memory bottlenecks.
Default: 0
--vm_tx_drop_threshold
Transmitted packets drop threshold at a VM to determine network issues.
Default: 0
--vm_vcpu_ready_time_threshold
Vcpu ready time threshold (%) to determine CPU contention.
Default: 10
--zeus_config_file
Path to the zeus config file. Default is to use the zeus config printer on the cluster
Default: None
--zeus_configuration_path
Zookeeper path where zeus configuration is stored.
Default: /appliance/physical/configuration
--zk_leader_path
The path to leader of the zk node.
Default: health_scheduler_master
--zookeeper_plugin_config_path
Zookeeper path where plugin configuration is stored.
Default: /appliance/logical/analytics/plugin_schema

util.ncc.plugins.firstimport
--ncc_base_dir
The base NCC directory
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc
--neuron_base_dir
The base NEURON directory
Default: /home/nutanix/neuron

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 316

--server_base_dir
The base server directory
Default: /home/nutanix/ncc

util.ncc.plugins.log_collector.flags
--append_ftp_cluster_metadata
If true, cluster metadata is appended to the ftp_target_location. The dir structure
in this case is : FLAGS.ftp_target_location/<cluster-uuid>/timestamp/<node-id>
Default: false
--append_ftp_location
If true, 'LogCollector' is appended to the target ftp location before uploadingthe
log bundle. In case it is False, the log bundle is directly uploaded to
FLAGS.ftp_target_location.
Default: true
--authenticate_using_keys
Boolean flag to specify if the authentication should happen using keys. Keys
authentication is only supported via SFTP.
Default: false
--auto_log_coll_slave
If true, ncc is running the periodic log collector on slave
Default: false
--cache_reset_limit_mb
The disk space cache reset limit.
Default: 512
--curr_logfile_timestamp
The timestamp for the current tarball generated
Default: 0
--gz_extension
The extension of compressed tarfile.
Default: .tar.gz
--http_timeout
Timeout for http request.
Default: 60
--hypervisor_log_input_dir
If this flag is mentioned the logs on the hypervisor will be collected from the
given directory, otherwise they will be collected from the default configured
directory.
--iam_svc_acc_zkpath
IAM service account Zk Path.
Default: /appliance/logical/iam/mgmt_plane/service_account_config

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 317

--log_input_dir
If this flag is mentioned, logs will be collected from the given directory, otherwise
they will be collected from the default configured directory.
--max_log_file_mb
The maximum log file size to be copied.
Default: 500
--max_sftp_upload_retry_count
Maximum number of sftp upload retry count for a file
Default: 3
--max_used_percent_hard_limit
The maximum used percentage after which we do not write any logs
Default: 95
--max_used_percent_soft_limit
The maximum used percentage after which we write the logs only if --force
option is set byt the user.
Default: 90
--output_log_location
The location where log collector stores the log files.
Default: /home/nutanix/data/log_collector
--sftp_authentication_http_server
Server to which http request is sent for authentication.
Default: https://10.4.244.65/nusights/debug_server/v1/putSftpKeys
--sftp_key_file
File where generated private sftp key is stored.
Default: /home/nutanix/tmp/log_collector_key
--sftp_upload_retry_interval_secs
The gap between consecutive sftp file upload retry in seconds
Default: 5
--skip_timezone
The flag specifies whether the timezone info should not be written to the log file
Default: false
--tar_extension
The extension of the output tarfile.
Default: .tar
--use_iam
Boolean to specify if IAM token based authentication has to be enabled.
Default: false

setup_hyperv.py

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 318

Usage
Usage: setup_hyperv.py [FLAGS] [command]

commands:
register_shares
setup_metro
setup_scvmm

/usr/local/nutanix/bin/setup_hyperv.py
--configure_library_share
Whether a library share should be configured
Default: None
--default_host_group_path
The default SCVMM host group
Default: All Hosts
--help
Print detailed help
Default: false
--library_share_name
The name of the container that will be registered as a library share in SCVMM
--metro_smb_account_password
Password for the new metro cluster pair fqdn.
--metro_smb_name
This is the name that identifies a unique pair of AOS clusters. This name must
be used for the name of the SMB server when provisioning virtual machines and
virtual hard disks on any metro container stretched between the pair of AOS
clusters.
--ncli_password
Password to be used when running ncli
--nutanix_management_share
The storage container for nutanix cluster management
Default: NutanixManagementShare
--password
Domain account password for the host
--scvmm_host_group_path
Host Group to which this cluster should be added
--scvmm_password
SCVMM account password - defaults to <password>
--scvmm_server_name
Name of the server running SCVMM
--scvmm_username
SCVMM account username (with the FQDN) - defaults to <host_fqdn>
\<username>

AOS | Controller VM Commands | 319

--setup_metro_no_ad
Skips adding AD and DNS, but verifies it is added before proceeding further. This
does not require the domain username and password and requires manual AD
and DNS setup prior to running the script.
Default: false
--storage_pool_name
The name of the storage pool created if one doesn't already exist
Default: NTNX-SP-DEFAULT
--username
Domain account username (without domain name) which has/will have
administrative rights on the host
--verbose
Print verbose output
Default: false
--zknode
Zookeeper node for Secure Keys
Default: /appliance/logical/prismsecurekey
COPYRIGHT
Copyright 2020 Nutanix, Inc.
Nutanix, Inc.
1740 Technology Drive, Suite 150
San Jose, CA 95110
All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual
property laws. Nutanix and the Nutanix logo are registered trademarks of Nutanix, Inc. in the
United States and/or other jurisdictions. All other brand and product names mentioned herein
are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective holders.

License
The provision of this software to you does not grant any licenses or other rights under any
Microsoft patents with respect to anything other than the file server implementation portion of
the binaries for this software, including no licenses or any other rights in any hardware or any
devices or software that are used to communicate with or in connection with this software.

Conventions
Convention Description

variable_value The action depends on a value that is unique to your environment.

ncli> command The commands are executed in the Nutanix nCLI.

user@host$ command The commands are executed as a non-privileged user (such as

nutanix) in the system shell.

root@host# command The commands are executed as the root user in the vSphere or
Acropolis host shell.

> command The commands are executed in the Hyper-V host shell.

output The information is displayed as output from a command or in a

log file.

Default Cluster Credentials

Interface Target Username Password

Nutanix web console Nutanix Controller VM admin Nutanix/4u

vSphere Web Client ESXi host root nutanix/4u

vSphere client ESXi host root nutanix/4u

SSH client or console ESXi host root nutanix/4u

SSH client or console AHV host root nutanix/4u

AOS |
Interface Target Username Password

SSH client or console Hyper-V host Administrator nutanix/4u

SSH client Nutanix Controller VM nutanix nutanix/4u

SSH client Nutanix Controller VM admin Nutanix/4u

SSH client or console Acropolis OpenStack root admin

Services VM (Nutanix
OVM)

Version
Last modified: July 7, 2020 (2020-07-07T10:45:03+05:30)

Intrusion Detection Honeypots
From Everand
Intrusion Detection Honeypots
Chris Sanders
3/5 (2)
I Don't Need an Acting Class
From Everand
I Don't Need an Acting Class
Milton Justice
5/5 (3)
Aquaponic Design Plans Everything You Needs to Know: Everything You Need to Know from Backyard to Profitable Business
From Everand
Aquaponic Design Plans Everything You Needs to Know: Everything You Need to Know from Backyard to Profitable Business
David H Dudley
No ratings yet
Fortigate High Availibility A-A Mode Configuration
No ratings yet
Fortigate High Availibility A-A Mode Configuration
15 pages
SpiderCloud OS (SCOS) CLI User Guide Release 3.1
No ratings yet
SpiderCloud OS (SCOS) CLI User Guide Release 3.1
80 pages
Temporary Block Flow (TBF)
No ratings yet
Temporary Block Flow (TBF)
1 page
Acli, Ncli Command Ref Aos v510
No ratings yet
Acli, Ncli Command Ref Aos v510
320 pages
Command Ref AOS v6 5
No ratings yet
Command Ref AOS v6 5
358 pages
Command Ref AOS v7 - 0
No ratings yet
Command Ref AOS v7 - 0
381 pages
Command Ref AOS v6 8
No ratings yet
Command Ref AOS v6 8
378 pages
Gray Hat Hacking the Ethical Hacker's
From Everand
Gray Hat Hacking the Ethical Hacker's
Çağatay Şanlı
5/5 (1)
Command Ref AOS v510
No ratings yet
Command Ref AOS v510
281 pages
BlockChain for Beginners
From Everand
BlockChain for Beginners
Matthew Smith
No ratings yet
Securing ChatGPT: Best Practices for Protecting Sensitive Data in AI Language Models
From Everand
Securing ChatGPT: Best Practices for Protecting Sensitive Data in AI Language Models
Matthew C. Smith
No ratings yet
Cybersecurity for Executives: A Guide to Protecting Your Business
From Everand
Cybersecurity for Executives: A Guide to Protecting Your Business
Matthew C. Smith
No ratings yet
Options Trading for Income: Learn the strategies and techniques for maximizing returns and minimizing risk in the options market (2023 Guide for Beginners)
From Everand
Options Trading for Income: Learn the strategies and techniques for maximizing returns and minimizing risk in the options market (2023 Guide for Beginners)
Lane Conner
No ratings yet
ChatGPT for Business: Strategies for Success
From Everand
ChatGPT for Business: Strategies for Success
Matthew C. Smith
1/5 (1)
Nutanix - Command-Ref-AOS-v51
No ratings yet
Nutanix - Command-Ref-AOS-v51
276 pages
10K Blueprint
From Everand
10K Blueprint
Cian O Farrell
5/5 (2)
Fly Fishing Guide to the Battenkill: Complete Guide to Locations, Hatches, and History
From Everand
Fly Fishing Guide to the Battenkill: Complete Guide to Locations, Hatches, and History
Doug Lyons
No ratings yet
Aquaponics Design Plans, Construction, Operation, and Income: Organic Food
From Everand
Aquaponics Design Plans, Construction, Operation, and Income: Organic Food
David H Dudley
No ratings yet
Software Patterns Made Easy
From Everand
Software Patterns Made Easy
Justice Nanhou
No ratings yet
Aquaponics for Profit
From Everand
Aquaponics for Profit
David H Dudley
No ratings yet
The Linux Terminal for Advanced Users - The Command Line Made Easy: First Edition
From Everand
The Linux Terminal for Advanced Users - The Command Line Made Easy: First Edition
Michael Basler
No ratings yet
Aquaponics How to do Everything from Backyard to Profitable Business: from BACKYARD to PROFITABLE BUSINESS
From Everand
Aquaponics How to do Everything from Backyard to Profitable Business: from BACKYARD to PROFITABLE BUSINESS
David H Dudley
No ratings yet
Advanced Admin AOS v6 - 6 - Compressed
No ratings yet
Advanced Admin AOS v6 - 6 - Compressed
87 pages
Nutrition Essentials
From Everand
Nutrition Essentials
Allen Nissanth
No ratings yet
Guia de Acropolis Nutanix
No ratings yet
Guia de Acropolis Nutanix
105 pages
An Accidental Jewel: Wisconsin's Turtle-Flambeau Flowage
From Everand
An Accidental Jewel: Wisconsin's Turtle-Flambeau Flowage
Michael Hittle
No ratings yet
Aquaponics Construct and Operate: Instructions and Everything You Need to Know
From Everand
Aquaponics Construct and Operate: Instructions and Everything You Need to Know
PE David H. Dudley PMP
No ratings yet
Web Video Business
From Everand
Web Video Business
MUHAMMAD NUR WAHID ANUAR
No ratings yet
TINY SHIFTS, BIG RESULTS: How Small Habits Shape Who You Become and Transform Your Life: How Small Habits Shape Who You Become and Transform Your Life: How Small Habits Shape Who You Become and Transform Your Life
From Everand
TINY SHIFTS, BIG RESULTS: How Small Habits Shape Who You Become and Transform Your Life: How Small Habits Shape Who You Become and Transform Your Life: How Small Habits Shape Who You Become and Transform Your Life
J.T. Warren
No ratings yet
Nutanix - Advanced Admin AOS v5 - 10
No ratings yet
Nutanix - Advanced Admin AOS v5 - 10
61 pages
AI-Driven Digital Transformation: A Proven Blueprint for Responsible AI Scaling
From Everand
AI-Driven Digital Transformation: A Proven Blueprint for Responsible AI Scaling
Srikanth Victory
No ratings yet
Lock 'n Load Tactical Core Rules v5.0
From Everand
Lock 'n Load Tactical Core Rules v5.0
David Heath
No ratings yet
Kellory the Warlock
From Everand
Kellory the Warlock
Lin Carter
No ratings yet
Aquaponics Build and Operation Manual: Step-by-Step Instructions, 400+ Pages, 200+Helpful Images
From Everand
Aquaponics Build and Operation Manual: Step-by-Step Instructions, 400+ Pages, 200+Helpful Images
David H Dudley
No ratings yet
COOLECTED POEMS
From Everand
COOLECTED POEMS
William E Ritchie
No ratings yet
The Peptide Protocols: Exploring the Science for Human Optimization: Exploring the
From Everand
The Peptide Protocols: Exploring the Science for Human Optimization: Exploring the
W T Smith
No ratings yet
Human Nature Potential in Nurture
From Everand
Human Nature Potential in Nurture
David L. Hawk
No ratings yet
AI-Powered Productivity
From Everand
AI-Powered Productivity
Asma Asfour
No ratings yet
Upgrade Guide AOS v50
No ratings yet
Upgrade Guide AOS v50
17 pages
Nutanix - Advanced-Admin-AOS-v51
No ratings yet
Nutanix - Advanced-Admin-AOS-v51
63 pages
ACOS 4.1.4-GR1-P1 Command Line Reference: For A10 Thunder Series 9 April 2019
No ratings yet
ACOS 4.1.4-GR1-P1 Command Line Reference: For A10 Thunder Series 9 April 2019
510 pages
Advanced Admin AOS v50
100% (1)
Advanced Admin AOS v50
58 pages
Ent Cloud Platform Admin 50 Courseware Labmanual Ahv PDF
No ratings yet
Ent Cloud Platform Admin 50 Courseware Labmanual Ahv PDF
248 pages
A10 - ADC-2 7v2 1-L-Presentation - 3 27 14
No ratings yet
A10 - ADC-2 7v2 1-L-Presentation - 3 27 14
157 pages
SLS 83
No ratings yet
SLS 83
680 pages
5 2 1P11Command Line Interface Reference
No ratings yet
5 2 1P11Command Line Interface Reference
2,609 pages
Er605 (Un) 2.0 Cli
No ratings yet
Er605 (Un) 2.0 Cli
109 pages
Opennebula 5.10 Integration Guide
No ratings yet
Opennebula 5.10 Integration Guide
230 pages
Advanced Admin-AOS v4 7
No ratings yet
Advanced Admin-AOS v4 7
63 pages
Juniper SRX CLI Cheatsheet
No ratings yet
Juniper SRX CLI Cheatsheet
1 page
9 - W02L09 - Lab 9
No ratings yet
9 - W02L09 - Lab 9
9 pages
Oracle SBC Configuration and Administration Peer Enviroment Config
No ratings yet
Oracle SBC Configuration and Administration Peer Enviroment Config
29 pages
Sigtran Protocols-M3ua M2pa
No ratings yet
Sigtran Protocols-M3ua M2pa
9 pages
DELL Cahier de Recette Serveurs Komposite MGEN
No ratings yet
DELL Cahier de Recette Serveurs Komposite MGEN
16 pages
Mod2.Data Link Layer - 1
No ratings yet
Mod2.Data Link Layer - 1
40 pages
hIG 1800 240211
No ratings yet
hIG 1800 240211
35 pages
MPLS
100% (1)
MPLS
12 pages
Wireshark Lab#1 Solution
No ratings yet
Wireshark Lab#1 Solution
3 pages
2do Pago A MODELAR ACEROS VW
No ratings yet
2do Pago A MODELAR ACEROS VW
1 page
CCNP 300 410 ENARSI Networktut 8 2022
100% (1)
CCNP 300 410 ENARSI Networktut 8 2022
330 pages
Project Report 1
100% (2)
Project Report 1
46 pages
Anurag Ojha: Objectives
No ratings yet
Anurag Ojha: Objectives
3 pages
Preface: How To Set Up Certificate Based Vpns With Check Point Appliances - R77 Edition
No ratings yet
Preface: How To Set Up Certificate Based Vpns With Check Point Appliances - R77 Edition
27 pages
Proposta Readequada Pe 148 Criciuma
No ratings yet
Proposta Readequada Pe 148 Criciuma
6 pages
Understand Ipsec Ikev1 Protocol
No ratings yet
Understand Ipsec Ikev1 Protocol
15 pages
Troubleshooting Case Study: RADULKO Transport: CCNP TSHOOT: Maintaining and Troubleshooting IP Networks
No ratings yet
Troubleshooting Case Study: RADULKO Transport: CCNP TSHOOT: Maintaining and Troubleshooting IP Networks
30 pages
Goals of Computer Network
No ratings yet
Goals of Computer Network
6 pages
FSD - IntegrationSuite Whats New
No ratings yet
FSD - IntegrationSuite Whats New
44 pages
NetScaler 10.5 Rate Limiting
No ratings yet
NetScaler 10.5 Rate Limiting
21 pages
Chapter 5: Switch Configuration: Routing and Switching Essentials v6.0
No ratings yet
Chapter 5: Switch Configuration: Routing and Switching Essentials v6.0
39 pages
Braindumpsvce: Best Vce Braindumps-Exam Vce PDF
No ratings yet
Braindumpsvce: Best Vce Braindumps-Exam Vce PDF
6 pages
Lecture 8 Characterizing Network Traffic Part II by Rab Nawaz Jadoon
No ratings yet
Lecture 8 Characterizing Network Traffic Part II by Rab Nawaz Jadoon
29 pages
Cabling Cisco Devices: Straight-Through Cable
No ratings yet
Cabling Cisco Devices: Straight-Through Cable
2 pages
H 248 Protocol Training
No ratings yet
H 248 Protocol Training
31 pages
AlienVault Component Communicationx PDF
No ratings yet
AlienVault Component Communicationx PDF
12 pages
Exercise Tutorial
100% (8)
Exercise Tutorial
72 pages
01) VPC - Normal Setup
No ratings yet
01) VPC - Normal Setup
23 pages
Checkpoint Exam: Routing Concepts and Configuration Exam - Checkpoint Exam
No ratings yet
Checkpoint Exam: Routing Concepts and Configuration Exam - Checkpoint Exam
42 pages